TWI878445B - Curable resin composition, resin film, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device - Google Patents
Curable resin composition, resin film, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TWI878445B TWI878445B TW110103838A TW110103838A TWI878445B TW I878445 B TWI878445 B TW I878445B TW 110103838 A TW110103838 A TW 110103838A TW 110103838 A TW110103838 A TW 110103838A TW I878445 B TWI878445 B TW I878445B
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- group
- resin composition
- formula
- carbon atoms
- mass
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F290/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups
- C08F290/08—Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups on to polymers modified by introduction of unsaturated side groups
- C08F290/14—Polymers provided for in subclass C08G
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
- C08G73/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
- C08G73/06—Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
- C08G73/10—Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
- C08G73/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
- C08G73/06—Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
- C08G73/22—Polybenzoxazoles
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08K—Use of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
- C08K5/00—Use of organic ingredients
- C08K5/16—Nitrogen-containing compounds
- C08K5/34—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring
- C08K5/3467—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring having more than two nitrogen atoms in the ring
- C08K5/3472—Five-membered rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08K—Use of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
- C08K5/00—Use of organic ingredients
- C08K5/54—Silicon-containing compounds
- C08K5/541—Silicon-containing compounds containing oxygen
- C08K5/5415—Silicon-containing compounds containing oxygen containing at least one Si—O bond
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L79/00—Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08L61/00 - C08L77/00
- C08L79/04—Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L79/00—Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08L61/00 - C08L77/00
- C08L79/04—Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
- C08L79/08—Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09D—COATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
- C09D179/00—Coating compositions based on macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen, with or without oxygen, or carbon only, not provided for in groups C09D161/00 - C09D177/00
- C09D179/04—Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09D—COATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
- C09D179/00—Coating compositions based on macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen, with or without oxygen, or carbon only, not provided for in groups C09D161/00 - C09D177/00
- C09D179/04—Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
- C09D179/08—Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09D—COATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
- C09D7/00—Features of coating compositions, not provided for in group C09D5/00; Processes for incorporating ingredients in coating compositions
- C09D7/20—Diluents or solvents
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09D—COATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
- C09D7/00—Features of coating compositions, not provided for in group C09D5/00; Processes for incorporating ingredients in coating compositions
- C09D7/40—Additives
- C09D7/60—Additives non-macromolecular
- C09D7/63—Additives non-macromolecular organic
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/027—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/027—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
- G03F7/032—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
- G03F7/037—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polyamides or polyimides
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/075—Silicon-containing compounds
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/09—Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
- G03F7/094—Multilayer resist systems, e.g. planarising layers
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/20—Exposure; Apparatus therefor
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/26—Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/26—Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
- G03F7/40—Treatment after imagewise removal, e.g. baking
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/70—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/71—Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
- H01L21/768—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L23/00—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
- H01L23/52—Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames
- H01L23/522—Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames including external interconnections consisting of a multilayer structure of conductive and insulating layers inseparably formed on the semiconductor body
- H01L23/532—Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames including external interconnections consisting of a multilayer structure of conductive and insulating layers inseparably formed on the semiconductor body characterised by the materials
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L23/00—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
- H01L23/52—Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames
- H01L23/522—Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames including external interconnections consisting of a multilayer structure of conductive and insulating layers inseparably formed on the semiconductor body
- H01L23/532—Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames including external interconnections consisting of a multilayer structure of conductive and insulating layers inseparably formed on the semiconductor body characterised by the materials
- H01L23/5329—Insulating materials
- H01L23/53295—Stacked insulating layers
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Power Engineering (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
- Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
- Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
- Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
- Architecture (AREA)
- Structural Engineering (AREA)
- Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
- Laminated Bodies (AREA)
- Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
- Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)
- Exposure And Positioning Against Photoresist Photosensitive Materials (AREA)
- Macromonomer-Based Addition Polymer (AREA)
- Manufacture Of Macromolecular Shaped Articles (AREA)
Abstract
本發明提供一種硬化性樹脂組成物、將上述硬化性樹脂組成物適用於基材而成之樹脂膜、將上述硬化性樹脂組成物硬化而成之硬化膜、包括上述硬化膜之積層體、上述硬化膜的製造方法及包括上述硬化膜或上述積層體之半導體元件,該硬化性樹脂組成物包含選自包括聚醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并㗁唑及聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的群組中之至少一種樹脂以及至少兩種溶劑。The present invention provides a curable resin composition, a resin film formed by applying the curable resin composition to a substrate, a cured film formed by curing the curable resin composition, a laminate including the cured film, a method for manufacturing the cured film, and a semiconductor device including the cured film or the laminate. The curable resin composition includes at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimide, a polyimide precursor, polybenzoxazole, and a polybenzoxazole precursor, and at least two solvents.
Description
本發明係有關一種硬化性樹脂組成物、樹脂膜、硬化膜、積層體、硬化膜的製造方法及半導體元件。The present invention relates to a curable resin composition, a resin film, a cured film, a laminate, a method for manufacturing the cured film, and a semiconductor device.
聚醯亞胺或聚苯并㗁唑由於耐熱性及絕緣性等優異,因此適用於各種用途。作為上述用途並無特別限定,若舉例實際安裝用半導體元件,則可以舉出作為絕緣膜或密封件的材料或者保護膜的利用。又,亦用作可撓性基板的基底膜(base film)或覆蓋膜(coverlay film)等。Polyimide and polybenzoxazole are suitable for various applications due to their excellent heat resistance and insulation properties. The above applications are not particularly limited, but for example, for semiconductor devices for actual mounting, they can be used as materials for insulating films or seals or protective films. In addition, they are also used as base films or coverlay films for flexible substrates.
例如,在上述用途中,聚醯亞胺或聚苯并㗁唑以選自包括聚醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并㗁唑及聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的群組中之至少一種樹脂的形態使用。 將這樣的硬化性樹脂組成物例如藉由塗佈等適用於基材而形成樹脂膜,然後依據需要進行曝光、顯影、加熱等,從而能夠將硬化膜形成於基材上。 上述聚醯亞胺前驅物、上述聚苯并㗁唑前驅物例如藉由加熱而環化,在硬化膜中分別成為聚醯亞胺、聚苯并㗁唑。 由於能夠藉由公知的塗佈方法等適用硬化性樹脂組成物,因此可以說在製造上的適應性優異,例如所適用之硬化性樹脂組成物的適用時的形狀、大小、適用位置等設計自由度高等。除了聚醯亞胺、聚苯并㗁唑等所具有之高性能以外,從這樣的製造上的適應性優異之觀點考慮,上述硬化性樹脂組成物在產業上的應用開發愈來愈受到期待。For example, in the above-mentioned application, polyimide or polybenzoxazole is used in the form of at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimide, polyimide precursor, polybenzoxazole and polybenzoxazole precursor. Such a curable resin composition is applied to a substrate, for example, by coating, to form a resin film, and then exposure, development, heating, etc. are performed as needed, so that a cured film can be formed on the substrate. The above-mentioned polyimide precursor and the above-mentioned polybenzoxazole precursor are cyclized, for example, by heating, and become polyimide and polybenzoxazole, respectively, in the cured film. Since the curable resin composition can be applied by a known coating method, it can be said that it has excellent adaptability in manufacturing, for example, the curable resin composition has a high degree of design freedom in the shape, size, and application position when applied. In addition to the high performance of polyimide, polybenzoxazole, etc., from the perspective of such excellent adaptability in manufacturing, the application development of the above-mentioned curable resin composition in the industry is increasingly expected.
例如,在專利文獻1中,記載有一種組成物,其包含:包括聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚醯亞胺、聚苯并㗁唑前驅物及聚苯并㗁唑之樹脂中的至少一種、交聯劑、在25℃下溶解5質量%以上的上述樹脂且選自醇類、酯類、酮類、醚類、含硫化合物類、碳酸酯類及脲類之第1溶劑及與上述第1溶劑的溶解度參數距離為3.0~11.0之第2溶劑。 在專利文獻2中,記載有一種樹脂組成物,其包含(a)聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚苯并㗁唑前驅物、選自包括特定的通式(1)所表示之化合物、特定的通式(2)所表示之化合物及包含硫原子之化合物的群組中之一種以上的極性溶劑,並且上述樹脂組成物中的N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(NMP)的含量為0.1質量%以下。For example, Patent Document 1 describes a composition comprising: at least one of a resin including a polyimide precursor, a polyimide, a polybenzoxazole precursor and a polybenzoxazole, a crosslinking agent, a first solvent selected from alcohols, esters, ketones, ethers, sulfur-containing compounds, carbonates and ureas that dissolves 5% by mass or more of the above resin at 25°C, and a second solvent having a solubility parameter distance of 3.0 to 11.0 from the above first solvent. Patent Document 2 discloses a resin composition comprising (a) a polyimide precursor or a polybenzoxazole precursor, and one or more polar solvents selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by a specific general formula (1), a compound represented by a specific general formula (2), and a compound containing a sulfur atom, wherein the content of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) in the resin composition is 0.1 mass % or less.
[專利文獻1]國際公開第2017/038664號 [專利文獻2]國際公開第2014/115233號[Patent Document 1] International Publication No. 2017/038664 [Patent Document 2] International Publication No. 2014/115233
在硬化性樹脂組成物中,期望提供一種即使在低溫下長期保管之後的硬化性樹脂組成物之情況下,所獲得之樹脂膜的膜厚均勻性亦優異之硬化性樹脂組成物。It is desirable to provide a curable resin composition in which the film thickness uniformity of the obtained resin film is excellent even when the curable resin composition is stored at a low temperature for a long period of time.
本發明的目的為提供一種硬化性樹脂組成物、將上述硬化性樹脂組成物適用於基材而成之樹脂膜、將上述硬化性樹脂組成物硬化而成之硬化膜、包括上述硬化膜之積層體、上述硬化膜的製造方法及包括上述硬化膜或上述積層體之半導體元件,該硬化性樹脂組成物即使在低溫下長期保管之情況下,所獲得之樹脂膜的膜厚均勻性亦優異。The object of the present invention is to provide a curable resin composition, a resin film formed by applying the curable resin composition to a substrate, a cured film formed by curing the curable resin composition, a laminate including the cured film, a method for producing the cured film, and a semiconductor device including the cured film or the laminate, wherein the resin film obtained by the curable resin composition has excellent film thickness uniformity even when stored for a long period of time at a low temperature.
將本發明的代表性實施態樣的例子示於以下。 <1>一種硬化性樹脂組成物,其係包含選自包括聚醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并㗁唑及聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的群組中之至少一種樹脂以及至少兩種溶劑。 <2>如<1>所述之硬化性樹脂組成物,其係還包含具有選自包括咪唑環、三唑環、㗁唑環、噻唑環、吡唑環、異㗁唑環、異噻唑環、四唑環、吡啶環、嗒𠯤環、嘧啶環、吡𠯤環、哌啶環、哌𠯤環及三𠯤環的群組中之一種以上的雜環和胺基之化合物之遷移抑制劑。 <3>如<1>或<2>所述之硬化性樹脂組成物,其係還包含選自包括5-甲基苯并三唑、3-胺基-1,2,4-三唑、3,5-二胺基-1,2,4-三唑及5-胺基-1H-四唑的群組中之至少一種化合物之遷移抑制劑。 <4>如<1>至<3>之任一項所述之硬化性樹脂組成物,其中,上述溶劑包含二甲基亞碸及乳酸乙酯,乳酸乙酯的含量相對於上述溶劑的總質量為40質量%以上,並且γ-丁內酯的含量相對於上述溶劑的總質量為40質量%以下。 <5>如<1>至<4>之任一項所述之硬化性樹脂組成物,其中,上述溶劑包含具有含氮雜環結構之溶劑。 <6>如<1>至<5>之任一項所述之硬化性樹脂組成物,其中,上述溶劑包含具有醚鍵之溶劑。 <7>如<1>至<6>之任一項所述之硬化性樹脂組成物,其中,在上述溶劑中,含量第2多的溶劑的含量相對於溶劑的總質量為20質量%以上。 <8>如<1>至<7>之任一項所述之硬化性樹脂組成物,其係還包含矽烷偶合劑。 <9>如<1>至<8>之任一項所述之硬化性樹脂組成物,其係用於在收容容器內至少提供一次-15~16℃的冷藏之保管,上述冷藏時的硬化性樹脂組成物的填充率相對於上述收容容器的總收容容積為50~90%。 <10>如<1>至<9>之任一項所述之硬化性樹脂組成物,其係用於再配線層用層間絕緣膜的形成。 <11>一種樹脂膜,其係將<1>至<10>之任一項所述之硬化性樹脂組成物適用於基材而成。 <12>一種硬化膜,其係將<1>至<10>之任一項所述之硬化性樹脂組成物或<11>所述之樹脂膜硬化而成。 <13>一種積層體,其係包括2層以上的<12>所述之硬化膜,並且在任意上述硬化膜彼此之間包括金屬層。 <14>一種硬化膜的製造方法,其係包括:膜形成步驟,係將<1>至<10>之任一項所述之硬化性樹脂組成物適用於基板而形成膜。 <15>如<14>所述之硬化膜的製造方法,其係包括:曝光步驟,係對上述膜進行曝光;及顯影步驟,係對上述膜進行顯影。 <16>如<14>或<15>所述之硬化膜的製造方法,其係包括:加熱步驟,係對上述膜在50~450℃下進行加熱。 <17>一種半導體元件,其係包括<12>所述之硬化膜或<13>所述之積層體。 [發明效果]Representative embodiments of the present invention are shown below. <1> A curable resin composition comprising at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimide, polyimide precursor, polybenzoxazole and polybenzoxazole precursor and at least two solvents. <2> The curable resin composition as described in <1> further comprises a migration inhibitor of a compound having one or more heterocyclic rings selected from the group consisting of imidazole ring, triazole ring, oxadiazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, isoxadiazole ring, isothiazole ring, tetrazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrimidine ring, piperidine ring, piperidine ring and tririmidine ring and an amine group. <3> The curable resin composition as described in <1> or <2>, further comprising a migration inhibitor of at least one compound selected from the group consisting of 5-methylbenzotriazole, 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole, 3,5-diamino-1,2,4-triazole and 5-amino-1H-tetrazole. <4> The curable resin composition as described in any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the solvent comprises dimethyl sulfoxide and ethyl lactate, the content of ethyl lactate is 40% by mass or more relative to the total mass of the solvent, and the content of γ-butyrolactone is 40% by mass or less relative to the total mass of the solvent. <5> The curable resin composition as described in any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the solvent includes a solvent having a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic structure. <6> The curable resin composition as described in any one of <1> to <5>, wherein the solvent includes a solvent having an ether bond. <7> The curable resin composition as described in any one of <1> to <6>, wherein the content of the second most abundant solvent in the above solvent is 20% by mass or more relative to the total mass of the solvent. <8> The curable resin composition as described in any one of <1> to <7>, further comprising a silane coupling agent. <9> The curable resin composition as described in any one of <1> to <8> is used for storage at least once at -15 to 16°C in a storage container, and the filling rate of the curable resin composition during the above-mentioned refrigeration is 50 to 90% relative to the total storage volume of the above-mentioned storage container. <10> The curable resin composition as described in any one of <1> to <9> is used for forming an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer. <11> A resin film, which is formed by applying the curable resin composition as described in any one of <1> to <10> to a substrate. <12> A cured film, which is formed by curing the curable resin composition as described in any one of <1> to <10> or the resin film as described in <11>. <13> A laminate comprising two or more layers of the cured films described in <12>, and comprising a metal layer between any of the cured films. <14> A method for producing a cured film, comprising: a film forming step of applying the curable resin composition described in any one of <1> to <10> to a substrate to form a film. <15> The method for producing a cured film as described in <14>, comprising: an exposure step of exposing the film; and a development step of developing the film. <16> The method for producing a cured film as described in <14> or <15>, comprising: a heating step of heating the film at 50 to 450°C. <17> A semiconductor device comprising the cured film described in <12> or the laminate described in <13>. [Effect of the invention]
依據本發明,提供一種硬化性樹脂組成物、將上述硬化性樹脂組成物適用於基材而成之樹脂膜、將上述硬化性樹脂組成物硬化而成之硬化膜、包括上述硬化膜之積層體、上述硬化膜的製造方法及包括上述硬化膜或上述積層體之半導體元件,該硬化性樹脂組成物即使在低溫下長期保管之情況下,所獲得之樹脂膜的膜厚均勻性亦優異。According to the present invention, there are provided a curable resin composition, a resin film formed by applying the curable resin composition to a substrate, a cured film formed by curing the curable resin composition, a laminate including the cured film, a method for producing the cured film, and a semiconductor device including the cured film or the laminate. The resin film obtained by the curable resin composition has excellent film thickness uniformity even when stored for a long period of time at a low temperature.
以下,對本發明的主要實施形態進行說明。然而,本發明並不限於所明示之實施形態。 在本說明書中,使用“~”這樣的記號表示之數值範圍表示將記載於“~”的前後之數值分別作為下限值及上限值而包含之範圍。 在本說明書中,“步驟”這一用語不僅表示獨立之步驟,只要能夠實現該步驟所預期之作用,則亦表示包括無法與其他步驟明確區分之步驟。 關於本說明書中之基團(原子團)的標記,未標註經取代及未經取代的標記同時包括不具有取代基的基團(原子團)和具有取代基之基團(原子團)。例如,“烷基”不僅包含不具有取代基的烷基(未經取代烷基),而且還包含具有取代基之烷基(取代烷基)。 在本說明書中,除非另有說明,則“曝光”不僅包括利用光之曝光,而且還包括利用電子束、離子束等粒子束之曝光。又,作為用於曝光之光,可以舉出水銀燈的明線光譜、以準分子雷射為代表之遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X射線、電子束等光化射線或放射線。 在本說明書中,“(甲基)丙烯酸酯”表示“丙烯酸酯”及“甲基丙烯酸酯”這兩者或其中任一者,“(甲基)丙烯酸”表示“丙烯酸”及“甲基丙烯酸”這兩者或其中任一者,“(甲基)丙烯醯基”表示“丙烯醯基”及“甲基丙烯醯基”這兩者或其中任一者。 在本說明書中,結構式中的Me表示甲基,Et表示乙基,Bu表示丁基,Ph表示苯基。 在本說明書中,總固體成分是指組成物的所有成分中除了溶劑以外之成分的總質量。又,在本說明書中,固體成分濃度為除了溶劑以外之其他成分相對於組成物的總質量之質量百分率。 在本說明書中,除非另有說明,則重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)按照凝膠滲透層析法(GPC測定)被定義為聚苯乙烯換算值。在本說明書中,重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)例如能夠藉由使用HLC-8220GPC(TOSOH CORPORATION製造),並且使用保護管柱HZ-L、TSKgel Super HZM-M、TSKgel Super HZ4000、TSKgel Super HZ3000、TSKgel Super HZ2000(TOSOH CORPORATION製造)作為管柱來求出。除非另有說明,則該等分子量為使用THF(四氫呋喃)作為洗滌液進行測定者。又,除非另有說明,則GPC測定中之檢測為使用UV線(紫外線)的波長254nm檢測器者。 在本說明書中,關於構成積層體之各層的位置關係,當記載為“上”或“下”時,只要在所關注之複數個層中成為基準之層的上側或下側具有其他層即可。亦即,可以在成為基準之層與上述其他層之間進一步介入有第3層或第3要素,並且成為基準之層與上述其他層無需接觸。又,除非另有說明,則將對於基材逐漸堆疊層之方向稱為“上”,或者,在具有感光層之情況下,將從基材朝向感光層之方向稱為“上”,將其相反方向稱為“下”。另外,這樣的上下方向的設定係為了便於說明本說明書,在實際態樣中,本說明書中之“上”方向亦有可能與鉛垂向上不同。 在本說明書中,除非另有記載,則在組成物中,作為組成物中所包含之各成分,可以包含對應於該成分之兩種以上的化合物。又,除非另有記載,則組成物中之各成分的含量表示對應於該成分之所有化合物的合計含量。 在本說明書中,除非另有說明,則溫度為23℃,氣壓為101,325Pa(1個氣壓),相對濕度為50%RH。 在本說明書中,較佳態樣的組合為更佳態樣。The main embodiments of the present invention are described below. However, the present invention is not limited to the embodiments indicated. In this specification, the numerical range represented by the symbol "~" indicates a range including the numerical values before and after "~" as the lower limit and the upper limit, respectively. In this specification, the term "step" not only indicates an independent step, but also includes steps that cannot be clearly distinguished from other steps as long as the expected effect of the step can be achieved. Regarding the marking of groups (atomic groups) in this specification, the marking of unsubstituted and unsubstituted includes both groups (atomic groups) without substituents and groups (atomic groups) with substituents. For example, "alkyl" includes not only alkyl groups without substituents (unsubstituted alkyl groups) but also alkyl groups with substituents (substituted alkyl groups). In this specification, unless otherwise specified, "exposure" includes not only exposure using light but also exposure using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams. In addition, as light used for exposure, there can be cited the bright line spectrum of mercury lamps, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV rays), X-rays, electron beams and other actinic rays or radiation. In this specification, "(meth)acrylate" means both or either of "acrylate" and "methacrylate", "(meth)acrylic acid" means both or either of "acrylic acid" and "methacrylic acid", and "(meth)acryl" means both or either of "acryl" and "methacryl". In this specification, Me in the structural formula represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group. In this specification, the total solid content refers to the total mass of all components of the composition except the solvent. In addition, in this specification, the solid content concentration is the mass percentage of the components other than the solvent relative to the total mass of the composition. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) are defined as polystyrene conversion values according to gel permeation chromatography (GPC measurement). In this specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) can be obtained by using, for example, HLC-8220GPC (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION) and using guard columns HZ-L, TSKgel Super HZM-M, TSKgel Super HZ4000, TSKgel Super HZ3000, TSKgel Super HZ2000 (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION) as columns. Unless otherwise specified, the molecular weights are measured using THF (tetrahydrofuran) as a washing liquid. In addition, unless otherwise specified, the detection in the GPC measurement is the detection using a UV (ultraviolet) ray detector with a wavelength of 254nm. In this specification, when the positional relationship of each layer constituting a laminate is described as "upper" or "lower", it is sufficient as long as there are other layers on the upper side or lower side of the layer serving as a reference among the plurality of layers concerned. In other words, a third layer or a third element may be further interposed between the layer serving as a reference and the other layers mentioned above, and the layer serving as a reference and the other layers mentioned above do not need to be in contact. Furthermore, unless otherwise specified, the direction in which the layers are gradually stacked with respect to the substrate is referred to as "upper", or, in the case of a photosensitive layer, the direction from the substrate toward the photosensitive layer is referred to as "upper", and the opposite direction is referred to as "lower". In addition, the setting of the up and down directions is for the convenience of explaining this manual. In actual forms, the "up" direction in this manual may also be different from the vertical direction. In this manual, unless otherwise stated, in a composition, each component contained in the composition may include two or more compounds corresponding to the component. In addition, unless otherwise stated, the content of each component in the composition represents the total content of all compounds corresponding to the component. In this manual, unless otherwise stated, the temperature is 23°C, the air pressure is 101,325Pa (1 atmosphere), and the relative humidity is 50%RH. In this manual, the combination of the best form is the best form.
(硬化性樹脂組成物) 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含選自包括聚醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并㗁唑及聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的群組中之至少一種樹脂(以下,亦稱為“特定樹脂”。)以及至少兩種溶劑。(Curing resin composition) The curable resin composition of the present invention comprises at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimide, polyimide precursor, polybenzoxazole and polybenzoxazole precursor (hereinafter, also referred to as "specific resin") and at least two solvents.
本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物即使在低溫下長期保管之情況下,所獲得之樹脂膜的膜厚均勻性亦優異。 藉由本發明人等的探討,可知在將單獨包含一種溶劑之硬化性樹脂組成物在低溫(例如在5℃以下,進而在-5℃以下等)下長期(例如6個月以上)保管之後適用於基材而形成樹脂膜之情況下,所獲得之樹脂膜的膜厚均勻性較差。 樹脂膜的膜厚均勻性較差是指在樹脂膜中,膜厚薄的部分與膜厚厚的部分之間的膜厚差異大。 因此,本發明人等進行深入探討之結果,發現了包含兩種以上的溶劑之硬化性樹脂組成物即使在低溫下長期保管之情況下,所獲得之樹脂膜的膜厚均勻性亦優異。 可以獲得上述效果之機理雖尚不明確,但是推測為如下。The curable resin composition of the present invention has excellent uniformity of film thickness of the obtained resin film even when stored for a long time at low temperature. According to the research of the inventors, when a curable resin composition containing only one solvent is stored for a long time (for example, more than 6 months) at low temperature (for example, below 5°C, and further below -5°C, etc.) and then applied to a substrate to form a resin film, the obtained resin film has poor uniformity of film thickness. Poor uniformity of film thickness of the resin film means that the difference in film thickness between a thin film thickness portion and a thick film thickness portion in the resin film is large. Therefore, the inventors of the present invention have conducted in-depth research and found that the hardening resin composition containing two or more solvents can obtain a resin film with excellent film thickness uniformity even when stored for a long time at low temperature. The mechanism by which the above effect can be obtained is not yet clear, but it is speculated as follows.
在將單獨包含一種溶劑之硬化性樹脂組成物在低溫下長期保管之情況下,有時對溶劑的溶解性低的成分會析出。如此,推測在組成物中的某一成分析出之情況下,由於其他成分的濃度局部變高而進行某種反應或聚合抑制劑等成分析出而進行聚合等原因,組成物中所包含之成分中的一部分有時會改變。 如此,認為在成分中的一部分改變之組成物中,即使在保管後藉由例如升溫、攪拌等而再次溶解析出物之情況下,樹脂膜的膜厚均勻性亦差。 但是,認為在硬化性樹脂組成物包含兩種以上的溶劑之情況下,即使為對組成物中所包含之某一溶劑之溶解度低的成分,有時對組成物中所包含之其他溶劑的溶解性優異,從而抑制上述析出。 其結果,推測抑制上述改變,從而保管後的樹脂膜的膜厚均勻性優異。When a curable resin composition containing only one solvent is stored at low temperature for a long time, a component with low solubility in the solvent may precipitate. In this way, it is speculated that when a certain component in the composition precipitates, a certain reaction may occur due to the concentration of other components being locally increased or components such as polymerization inhibitors being precipitated and polymerizing, and part of the components contained in the composition may change. In this way, it is believed that in a composition in which part of the components are changed, even if the precipitate is dissolved again by, for example, heating or stirring after storage, the film thickness uniformity of the resin film is poor. However, it is believed that when the curable resin composition contains two or more solvents, even if the solubility of a component in a certain solvent contained in the composition is low, it may be excellent in solubility in other solvents contained in the composition, thereby suppressing the above-mentioned precipitation. As a result, it is estimated that the above-mentioned change is suppressed, and the film thickness uniformity of the resin film after storage is excellent.
又,推測在硬化性樹脂組成物包含兩種以上的溶劑之情況下,與單獨包含一種溶劑之情況相比,尤其在低溫下長期保管之情況下,抑制硬化性樹脂組成物中的聚合物等成分的析出或由聚合物中的交聯性基、交聯劑中之交聯性基等的交聯等引起之改變,因此例如在將所獲得之樹脂膜供於顯影時的解像性亦容易提高。 進而,推測在硬化性樹脂組成物包含兩種以上的溶劑之情況下,與單獨包含一種溶劑之情況相比,尤其在低溫下長期保管之情況下,形成了樹脂膜時的樹脂膜中的成分的分布容易成為接近均勻的狀態,從而所獲得之硬化膜的耐藥品性亦容易提高。Furthermore, it is speculated that when the curable resin composition contains two or more solvents, compared with the case where only one solvent is contained, especially when stored for a long time at low temperature, the precipitation of components such as polymers in the curable resin composition or the changes caused by crosslinking of crosslinking groups in the polymer and crosslinking groups in the crosslinking agent are suppressed, so that, for example, the resolution of the obtained resin film when it is provided for development is also easily improved. Furthermore, it is estimated that when the curable resin composition contains two or more solvents, the distribution of components in the resin film when the resin film is formed is likely to be nearly uniform, compared with the case where only one solvent is contained, especially when stored for a long period of time at a low temperature, and the chemical resistance of the obtained cured film is also likely to be improved.
以下,對本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物中所包含之成分進行詳細說明。Hereinafter, the components contained in the curable resin composition of the present invention will be described in detail.
<溶劑> 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含至少兩種溶劑。作為溶劑,能夠任意使用公知的溶劑。溶劑為有機溶劑為較佳。作為有機溶劑,可以舉出酯類、醚類、酮類、烴類、亞碸類、醯胺類、醇類等化合物。<Solvent> The curable resin composition of the present invention contains at least two solvents. As the solvent, any known solvent can be used. The solvent is preferably an organic solvent. Examples of the organic solvent include compounds such as esters, ethers, ketones, hydrocarbons, sulfones, amides, and alcohols.
作為酯類,作為較佳者例如可以舉出乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、乙酸己酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、γ-丁內酯、ε-己內酯、δ-戊內酯、烷氧基乙酸烷基酯(例如,烷氧基乙酸甲酯、烷氧基乙酸乙酯、烷氧基乙酸丁酯(例如,甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如,3-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、3-烷氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如,3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如,2-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、2-烷氧基丙酸乙酯、2-烷氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如,2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如,2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧代丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯、己酸乙酯、庚酸乙酯、丙二酸二甲酯、丙二酸二乙酯等。 在該等之中,從膜厚均勻性的觀點考慮,作為酯類,非環狀酯化合物為較佳。非環狀酯化合物是指在分子內不具有包含酯結構之環狀結構(亦即,內酯結構)的化合物。As esters, preferred examples include ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, hexyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, alkyl alkoxyacetates (e.g., methyl alkoxyacetate, ethyl alkoxyacetate, butyl alkoxyacetate (e.g., methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.)), alkyl 3-alkoxypropionates (e.g., methyl 3-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkoxypropionate, etc. (e.g., methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, methyl 3- ethyl ethoxypropionate, etc.), alkyl 2-alkoxypropionates (e.g., methyl 2-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkoxypropionate, propyl 2-alkoxypropionate, etc. (e.g., methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate), methyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate and ethyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate (e.g., methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetylacetate, ethyl acetylacetate, methyl 2-oxobutyrate, ethyl 2-oxobutyrate, ethyl hexanoate, ethyl heptanoate, dimethyl malonate, diethyl malonate, etc. Among them, from the viewpoint of film thickness uniformity, acyclic ester compounds are preferred as esters. Acyclic ester compounds refer to compounds that do not have a cyclic structure (i.e., a lactone structure) including an ester structure in the molecule.
作為醚類,作為較佳者例如可以舉出二乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、甲基賽路蘇乙酸酯、乙基賽路蘇乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單丁醚、乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇乙基甲醚、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯等。As ethers, preferred examples include diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl thiourea acetate, ethyl thiourea acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, and the like.
作為酮類,作為較佳者例如可以舉出甲基乙基酮、環己酮、環戊酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮、3-甲基環己酮、左旋葡萄聚糖、二氫左旋葡萄聚糖等。As ketones, preferred examples include methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, levoglucosan, and dihydrolevoglucosan.
作為烴類,作為較佳者例如可以舉出甲苯、二甲苯、苯甲醚、檸檬烯等。 在該等之中,作為烴類,芳香族烴類或萜烯類為較佳。As hydrocarbons, preferred examples include toluene, xylene, anisole, limonene, etc. Among them, aromatic hydrocarbons or terpenes are preferred as hydrocarbons.
作為亞碸類,作為較佳者例如可以舉出二甲基亞碸。As the sulfoxides, dimethyl sulfoxide can be preferably mentioned, for example.
作為醯胺類,作為較佳者可以舉出N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-乙基-2-吡咯啶酮、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基異丁醯胺、3-甲氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺、3-甲氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺、3-丁氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺等。 作為醯胺類,在該等之中,具有內醯胺結構之化合物或在結構內具有醚鍵及醯胺鍵之化合物為更佳。 又,作為醯胺類,亦可以使用市售品,作為市售品,可以舉出Idemitsu Kosan Co.,Ltd.製造的Equamide系列(例如,Equamide B-100、Equamide M-100)等。As amides, preferred ones include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylisobutylamide, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide, etc. As amides, among these, compounds having an amide structure or compounds having an ether bond and an amide bond in the structure are more preferred. Furthermore, commercially available products may be used as amides, and examples of commercially available products include Equamide series manufactured by Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. (for example, Equamide B-100, Equamide M-100) and the like.
作為醇類,可以舉出甲醇、乙醇、1-丙醇、2-丙醇、1-丁醇、1-戊醇、1-己醇、苯甲醇、乙二醇單甲醚、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、2-乙氧基乙醇、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單己醚、三乙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單甲醚、聚乙二醇單甲醚、聚丙二醇、四乙二醇、乙二醇單丁醚、乙二醇單苄基醚、乙二醇單苯基醚、甲基苯基甲醇、正戊醇、甲基戊醇及二丙酮醇等。 作為脲類,作為較佳者可以舉出N,N,N’,N’-四甲基脲、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑啶酮等。As alcohols, methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 1-pentanol, 1-hexanol, benzyl alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 2-ethoxyethanol, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monohexyl ether, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, polypropylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobenzyl ether, ethylene glycol monophenyl ether, methylphenylmethanol, n-pentanol, methylpentanol and diacetone alcohol can be cited. As ureas, N,N,N',N'-tetramethylurea, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone and the like can be cited as preferred ones.
在該等之中,從膜厚均勻性的觀點考慮,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含選自包括酯類、醚類、酮類、烴類、亞碸類及醯胺類的群組中之至少兩種為較佳,包含選自包括醯胺類及亞碸類的群組中之至少兩種或者包含選自包括醯胺類及亞碸類的群組中之至少一種和選自包括酯類、醚類、醚類及烴類的群組中之至少一種為更佳,包含選自包括醯胺類及亞碸類的群組中之至少兩種或者包含選自包括醯胺類及亞碸類的群組中之至少一種和選自包括酮類及酯類的群組中之至少一種為進一步較佳,包含亞碸類和酯類為特佳。Among them, from the viewpoint of film thickness uniformity, the curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains at least two selected from the group consisting of esters, ethers, ketones, hydrocarbons, sulfoxides and amides, more preferably contains at least two selected from the group consisting of amides and sulfoxides, or contains at least one selected from the group consisting of amides and sulfoxides and at least one selected from the group consisting of esters, ethers, ethers and hydrocarbons, further preferably contains at least two selected from the group consisting of amides and sulfoxides, or contains at least one selected from the group consisting of amides and sulfoxides and at least one selected from the group consisting of ketones and esters, and particularly preferably contains sulfoxides and esters.
又,從解像性(尤其,將組成物在低溫下長期保管之後的解像性)的觀點考慮,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物含有選自醯胺類中之至少一種及選自酮類中之至少一種為較佳,包含N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮及環戊酮為更佳。 在上述態樣中,對應於醯胺類之溶劑的含量相對於溶劑的總質量為10~90質量%為較佳,30~70質量%為更佳。 在上述態樣中,對應於酮類之溶劑的含量相對於溶劑的總質量為20~90質量%為較佳,30~70質量%為更佳。Furthermore, from the viewpoint of resolution (especially, resolution after the composition is stored at low temperature for a long time), the curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one selected from amides and at least one selected from ketones, and more preferably contains N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and cyclopentanone. In the above embodiment, the content of the solvent corresponding to the amide is preferably 10 to 90% by mass relative to the total mass of the solvent, and more preferably 30 to 70% by mass. In the above embodiment, the content of the solvent corresponding to the ketone is preferably 20 to 90% by mass relative to the total mass of the solvent, and more preferably 30 to 70% by mass.
又,從所獲得之硬化膜的耐藥品性(尤其,將組成物在低溫下長期保管之後的硬化膜的耐藥品性)的觀點考慮,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物含有選自後述具有醚鍵之溶劑中之至少一種及選自亞碸類中之至少一種為較佳,包含在上述結構內具有醚鍵及醯胺鍵之化合物及二甲基亞碸為更佳,包含3-丁氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺及二甲基亞碸為進一步較佳。 在上述態樣中,對應於醯胺類之溶劑的含量相對於溶劑的總質量為10~90質量%為較佳,30~70質量%為更佳。 在上述態樣中,對應於亞碸類之溶劑的含量相對於溶劑的總質量為10~90質量%為較佳,30~70質量%為更佳。Furthermore, from the viewpoint of the chemical resistance of the obtained cured film (especially, the chemical resistance of the cured film after the composition is stored at low temperature for a long time), the curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one selected from the solvents having an ether bond described below and at least one selected from the sulfoxides, more preferably contains a compound having an ether bond and an amide bond in the above structure and dimethyl sulfoxide, and further preferably contains 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide and dimethyl sulfoxide. In the above aspect, the content of the solvent corresponding to the amide is preferably 10 to 90 mass % relative to the total mass of the solvent, and more preferably 30 to 70 mass %. In the above aspect, the content of the solvent corresponding to sulfoxides is preferably 10 to 90 mass % relative to the total mass of the solvent, and more preferably 30 to 70 mass %.
又,從能夠形成厚的樹脂膜之觀點考慮,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含選自在1個氣壓下之沸點為160℃以上之溶劑中之至少一種和選自在1個氣壓下之沸點小於160℃之溶劑中之至少一種為較佳。 作為在1個氣壓下之沸點為160℃以上之溶劑,可以舉出γ-丁內酯(204℃)、二甲基亞碸(189℃)、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(202℃)、3-丁氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺(215℃)等。 作為在1個氣壓下之沸點小於160℃之溶劑,可以舉出環戊酮(131℃)、乳酸乙酯(154℃)、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(146℃)等。 上述括號內的溫度表示在1個氣壓下之各溶劑的沸點。 在上述態樣中,在1個氣壓下之沸點為160℃以上之溶劑的含量相對於溶劑的總質量為10~90質量%為較佳,30~70質量%為更佳。 在上述態樣中,在1個氣壓下之沸點小於160℃之溶劑的含量相對於溶劑的總質量為10~90質量%為較佳,30~70質量%為更佳。Furthermore, from the viewpoint of being able to form a thick resin film, it is preferred that the curable resin composition of the present invention contains at least one selected from solvents having a boiling point of 160°C or more at one atmospheric pressure and at least one selected from solvents having a boiling point of less than 160°C at one atmospheric pressure. As solvents having a boiling point of 160°C or more at one atmospheric pressure, γ-butyrolactone (204°C), dimethyl sulfoxide (189°C), N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (202°C), 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide (215°C), etc. can be cited. As solvents having a boiling point of less than 160°C at 1 atmosphere, cyclopentanone (131°C), ethyl lactate (154°C), propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (146°C), etc. can be cited. The temperature in the above brackets indicates the boiling point of each solvent at 1 atmosphere. In the above embodiment, the content of the solvent having a boiling point of 160°C or more at 1 atmosphere is preferably 10 to 90% by mass, and more preferably 30 to 70% by mass, relative to the total mass of the solvent. In the above embodiment, the content of the solvent having a boiling point of less than 160°C at 1 atmosphere is preferably 10 to 90% by mass, and more preferably 30 to 70% by mass, relative to the total mass of the solvent.
本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物含有選自非質子性溶劑中之至少兩種或者包含選自非質子性溶劑中之至少一種和選自質子性溶劑中之至少一種為較佳。 認為藉由本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含質子性溶劑,提高硬化性樹脂組成物包含例如後述鎓鹽等具有鹽結構之化合物時的膜厚均勻性。 作為非質子性溶劑,可以舉出γ-丁內酯、二甲基亞碸、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、3-丁氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺、環戊酮、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯等。 作為質子性溶劑,可以舉出乳酸乙酯等。 在上述態樣中,非質子性溶劑的含量相對於溶劑的總質量為10質量%以上為較佳,20質量%以上為更佳,30質量%以上為進一步較佳,40質量%以上為特佳。上述含量的上限為90質量%以下為較佳,80質量%以下為更佳,70質量%以下為進一步較佳。 在上述態樣中,質子性溶劑的含量相對於溶劑的總質量為10質量%以上為較佳,20質量%以上為更佳,30質量%以上為進一步較佳。上述含量的上限為90質量%以下為較佳,80質量%以下為更佳,70質量%以下為進一步較佳,60質量%以下為特佳。 又,相對於溶劑的總質量包含10~90質量%的非質子性溶劑且包含10~90質量%的質子性溶劑亦為較佳態樣之一。在上述態樣中,包含20~80質量%的非質子性溶劑且包含20~80質量%的質子性溶劑為較佳,包含40~80質量%的非質子性溶劑且包含20~60質量%的質子性溶劑為更佳。The curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains at least two selected from aprotic solvents or contains at least one selected from aprotic solvents and at least one selected from protic solvents. It is believed that the curable resin composition of the present invention contains a protic solvent, which improves the uniformity of the film thickness when the curable resin composition contains a compound having a salt structure such as an onium salt described later. As aprotic solvents, γ-butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide, cyclopentanone, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, etc. can be cited. As protic solvents, ethyl lactate, etc. can be cited. In the above-mentioned aspect, the content of the aprotic solvent is preferably 10% by mass or more relative to the total mass of the solvent, more preferably 20% by mass or more, further preferably 30% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 40% by mass or more. The upper limit of the above-mentioned content is preferably 90% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or less, and further preferably 70% by mass or less. In the above-mentioned aspect, the content of the protic solvent is preferably 10% by mass or more relative to the total mass of the solvent, more preferably 20% by mass or more, and further preferably 30% by mass or more. The upper limit of the above-mentioned content is preferably 90% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or less, further preferably 70% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 60% by mass or less. In addition, it is also a preferred embodiment that the aprotic solvent is contained in an amount of 10 to 90% by mass relative to the total mass of the solvent and the protic solvent is contained in an amount of 10 to 90% by mass. In the above embodiment, it is preferred that the aprotic solvent is contained in an amount of 20 to 80% by mass and the protic solvent is contained in an amount of 20 to 80% by mass, and it is more preferred that the aprotic solvent is contained in an amount of 40 to 80% by mass and the protic solvent is contained in an amount of 20 to 60% by mass.
又,從能夠形成厚的樹脂膜之觀點考慮,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含選自分子量為90以上之溶劑中之至少一種和選自分子量小於90之溶劑中之至少一種為較佳。 在上述態樣中,分子量為90以上之溶劑的含量相對於溶劑的總質量為10~90質量%為較佳,30~70質量%為更佳。 在上述態樣中,分子量小於90之溶劑的含量相對於溶劑的總質量為10~90質量%為較佳,30~70質量%為更佳。Furthermore, from the viewpoint of being able to form a thick resin film, the curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one selected from solvents having a molecular weight of 90 or more and at least one selected from solvents having a molecular weight of less than 90. In the above aspect, the content of the solvent having a molecular weight of 90 or more is preferably 10 to 90% by mass relative to the total mass of the solvent, and 30 to 70% by mass is more preferably. In the above aspect, the content of the solvent having a molecular weight of less than 90 is preferably 10 to 90% by mass relative to the total mass of the solvent, and 30 to 70% by mass is more preferably.
又,從膜厚均勻性的觀點考慮,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含選自SP值為21.4MPa以上之溶劑中之至少一種和選自SP值小於21.4MPa之溶劑中之至少一種為較佳。 作為SP值為21.4MPa以上之溶劑,可以舉出γ-丁內酯(26.3MPa)、二甲基亞碸(29.7MPa)、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(23.1MPa)、3-丁氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺(21.5MPa)等。 作為SP值小於21.4MPa之溶劑,可以舉出環戊酮(21.3MPa)、乳酸乙酯(20.5MPa)、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(23.1MPa)等。 上述括號內的溫度表示各溶劑的SP值。 在上述態樣中,SP值為21.4MPa以上之溶劑的含量相對於溶劑的總質量為10~90質量%為較佳,30~70質量%為更佳。 在上述態樣中,SP值小於21.4MPa之溶劑的含量相對於溶劑的總質量為10~90質量%為較佳,30~70質量%為更佳。Furthermore, from the perspective of film thickness uniformity, it is preferred that the curable resin composition of the present invention contains at least one selected from solvents having an SP value of 21.4 MPa or more and at least one selected from solvents having an SP value of less than 21.4 MPa. As solvents having an SP value of 21.4 MPa or more, γ-butyrolactone (26.3 MPa), dimethyl sulfoxide (29.7 MPa), N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (23.1 MPa), 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide (21.5 MPa), etc. can be cited. As solvents having an SP value of less than 21.4 MPa, cyclopentanone (21.3 MPa), ethyl lactate (20.5 MPa), propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (23.1 MPa) and the like can be cited. The temperature in the above brackets indicates the SP value of each solvent. In the above embodiment, the content of the solvent having an SP value of 21.4 MPa or more is preferably 10 to 90% by mass relative to the total mass of the solvent, and 30 to 70% by mass is more preferably. In the above embodiment, the content of the solvent having an SP value of less than 21.4 MPa is preferably 10 to 90% by mass relative to the total mass of the solvent, and 30 to 70% by mass is more preferably.
又,從膜厚均勻性的觀點考慮,同時使用SP值高於溶質(例如,後述特定樹脂)的SP值的溶劑和SP值低於上述溶質的SP值的溶劑亦為較佳。Furthermore, from the perspective of film thickness uniformity, it is also preferable to use a solvent having an SP value higher than the SP value of the solute (for example, a specific resin described later) and a solvent having an SP value lower than the SP value of the solute at the same time.
進而,從膜厚均勻性的觀點考慮,在本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物中所包含之溶劑中,SP值最高的溶劑與SP值最低的溶劑的SP值之差為0.2~11.5MPa為較佳,1.5~10.0MPa為更佳。 認為依據這樣的態樣,能夠提高硬化性樹脂組成物中所包含之多種溶質的溶解性,因此膜厚均勻性容易優異。Furthermore, from the perspective of film thickness uniformity, the difference in SP value between the solvent with the highest SP value and the solvent with the lowest SP value in the curable resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.2 to 11.5 MPa, and more preferably 1.5 to 10.0 MPa. It is believed that according to such an aspect, the solubility of various solutes contained in the curable resin composition can be improved, so that the film thickness uniformity is easy to be excellent.
在本發明中,SP值表示溶解度參數的值。本發明中之SP值為基於漢森溶解度參數:A User’s Handbook,Second Edition,C.M.Hansen (2007),Taylor and Francis Group,LLC(HSPiP Manual)中所說明之式之漢森溶解度參數。具體而言,使用“實踐漢森溶解度參數HSPiP第3版”(軟體版本4.0.05),並用下述式計算出SP值。 (SP值)2 =(δHd)2 +(δHp)2 +(δHh)2 Hd:分散貢獻 Hp:極性貢獻 Hh:氫鍵貢獻In the present invention, the SP value represents the value of the solubility parameter. The SP value in the present invention is a Hansen solubility parameter based on the formula described in Hansen Solubility Parameters: A User's Handbook, Second Edition, C.M. Hansen (2007), Taylor and Francis Group, LLC (HSPiP Manual). Specifically, the "Practical Hansen Solubility Parameters HSPiP Version 3" (software version 4.0.05) is used, and the SP value is calculated using the following formula. (SP value) 2 = (δHd) 2 + (δHp) 2 + (δHh) 2 Hd: Dispersion contribution Hp: Polar contribution Hh: Hydrogen bond contribution
在該等之中,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含選自下述群組A中之至少一種溶劑和選自下述群組B中之至少一種溶劑或者包含選自包括下述群組A及群組B的群組中之至少一種溶劑和選自下述群組C中之至少一種溶劑為較佳。 群組A:二甲基亞碸 群組B:N-甲基2-吡咯啶酮、3-丁氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺 群組C:γ-丁內酯、環戊酮、乳酸乙酯、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯 又,上述群組C為下述群組C’為更佳。 群組C’:環戊酮、乳酸乙酯、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯Among them, the curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one solvent selected from the following group A and at least one solvent selected from the following group B, or contains at least one solvent selected from the group including the following group A and group B and at least one solvent selected from the following group C. Group A: dimethyl sulfoxide Group B: N-methyl 2-pyrrolidone, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide Group C: γ-butyrolactone, cyclopentanone, ethyl lactate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate Moreover, the above-mentioned group C is more preferably the following group C'. Group C': cyclopentanone, ethyl lactate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
又,在該等之中,作為本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的較佳態樣之一,可以舉出溶劑包含二甲基亞碸及乳酸乙酯,並且乳酸乙酯的含量相對於上述溶劑的總質量為40質量%以上之態樣。 上述乳酸乙酯的含量為40~80質量%為較佳,45~60質量%為進一步較佳。 又,在上述態樣中,γ-丁內酯的含量相對於溶劑的總質量為40質量%以下為較佳,30質量%以下為更佳,20質量%以下為進一步較佳,10質量%以下為特佳,5質量%以下為進一步較佳,1質量%以下為最佳。上述含量的下限並無特別限定,只要為0質量%以上即可。 又,在上述態樣中,二甲基亞碸與乳酸乙酯的合計含量相對於溶劑的總質量為60質量%以上為較佳,70質量%以上為更佳,80質量%以上為進一步較佳,90質量%以上為特佳,95質量%以上為進一步較佳,99質量%以上為最佳。上述合計含量的上限並無特別限定,可以為100質量%。Moreover, among the above, as one of the preferred embodiments of the curable resin composition of the present invention, there can be cited an embodiment in which the solvent contains dimethyl sulfoxide and ethyl lactate, and the content of ethyl lactate is 40% by mass or more relative to the total mass of the above solvent. The content of ethyl lactate is preferably 40 to 80% by mass, and 45 to 60% by mass is further preferred. Moreover, in the above embodiment, the content of γ-butyrolactone is preferably 40% by mass or less relative to the total mass of the solvent, more preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, particularly preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, and most preferably 1% by mass or less. The lower limit of the above content is not particularly limited, as long as it is 0% by mass or more. In the above aspect, the total content of dimethyl sulfoxide and ethyl lactate relative to the total mass of the solvent is preferably 60% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, further preferably 80% by mass or more, particularly preferably 90% by mass or more, further preferably 95% by mass or more, and most preferably 99% by mass or more. The upper limit of the above total content is not particularly limited and can be 100% by mass.
又,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含在結構內具有氮原子之溶劑作為溶劑為較佳,包含具有含氮雜環結構之溶劑為更佳。 作為上述在結構內具有氮原子之溶劑,可以舉出上述醯胺類。 作為上述具有含氮雜環結構之溶劑,上述具有內醯胺結構之化合物為較佳,N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮為更佳。 上述在結構內具有氮原子之溶劑的含量相對於溶劑的總質量為20~80質量%為較佳,30~70質量%為更佳,40~60質量%為進一步較佳。In addition, the curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent having a nitrogen atom in its structure as a solvent, and more preferably contains a solvent having a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic structure. As the above-mentioned solvent having a nitrogen atom in its structure, the above-mentioned amides can be cited. As the above-mentioned solvent having a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic structure, the above-mentioned compound having a lactam structure is preferred, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone is more preferred. The content of the above-mentioned solvent having a nitrogen atom in its structure is preferably 20 to 80 mass %, more preferably 30 to 70 mass %, and further preferably 40 to 60 mass % relative to the total mass of the solvent.
又,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含具有醚鍵之溶劑作為溶劑亦為較佳。 作為具有醚鍵之溶劑,可以舉出上述醚類或上述醯胺類中之在結構內具有醚鍵及醯胺鍵之化合物。 上述具有醚鍵之溶劑的含量相對於溶劑的總質量為20~80質量%為較佳,30~70質量%為更佳,40~60質量%為進一步較佳。In addition, the curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent having an ether bond as a solvent. As the solvent having an ether bond, compounds having an ether bond and an amide bond in the structure of the above-mentioned ethers or the above-mentioned amides can be cited. The content of the above-mentioned solvent having an ether bond is preferably 20 to 80 mass % relative to the total mass of the solvent, more preferably 30 to 70 mass %, and even more preferably 40 to 60 mass %.
又,關於本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物中所包含之溶劑,含量第2多的溶劑的含量相對於溶劑的總質量為20質量%以上為較佳。上述含量為25質量%以上為較佳,30質量%以上為更佳,可以為40質量%以上。 其中,在本發明中,例如在包含40質量%的N-甲基吡咯啶酮、40質量%的二甲基亞碸、20質量%的環戊酮之情況下,上述含量第2多的溶劑的含量為40質量%。In addition, regarding the solvent contained in the curable resin composition of the present invention, the content of the second most abundant solvent is preferably 20% by mass or more relative to the total mass of the solvent. The above content is preferably 25% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, and can be 40% by mass or more. Among them, in the present invention, for example, when containing 40% by mass of N-methylpyrrolidone, 40% by mass of dimethyl sulfoxide, and 20% by mass of cyclopentanone, the content of the second most abundant solvent is 40% by mass.
在本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物中,從抑制塗佈時的塗佈缺陷、提高保存穩定性等觀點考慮,水的含量相對於溶劑的總質量為5質量%以下為較佳。上述水的含量為3質量%以下為較佳,1質量%以下為更佳,0.1質量%以下為進一步較佳。 又,上述水的含量可以設為0質量%。In the curable resin composition of the present invention, from the viewpoint of suppressing coating defects during coating and improving storage stability, the water content relative to the total mass of the solvent is preferably 5 mass% or less. The water content is preferably 3 mass% or less, more preferably 1 mass% or less, and even more preferably 0.1 mass% or less. In addition, the water content can be set to 0 mass%.
從塗佈性的觀點考慮,溶劑的合計含量設為本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的總固體成分濃度成為5~80質量%之量為較佳,設為本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的總固體成分濃度成為5~75質量%之量為更佳,設為本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的總固體成分濃度成為10~70質量%之量為進一步較佳,設為本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的總固體成分濃度成為20~70質量%之量為進一步較佳,設為本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的總固體成分濃度成為40~70質量%為再進一步較佳。溶劑含量只要依據所期望之厚度和塗佈方法進行調節即可。 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物可以僅含有兩種溶劑,亦可以含有三種以上。From the viewpoint of coating properties, the total content of the solvent is preferably an amount in which the total solid content concentration of the curable resin composition of the present invention is 5 to 80 mass %, more preferably an amount in which the total solid content concentration of the curable resin composition of the present invention is 5 to 75 mass %, more preferably an amount in which the total solid content concentration of the curable resin composition of the present invention is 10 to 70 mass %, more preferably an amount in which the total solid content concentration of the curable resin composition of the present invention is 20 to 70 mass %, and even more preferably an amount in which the total solid content concentration of the curable resin composition of the present invention is 40 to 70 mass %. The solvent content can be adjusted according to the desired thickness and coating method. The curable resin composition of the present invention may contain only two solvents or three or more solvents.
<特定樹脂> 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含選自包括聚醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并㗁唑及聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的群組中之至少一種樹脂(特定樹脂)。 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含聚醯亞胺或聚醯亞胺前驅物作為特定樹脂為較佳,包含聚醯亞胺前驅物為更佳。 又,特定樹脂具有自由基聚合性基為較佳。 在特定樹脂具有自由基聚合性基之情況下,硬化性樹脂組成物包含後述光自由基聚合起始劑作為光敏劑為較佳,包含後述光自由基聚合起始劑作為光敏劑且包含後述自由基交聯劑為更佳,包含後述光自由基聚合起始劑作為光敏劑、包含後述自由基交聯劑且包含後述增感劑為進一步較佳。由這樣的硬化性樹脂組成物例如形成負型感光層。 又,特定樹脂可以具有酸分解性基等極性轉換基。 在特定樹脂具有酸分解性基之情況下,硬化性樹脂組成物包含後述光酸產生劑作為光敏劑為較佳。由這樣的硬化性樹脂組成物例如形成作為化學增幅型的正型感光層或負型感光層。<Specific resin> The curable resin composition of the present invention contains at least one resin (specific resin) selected from the group consisting of polyimide, polyimide precursor, polybenzoxazole and polybenzoxazole precursor. The curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains polyimide or polyimide precursor as the specific resin, and more preferably contains polyimide precursor. In addition, the specific resin preferably has a free radical polymerizable group. When the specific resin has a radical polymerizable group, the curable resin composition preferably includes the photoradical polymerization initiator described below as a photosensitizer, more preferably includes the photoradical polymerization initiator described below as a photosensitizer and includes the radical crosslinking agent described below, and further preferably includes the photoradical polymerization initiator described below as a photosensitizer, includes the radical crosslinking agent described below, and includes the sensitizer described below. Such a curable resin composition, for example, forms a negative photosensitive layer. In addition, the specific resin may have a polar conversion group such as an acid-decomposable group. When the specific resin has an acid-decomposable group, the curable resin composition preferably includes the photoacid generator described below as a photosensitizer. Such a curable resin composition can form, for example, a chemically amplified positive photosensitive layer or a negative photosensitive layer.
〔聚醯亞胺前驅物〕 本發明中所使用之聚醯亞胺前驅物的其種類等並無特別規定,但是包含下述式(2)所表示之重複單元為較佳。 式(2) [化學式1] 式(2)中,A1 及A2 分別獨立地表示氧原子或NH,R111 表示2價的有機基,R115 表示4價的有機基,R113 及R114 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價的有機基。[Polyimide Precursor] The type of the polyimide precursor used in the present invention is not particularly limited, but it is preferably a polyimide precursor comprising a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2). Formula (2) [Chemical Formula 1] In formula (2), A1 and A2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH, R111 represents a divalent organic group, R115 represents a tetravalent organic group, and R113 and R114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
式(2)中之A1 及A2 分別獨立地表示氧原子或NH,氧原子為較佳。 式(2)中之R111 表示2價的有機基。作為2價的有機基,可以例示出包含直鏈或支鏈的脂肪族基、環狀脂肪族基及芳香族基之基團,包括碳數2~20的直鏈或支鏈脂肪族基、碳數6~20的環狀脂肪族基、碳數6~20的芳香族基或該等的組合之基團為較佳,包含碳數6~20的芳香族基之基團為更佳。作為本發明的特佳實施形態,可以例示出-Ar-L-Ar-所表示之基團。其中,Ar分別獨立地為芳香族基,L為包括可以經氟原子取代之碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO2 -或-NHCO-或上述中的2個以上的組合之基團。該等的較佳範圍如上所述。 A1 and A2 in formula (2) each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH, preferably an oxygen atom. R111 in formula (2) represents a divalent organic group. Examples of the divalent organic group include groups containing linear or branched aliphatic groups, cyclic aliphatic groups and aromatic groups, preferably groups containing linear or branched aliphatic groups having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, cyclic aliphatic groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, aromatic groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms or combinations thereof, and more preferably groups containing aromatic groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. As a particularly preferred embodiment of the present invention, a group represented by -Ar-L-Ar- can be exemplified. Wherein, Ar is independently an aromatic group, and L is an aliphatic alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 - or -NHCO-, or a combination of two or more thereof. The preferred ranges are as described above.
R111 衍生自二胺為較佳。作為聚醯亞胺前驅物的製造中所使用之二胺,可以舉出直鏈或支鏈脂肪族、環狀脂肪族或芳香族二胺等。二胺可以僅使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。 具體而言,包含包括碳數2~20的直鏈或支鏈脂肪族基、碳數6~20的環狀脂肪族基、碳數6~20的芳香族基或該等的組合之基團之二胺為較佳,包含包括碳數6~20的芳香族基之基團之二胺為更佳。作為包含芳香族基之基團的例子,可以舉出下述。R 111 is preferably derived from a diamine. Examples of the diamine used in the production of the polyimide precursor include linear or branched aliphatic, cyclic aliphatic or aromatic diamines. Only one diamine may be used, or two or more diamines may be used. Specifically, a diamine containing a group including a linear or branched aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic aliphatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a combination thereof is preferred, and a diamine containing a group including an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferred. Examples of the group containing an aromatic group include the following.
[化學式2] 式中,A為單鍵或選自可以經氟原子取代之碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-SO2 -、-NHCO-或該等的組合中之基團為較佳,單鍵或選自可以經氟原子取代之碳數1~3的伸烷基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-或-SO2 -中之基團為更佳,-CH2 -、-O-、-S-、-SO2 -、-C(CF3 )2 -或-C(CH3 )2 -為進一步較佳。 式中,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。[Chemical formula 2] In the formula, A is preferably a single bond or a group selected from aliphatic alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted by fluorine atoms, -O-, -C(=O)-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -NHCO-, or a combination thereof; more preferably a single bond or a group selected from alkylene groups having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted by fluorine atoms, -O-, -C(=O)-, -S-, or -SO 2 -; and even more preferably -CH 2 -, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, or -C(CH 3 ) 2 -. In the formula, * indicates a bonding site with other structures.
作為二胺,具體而言,可以舉出選自以下中之至少一種二胺:1,2-二胺基乙烷、1,2-二胺基丙烷、1,3-二胺基丙烷、1,4-二胺基丁烷及1,6-二胺基己烷;1,2-或1,3-二胺基環戊烷、1,2-、1,3-或1,4-二胺基環己烷、1,2-、1,3-或1,4-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷、雙-(4-胺基環己基)甲烷、雙-(3-胺基環己基)甲烷、4,4’-二胺基-3,3’-二甲基環己基甲烷及異佛爾酮二胺;間或對苯二胺、二胺基甲苯、4,4’-或3,3’-二胺基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基二苯醚、3,3-二胺基二苯醚、4,4’-及3,3’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-及3,3’-二胺基二苯基碸、4,4’-及3,3’-二胺基二苯硫醚、4,4’-或3,3’-二胺基二苯甲酮、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-二甲氧基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)碸、雙(4-胺基-3-羥基苯基)碸、4,4’-二胺基對聯三苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、雙[4-(2-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、9,10-雙(4-胺基苯基)蒽、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基碸、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯基)苯、3,3’-二乙基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯甲烷、4,4’-二胺基八氟聯苯、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)-10-氫蒽、3,3’,4,4’-四胺基聯苯、3,3’,4,4’-四胺基二苯醚、1,4-二胺基蒽醌、1,5-二胺基蒽醌、3,3-二羥基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、9,9’-雙(4-胺基苯基)茀、4,4’-二甲基-3,3’-二胺基二苯基碸、3,3’,5,5’-四甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、2,4-及2,5-二胺基異丙苯、2,5-二甲基-對苯二胺、乙胍𠯤、2,3,5,6-四甲基-對苯二胺、2,4,6-三甲基-間苯二胺、雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、2,7-二胺基茀、2,5-二胺基吡啶、1,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)乙烷、二胺基苯甲醯苯胺、二胺基苯甲酸的酯、1,5-二胺基萘、二胺基三氟甲苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯基)八氟丁烷、1,5-雙(4-胺基苯基)十氟戊烷、1,7-雙(4-胺基苯基)十四氟庚烷、2,2-雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(2-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)-3,5-二甲基苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)-3,5-雙(三氟甲基)苯基]六氟丙烷、對雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)聯苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-3-三氟甲基苯氧基)聯苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)二苯基碸、4,4’-雙(3-胺基-5-三氟甲基苯氧基)二苯基碸、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基-3-三氟甲基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、3,3’,5,5’-四甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基-2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯、2,2’,5,5’,6,6’-六氟三𠯤及4,4’-二胺基對聯四苯。As the diamine, specifically, at least one diamine selected from the group consisting of 1,2-diaminoethane, 1,2-diaminopropane, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane, and 1,6-diaminohexane; 1,2- or 1,3-diaminocyclopentane, 1,2-, 1,3-, or 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1,2-, 1,3-, or 1,4-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane, bis-(4-aminocyclohexyl)methane, bis-(3-aminocyclohexyl)methane, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dimethylcyclohexylmethane, and isophoronediamine. ; m- or p-phenylenediamine, diaminotoluene, 4,4’- or 3,3’-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4’-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4’- and 3,3’-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4’- and 3,3’-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 4,4’- and 3,3’-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 4,4’- or 3,3’-diaminobenzophenone, 3,3’-dimethyl-4,4’-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2’-dimethyl-4,4’-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3’-dimethoxy-4,4’-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2-diaminodiphenyl (4-aminophenyl) propane, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl) propane, 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) propane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane, bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) sulfide, bis(4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl) sulfide, 4,4'-diaminoterphenyl, 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl] sulfide 、Bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfone、Bis[4-(2-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfone、1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene、9,10-bis(4-aminophenyl)anthracene、3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylsulfone、1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene、1,3-bis(3-aminophenoxy)benzene、1,3-bis(4-aminophenyl)benzene、3,3'-diethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane、3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane、4,4'-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl、2 ,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 9,9-bis(4-aminophenyl)-10-hydroanthracene, 3,3',4,4'-tetraaminobiphenyl, 3,3',4,4'-tetraaminodiphenyl ether, 1,4-diaminoanthraquinone, 1,5-diaminoanthraquinone, 3,3-dihydroxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 9,9'-bis(4-aminophenyl)fluorene, 4,4'-dimethyl-3,3'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 3,3',5,5'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diamino Aminodiphenylmethane, 2,4- and 2,5-diaminoisopropylbenzene, 2,5-dimethyl-p-phenylenediamine, ethylguanidine, 2,3,5,6-tetramethyl-p-phenylenediamine, 2,4,6-trimethyl-m-phenylenediamine, bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane, 2,7-diaminofluorene, 2,5-diaminopyridine, 1,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)ethane, diaminobenzanilide, esters of diaminobenzoic acid, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, diaminotrifluorotoluene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenyl)octafluorobutane, 1 ,5-Bis(4-aminophenyl)decafluoropentane, 1,7-Bis(4-aminophenyl)tetradecafluoroheptane, 2,2-Bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-Bis[4-(2-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-Bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)-3,5-dimethylphenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-Bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)-3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, p-Bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)benzene, 4,4'-Bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy) )biphenyl, 4,4’-bis(4-amino-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy)biphenyl, 4,4’-bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)diphenylsulfone, 4,4’-bis(3-amino-5-trifluoromethylphenoxy)diphenylsulfone, 2,2-bis[4-(4-amino-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 3,3’,5,5’-tetramethyl-4,4’-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4’-diamino-2,2’-bis(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl, 2,2’,5,5’,6,6’-hexafluorotriphenylmethane and 4,4’-diaminotetraphenyl.
又,國際公開第2017/038598號的0030~0031段中所記載的二胺(DA-1)~(DA-18)亦為較佳。Furthermore, diamines (DA-1) to (DA-18) described in paragraphs 0030 to 0031 of International Publication No. 2017/038598 are also preferred.
又,亦可以較佳地使用國際公開第2017/038598號的0032~0034段中所記載的在主鏈中具有2個以上的伸烷基二醇單元之二胺。Furthermore, diamines having two or more alkylene glycol units in the main chain described in paragraphs 0032 to 0034 of International Publication No. 2017/038598 can also be preferably used.
從所獲得之有機膜的柔軟性的觀點考慮,R111 由-Ar-L-Ar-表示為較佳。其中,Ar分別獨立地為芳香族基,L為包括可以經氟原子取代之碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO2 -或-NHCO-或上述中的2個以上的組合之基團。Ar為伸苯基為較佳,L為可以經氟原子取代之碳數1或2的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-或-SO2 -為較佳。此處的脂肪族烴基為伸烷基為較佳。From the viewpoint of the flexibility of the obtained organic film, R 111 is preferably represented by -Ar-L-Ar-. Here, Ar is independently an aromatic group, and L is a group including an aliphatic alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted by a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 - or -NHCO-, or a combination of two or more of the foregoing. Ar is preferably a phenylene group, and L is preferably an aliphatic alkyl group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms which may be substituted by a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S- or -SO 2 -. The aliphatic alkyl group here is preferably an alkylene group.
又,從i射線透射率的觀點考慮,R111 為下述式(51)或式(61)所表示之2價的有機基為較佳。尤其,從i射線透射率、易獲得性的觀點考慮,式(61)所表示之2價的有機基為更佳。 式(51) [化學式3] 式(51)中,R50 ~R57 分別獨立地為氫原子、氟原子或1價的有機基,R50 ~R57 中的至少1個為氟原子、甲基或三氟甲基,*分別獨立地表示與式(2)中的氮原子的鍵結部位。 作為R50 ~R57 的1價的有機基,可以舉出碳數1~10(較佳為碳數1~6)的未取代烷基、碳數1~10(較佳為碳數1~6)的氟化烷基等。 [化學式4] 式(61)中,R58 及R59 分別獨立地為氟原子或三氟甲基。 作為提供式(51)或式(61)的結構之二胺化合物,可以舉出2,2’-二甲基聯苯胺、2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2’-雙(氟)-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基八氟聯苯等。該等可以使用一種或者組合使用兩種以上。Furthermore, from the viewpoint of the i-ray transmittance, R 111 is preferably a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (51) or formula (61). In particular, from the viewpoint of the i-ray transmittance and availability, a divalent organic group represented by formula (61) is more preferred. Formula (51) [Chemical Formula 3] In formula (51), R 50 to R 57 are independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group, at least one of R 50 to R 57 is a fluorine atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, and * independently represents a bonding site with the nitrogen atom in formula (2). Examples of the monovalent organic group of R 50 to R 57 include an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms), and the like. [Chemical Formula 4] In formula (61), R 58 and R 59 are independently a fluorine atom or a trifluoromethyl group. Examples of diamine compounds that provide the structure of formula (51) or formula (61) include 2,2'-dimethylbenzidine, 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-bis(fluoro)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, and 4,4'-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl. These compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
除此此外,亦可以較佳地使用以下的二胺。 [化學式5] In addition, the following diamines can also be preferably used. [Chemical Formula 5]
式(2)中之R115 表示4價的有機基。作為4價的有機基,包含芳香環之4價的有機基為較佳,下述式(5)或式(6)所表示之基團為更佳。 式(5)或式(6)中,*分別獨立地表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。 [化學式6] 式(5)中,R112 為單鍵或選自可以經氟原子取代之碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO2 -及-NHCO-以及該等的組合中之基團為較佳,單鍵或選自可以經氟原子取代之碳數1~3的伸烷基、-O-、-CO-、-S-及-SO2 -中之基團為更佳,選自包括-CH2 -、-C(CF3 )2 -、-C(CH3 )2 -、-O-、-CO-、-S-及-SO2 -的群組中之2價的基團為進一步較佳。R 115 in formula (2) represents a tetravalent organic group. As the tetravalent organic group, a tetravalent organic group containing an aromatic ring is preferred, and a group represented by the following formula (5) or formula (6) is more preferred. In formula (5) or formula (6), * independently represents a bonding site with other structures. [Chemical Formula 6] In formula (5), R 112 is preferably a single bond or a group selected from aliphatic alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted by fluorine atoms, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 - and -NHCO-, and combinations thereof; more preferably a single bond or a group selected from alkylene groups having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted by fluorine atoms, -O-, -CO-, -S- and -SO 2 -; and even more preferably a divalent group selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -O-, -CO-, -S- and -SO 2 -.
具體而言,R115 可以舉出從四羧酸二酐中去除酐基之後殘存之四羧酸殘基等。四羧酸二酐可以僅使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。 四羧酸二酐由下述式(O)表示為較佳。 [化學式7] 式(O)中,R115 表示4價的有機基。R115 的較佳範圍與式(2)中之R115 的含義相同,較佳範圍亦相同。Specifically, R 115 includes a tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after removing anhydride groups from tetracarboxylic dianhydride. Only one type of tetracarboxylic dianhydride may be used, or two or more types may be used. The tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferably represented by the following formula (O). [Chemical Formula 7] In formula (O), R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group. The preferred range of R 115 is the same as that of R 115 in formula (2), and the preferred range is also the same.
作為四羧酸二酐的具體例,可以舉出均苯四甲酸二酐(PMDA)、3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯硫醚四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯基碸四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯基甲烷四羧酸二酐、2,2’,3,3’-二苯基甲烷四羧酸二酐、2,3,3’,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐、2,3,3’,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、4,4’-氧基二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、2,3,6,7-萘四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,7-萘四羧酸二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)六氟丙烷二酐、1,3-二苯基六氟丙烷-3,3,4,4-四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,6-萘四羧酸二酐、2,2’,3,3’-二苯基四羧酸二酐、3,4,9,10-苝四羧酸二酐、1,2,4,5-萘四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,8-萘四羧酸二酐、1,8,9,10-菲四羧酸二酐、1,1-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,1-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,2,3,4-苯四羧酸二酐以及該等的碳數1~6的烷基及碳數1~6的烷氧基衍生物。Specific examples of tetracarboxylic dianhydrides include pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA), 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenyl sulfide tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenylsulfone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenylmethane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2',3,3'-diphenylmethane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3',4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3',4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 2,3,6,7-naphthalene tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,7-naphthalene tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane dianhydride, 1,3-diphenylhexafluoropropane-3,3,4,4-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,6-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2',3,3'-diphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,4,9,10-perylenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,4,5-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,8,9,10-phenanthrenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,1-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, 1,1-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-benzenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, and C1-6 alkyl and C1-6 alkoxy derivatives thereof.
又,作為較佳例,亦可以舉出國際公開第2017/038598號的0038段中所記載的四羧酸二酐(DAA-1)~(DAA-5)。Moreover, as a preferable example, tetracarboxylic dianhydride (DAA-1) to (DAA-5) described in paragraph 0038 of International Publication No. 2017/038598 can also be cited.
R111 和R115 中的至少一者具有OH基亦為較佳。更具體而言,作為R111 ,可以舉出雙胺基苯酚衍生物的殘基。It is also preferred that at least one of R 111 and R 115 has an OH group. More specifically, examples of R 111 include a residual group of a diaminophenol derivative.
R113 及R114 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價的有機基,包含直鏈或支鏈的烷基、環狀烷基、芳香族基或聚伸烷氧基為較佳,包含聚伸烷氧基為更佳。又,R113 及R114 中的至少一者包含聚合性基為較佳,兩者包含聚合性基為更佳。作為聚合性基為能夠藉由熱、自由基等的作用而進行交聯反應之基團,自由基聚合性基為較佳。作為聚合性基的具體例,可以舉出具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團、烷氧基甲基、羥基甲基、醯氧基甲基、環氧基、氧環丁基、苯并㗁唑基、嵌段異氰酸酯基、羥甲基、胺基。作為聚醯亞胺前驅物等所具有之自由基聚合性基,具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團為較佳。 作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,可以舉出乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、下述式(III)所表示之基團等,下述式(III)所表示之基團為較佳。R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, preferably a linear or branched alkyl group, a cyclic alkyl group, an aromatic group or a polyalkylene group, and more preferably a polyalkylene group. In addition, at least one of R 113 and R 114 preferably contains a polymerizable group, and more preferably both contain a polymerizable group. The polymerizable group is a group that can undergo a crosslinking reaction by the action of heat, free radicals, etc., and a free radical polymerizable group is preferred. Specific examples of the polymerizable group include a group having an ethylenic unsaturated bond, an alkoxymethyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, an acyloxymethyl group, an epoxy group, an oxobutyl group, a benzoxazolyl group, a blocked isocyanate group, a hydroxymethyl group, and an amino group. As the radical polymerizable group possessed by the polyimide precursor, a group having an ethylenic unsaturated bond is preferred. Examples of the group having an ethylenic unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, and a group represented by the following formula (III). The group represented by the following formula (III) is preferred.
[化學式8] [Chemical formula 8]
式(III)中,R200 表示氫原子、甲基、乙基或羥甲基,氫原子或甲基為較佳。 式(III)中,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。 式(III)中,R201 表示碳數2~12的伸烷基、-CH2 CH(OH)CH2 -或聚伸烷氧基。 較佳的R201 的例子可以舉出伸乙基、伸丙基、三亞甲基、四亞甲基、1,2-丁二基、1,3-丁二基、五亞甲基、六亞甲基、八亞甲基、十二亞甲基等伸烷基、-CH2 CH(OH)CH2 -、聚伸烷氧基,伸乙基、伸丙基、三亞甲基、-CH2 CH(OH)CH2 -、聚伸烷氧基為更佳,聚伸烷氧基為進一步較佳。 在本發明中,聚伸烷氧基是指直接鍵結有2個以上的伸烷氧基之基團。聚伸烷氧基中所包含之複數個伸烷氧基中之伸烷基分別可以相同亦可以不同。 在聚伸烷氧基包含不同伸烷基的複數種伸烷氧基之情況下,聚伸烷氧基中之伸烷氧基的排列可以為無規排列,亦可以為具有嵌段之排列,亦可以為具有交替等圖案之排列。 上述伸烷基的碳數(在伸烷基具有取代基之情況下,包括取代基的碳數)為2以上為較佳,2~10為更佳,2~6為更佳,2~5為進一步較佳,2~4為進一步較佳,2或3為特佳,2為最佳。 又,上述伸烷基可以具有取代基。作為較佳的取代基,可以舉出烷基、芳基、鹵素原子等。 又,聚伸烷氧基中所包含之伸烷氧基的數量(聚伸烷氧基的重複數)為2~20為較佳,2~10為更佳,2~6為進一步較佳。 作為聚伸烷氧基,從溶劑溶解性及耐溶劑性的觀點考慮,聚伸乙氧基、聚伸丙氧基、聚三亞甲氧基、聚四亞甲氧基或由複數個伸乙氧基和複數個伸丙氧基鍵結而成之基團為較佳,聚伸乙氧基或聚伸丙氧基為更佳,聚伸乙氧基為進一步較佳。在由上述複數個伸乙氧基和複數個伸丙氧基鍵結而成之基團中,伸乙氧基和伸丙氧基可以無規排列,亦可以形成嵌段而排列,亦可以排列成交替等圖案狀。該等基團中之伸乙氧基等的重複數的較佳態樣如上所述。In formula (III), R 200 represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group or a hydroxymethyl group, and a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is preferred. In formula (III), * represents a bonding site with other structures. In formula (III), R 201 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, -CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 -, or a polyalkylene group. Preferred examples of R 201 include alkylene groups such as ethylene, propylene, trimethylene, tetramethylene, 1,2-butanediyl, 1,3-butanediyl, pentamethylene, hexamethylene, octamethylene, and dodecamethylene, -CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 -, and a polyalkylene group, and ethylene, propylene, trimethylene, -CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 -, and a polyalkylene group are more preferred, and a polyalkylene group is further preferred. In the present invention, a polyalkoxyl group refers to a group directly bonded with two or more alkoxyl groups. The alkylene groups in the multiple alkoxyl groups contained in the polyalkoxyl group may be the same or different. In the case where the polyalkoxyl group contains multiple alkoxyl groups with different alkylene groups, the arrangement of the alkoxyl groups in the polyalkoxyl group may be a random arrangement, an arrangement with blocks, or an arrangement with alternating patterns. The carbon number of the above-mentioned alkylene group (including the carbon number of the substituent when the alkylene group has a substituent) is preferably 2 or more, 2 to 10 is more preferred, 2 to 6 is more preferred, 2 to 5 is further preferred, 2 to 4 is further preferred, 2 or 3 is particularly preferred, and 2 is the best. In addition, the above-mentioned alkylene group may have a substituent. As preferred substituents, alkyl groups, aryl groups, halogen atoms, etc. can be cited. In addition, the number of alkoxy groups contained in the polyalkoxy group (the number of repetitions of the polyalkoxy group) is preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 10, and further preferably 2 to 6. As the polyalkoxy group, from the viewpoint of solvent solubility and solvent resistance, polyethoxy, polypropoxy, polytrimethyleneoxy, polytetramethyleneoxy or a group formed by bonding a plurality of ethoxy groups and a plurality of propoxy groups is preferred, polyethoxy or polypropoxy is more preferred, and polyethoxy is further preferred. In the group formed by bonding a plurality of ethoxy groups and a plurality of propoxy groups, the ethoxy groups and propoxy groups may be arranged randomly, may be arranged in blocks, or may be arranged in alternating patterns. The preferred aspects of the number of repetitions of the ethoxy groups and the like in these groups are as described above.
R113 及R114 分別獨立地為氫原子或1價的有機基。作為1價的有機基,可以舉出在構成芳基之碳中的1個、2個或3個上,較佳為在1個上鍵結有酸性基之芳香族基及芳烷基等。具體而言,可以舉出具有酸性基之碳數6~20的芳香族基、具有酸性基之碳數7~25的芳烷基。更具體而言,可以舉出具有酸性基之苯基及具有酸性基之苄基。酸性基為OH基為較佳。 R113 或R114 為氫原子、2-羥基苄基、3-羥基苄基及4-羥基苄基亦為更佳。R 113 and R 114 are independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. As the monovalent organic group, there can be mentioned an aromatic group and an aralkyl group having an acidic group bonded to one, two or three carbon atoms, preferably one of the carbon atoms constituting the aromatic group. Specifically, there can be mentioned an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms and an aralkyl group having 7 to 25 carbon atoms. More specifically, there can be mentioned a phenyl group having an acidic group and a benzyl group having an acidic group. It is preferred that the acidic group is an OH group. It is also more preferred that R 113 or R 114 is a hydrogen atom, a 2-hydroxybenzyl group, a 3-hydroxybenzyl group or a 4-hydroxybenzyl group.
從對有機溶劑的溶解度的觀點考慮,R113 或R114 為1價的有機基為較佳。作為1價的有機基,包含直鏈或支鏈烷基、環狀烷基、芳香族基為較佳,經芳香族基取代之烷基為更佳。 烷基的碳數為1~30為較佳。烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種。作為直鏈或支鏈烷基,例如可以舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、十二烷基、十四烷基、十八烷基、異丙基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、1-乙基戊基、2-乙基己基2-(2-(2-甲氧基乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基、2-(2-(2-乙氧基乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基、2-(2-(2-(2-甲氧基乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基及2-(2-(2-(2-乙氧基乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基)乙氧基。環狀烷基可以為單環的環狀烷基,亦可以為多環的環狀烷基。作為單環的環狀烷基,例如可以舉出環丙基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基、環庚基及環辛基。作為多環的環狀烷基,例如可以舉出金剛烷基、降莰基、莰基、莰烯基、十氫萘基、三環癸基、四環癸基、莰二醯基、二環己基及蒎烯基。其中,從與高靈敏度化的兼顧的觀點考慮,環己基為最佳。又,作為經芳香族基取代之烷基,經後述芳香族基取代之直鏈烷基為較佳。 作為芳香族基,具體而言為經取代或未經取代的苯環、萘環、并環戊二烯環、茚環、薁環、庚搭烯環、茚烯環、苝環、稠五苯環、苊烯環、菲環、蒽環、稠合苯環、䓛環、聯三伸苯環、茀環、聯苯環、吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、咪唑環、㗁唑環、噻唑環、吡啶環、吡𠯤環、嘧啶環、嗒𠯤環、吲口巾環、吲哚環、苯并呋喃環、苯并噻吩環、異苯并呋喃環、喹口巾環、喹啉環、呔𠯤環、口奈啶環、喹㗁啉環、喹㗁唑啉環、異喹啉環、咔唑環、啡啶環、吖啶環、啡啉環、噻嗯環、色烯環、口山口星環、啡㗁噻環、啡噻𠯤環或啡𠯤環。苯環為最佳。From the viewpoint of solubility in organic solvents, R 113 or R 114 is preferably a monovalent organic group. The monovalent organic group preferably includes a linear or branched alkyl group, a cyclic alkyl group, and an aromatic group, and more preferably an alkyl group substituted with an aromatic group. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be any of a linear, branched, and cyclic group. Examples of the linear or branched alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, dodecyl, tetradecyl, octadecyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, 1-ethylpentyl, 2-ethylhexyl, 2-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy, 2-(2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy, 2-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy, and 2-(2-(2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy). The cyclic alkyl group may be a monocyclic or polycyclic cyclic alkyl group. Examples of monocyclic cyclic alkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl. Examples of polycyclic cyclic alkyl groups include adamantyl, norbornyl, bornyl, camphenyl, decahydronaphthyl, tricyclodecyl, tetracyclodecyl, bornadiyl, bicyclohexyl, and pinenyl. Among them, cyclohexyl is the most preferred from the viewpoint of both high sensitivity and stability. In addition, as the alkyl group substituted with an aromatic group, a linear alkyl group substituted with an aromatic group described below is preferred. The aromatic group may be a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring, a naphthyl ring, a pentylene ring, an indene ring, an azulene ring, a heptalene ring, an indenyl ring, a perylene ring, a condensed pentadiene ring, an acenaphthene ring, a phenanthrene ring, an anthracene ring, a condensed benzene ring, a chrysene ring, a tert-butylbenzene ring, a fluorene ring, a biphenyl ring, a pyrrole ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, an imidazole ring, an oxadiazole ring, a thiazole ring, a pyridine ... The ring may be a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, an isobenzofuran ring, a quinoline ring, a quinoline ring, a quinazoline ring, a quinazoline ring, an isoquinoline ring, a carbazole ring, a phenanthridine ring, an acridine ring, a phenanthroline ring, a thianthrone ring, a chromene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a phenanthrene ring or a phenanthrene ring. The benzene ring is the most preferred.
式(2)中,在R113 為氫原子之情況或者在R114 為氫原子之情況下,聚醯亞胺前驅物可以與具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之三級胺化合物形成共軛鹼。作為這樣的具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之三級胺化合物的例子,可以舉出甲基丙烯酸N,N-二甲基胺基丙酯。In formula (2), when R 113 is a hydrogen atom or when R 114 is a hydrogen atom, the polyimide precursor can form a conjugate with a tertiary amine compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. An example of such a tertiary amine compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is N,N-dimethylaminopropyl methacrylate.
R113 及R114 中的至少一者亦可以為酸分解性基等極性轉換基。作為酸分解性基,只要為在酸的作用下分解而產生酚性羥基、羧基等鹼可溶性基者,則並無特別限定,但是縮醛基、縮酮基、甲矽烷基、甲矽烷基醚基、三級烷基酯基等為較佳,從曝光靈敏度的觀點考慮,縮醛基為更佳。 作為酸分解性基的具體例,可以舉出第三丁氧基羰基、異丙氧基羰基、四氫吡喃基、四氫呋喃基、乙氧基乙基、甲氧基乙基、乙氧基甲基、三甲基甲矽烷基、第三丁氧基羰基甲基、三甲基甲矽烷基醚基等。從曝光靈敏度的觀點考慮,乙氧基乙基或四氫呋喃基為較佳。At least one of R113 and R114 may be a polar conversion group such as an acid-decomposable group. The acid-decomposable group is not particularly limited as long as it is decomposed by an acid to generate an alkali-soluble group such as a phenolic hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group, but an acetal group, a ketal group, a silyl group, a silyl ether group, a tertiary alkyl ester group, and the like are preferred. From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, an acetal group is more preferred. Specific examples of the acid-decomposable group include a tert-butyloxycarbonyl group, an isopropyloxycarbonyl group, a tetrahydropyranyl group, a tetrahydrofuranyl group, an ethoxyethyl group, a methoxyethyl group, an ethoxymethyl group, a trimethylsilyl group, a tert-butyloxycarbonylmethyl group, a trimethylsilyl ether group, and the like. From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, ethoxyethyl or tetrahydrofuranyl is preferred.
又,聚醯亞胺前驅物在結構中具有氟原子亦為較佳。聚醯亞胺前驅物中的氟原子含量為10質量%以上為較佳,並且20質量%以下為較佳。Furthermore, the polyimide precursor preferably has fluorine atoms in its structure. The fluorine atom content in the polyimide precursor is preferably 10 mass % or more and preferably 20 mass % or less.
又,以提高與基板的密接性為目的,聚醯亞胺前驅物可以與具有矽氧烷結構之脂肪族基共聚。具體而言,作為二胺成分,可以舉出雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、雙(對胺基苯基)八甲基五矽氧烷等。In order to improve the adhesion to the substrate, the polyimide precursor may be copolymerized with an aliphatic group having a siloxane structure. Specifically, as the diamine component, bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane, bis(p-aminophenyl)octamethylpentasiloxane, etc. may be mentioned.
式(2)所表示之重複單元為式(2-A)所表示之重複單元為較佳。亦即,本發明中所使用之聚醯亞胺前驅物等中的至少一種為具有式(2-A)所表示之重複單元之前驅物為較佳。藉由設為這樣的結構,能夠進一步擴大曝光寬容度的寬度。 式(2-A) [化學式9] 式(2-A)中,A1 及A2 表示氧原子,R111 及R112 分別獨立地表示2價的有機基,R113 及R114 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價的有機基,R113 及R114 中的至少一者為包含聚合性基之基團,兩者為包含聚合性基之基團為較佳。The repeating unit represented by formula (2) is preferably a repeating unit represented by formula (2-A). That is, at least one of the polyimide precursors used in the present invention is preferably a precursor having a repeating unit represented by formula (2-A). By setting such a structure, the width of the exposure tolerance can be further expanded. Formula (2-A) [Chemical Formula 9] In formula (2-A), A1 and A2 represent oxygen atoms, R111 and R112 each independently represent a divalent organic group, R113 and R114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, at least one of R113 and R114 is a group containing a polymerizable group, and preferably both are groups containing a polymerizable group.
A1 、A2 、R111 、R113 及R114 分別獨立地與式(2)中之A1 、A2 、R111 、R113 及R114 的含義相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 R112 與式(5)中之R112 的含義相同,較佳範圍亦相同。A 1 , A 2 , R 111 , R 113 and R 114 have the same meanings as A 1 , A 2 , R 111 , R 113 and R 114 in formula (2) respectively, and their preferred ranges are also the same. R 112 has the same meanings as R 112 in formula (5), and its preferred ranges are also the same.
聚醯亞胺前驅物可以包含一種式(2)所表示之重複單元,亦可以包含兩種以上。又,亦可以包含式(2)所表示之重複單元的結構異構物。又,聚醯亞胺前驅物除了上述式(2)的重複單元以外,亦可以包含其他種類的重複單元,這是不言而喻的。The polyimide precursor may contain one or more types of the repeating unit represented by formula (2). Furthermore, it may contain structural isomers of the repeating unit represented by formula (2). It goes without saying that the polyimide precursor may contain other types of repeating units in addition to the repeating unit represented by formula (2).
作為本發明中之聚醯亞胺前驅物的一實施形態,可以例示出所有重複單元的50莫耳%以上、進一步為70莫耳%以上、尤其為90莫耳%以上為式(2)所表示之重複單元的聚醯亞胺前驅物。As an embodiment of the polyimide precursor of the present invention, a polyimide precursor in which 50 mol% or more, further 70 mol% or more, and particularly 90 mol% or more of all repeating units are repeating units represented by formula (2) can be exemplified.
聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為18,000~30,000,更佳為20,000~27,000,進一步較佳為22,000~25,000。又,數量平均分子量(Mn)較佳為7,200~14,000,更佳為8,000~12,000,進一步較佳為9,200~11,200。 上述聚醯亞胺前驅物的分子量的分散度為2.5以上為較佳,2.7以上為更佳,2.8以上為進一步較佳。聚醯亞胺前驅物的分子量的分散度的上限值並無特別規定,例如4.5以下為較佳,4.0以下為更佳,3.8以下為進一步較佳,3.2以下為進一步較佳,3.1以下為更進一步較佳,3.0以下為再進一步較佳,2.95以下為特佳。 另一方面,在顯影性的觀點上,重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為5,000~100,000,更佳為10,000~50,000,進一步較佳為15,000~40,000。又,數量平均分子量(Mn)較佳為2,000~40,000,更佳為3,000~30,000,進一步較佳為4,000~20,000。 在顯影性的觀點上,上述聚醯亞胺前驅物的分子量的分散度為1.8以上為較佳,2.0以上為更佳,2.2以上為進一步較佳。聚醯亞胺前驅物的分子量的分散度的上限值並無特別規定,但是例如為7.0以下為較佳,6.5以下為更佳,6.0以下為進一步較佳。 在本說明書中,分子量的分散度為利用重量平均分子量/數量平均分子量計算出之值。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide precursor is preferably 18,000 to 30,000, more preferably 20,000 to 27,000, and further preferably 22,000 to 25,000. Moreover, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 7,200 to 14,000, more preferably 8,000 to 12,000, and further preferably 9,200 to 11,200. The molecular weight dispersion of the polyimide precursor is preferably 2.5 or more, more preferably 2.7 or more, and further preferably 2.8 or more. The upper limit of the molecular weight dispersion of the polyimide precursor is not particularly specified, for example, 4.5 or less is preferred, 4.0 or less is more preferred, 3.8 or less is further preferred, 3.2 or less is further preferred, 3.1 or less is further preferred, 3.0 or less is further preferred, and 2.95 or less is particularly preferred. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of developing properties, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is preferably 5,000 to 100,000, more preferably 10,000 to 50,000, and further preferably 15,000 to 40,000. In addition, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 2,000 to 40,000, more preferably 3,000 to 30,000, and further preferably 4,000 to 20,000. From the viewpoint of developing properties, the molecular weight dispersion of the polyimide precursor is preferably 1.8 or more, more preferably 2.0 or more, and further preferably 2.2 or more. There is no particular upper limit for the molecular weight dispersion of the polyimide precursor, but for example, 7.0 or less is preferred, 6.5 or less is more preferred, and 6.0 or less is further preferred. In this specification, the molecular weight dispersion is a value calculated using weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight.
〔聚醯亞胺〕 本發明中所使用之聚醯亞胺可以為鹼可溶性聚醯亞胺,亦可以為可溶於以有機溶劑為主成分之顯影液之聚醯亞胺。 在本說明書中,鹼可溶性聚醯亞胺是指相對於100g的2.38質量%四甲基銨水溶液在23℃下溶解0.1g以上之聚醯亞胺,從圖案形成性的觀點考慮,溶解0.5g以上之聚醯亞胺為較佳,溶解1.0g以上之聚醯亞胺為進一步較佳。上述溶解量的上限並無特別限定,但是100g以下為較佳。 又,從所獲得之有機膜的膜強度及絕緣性的觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺為在主鏈中具有複數個醯亞胺結構之聚醯亞胺為較佳。 在本說明書中,“主鏈”是指在構成樹脂之高分子化合物的分子中相對最長的鍵結鏈,“側鏈”是指除此以外的鍵結鏈。[Polyimide] The polyimide used in the present invention may be an alkali-soluble polyimide or a polyimide soluble in a developer having an organic solvent as a main component. In this specification, an alkali-soluble polyimide refers to a polyimide that dissolves 0.1 g or more of a 2.38 mass % tetramethylammonium aqueous solution at 23°C relative to 100 g. From the viewpoint of pattern formation, it is preferred to dissolve 0.5 g or more of a polyimide, and it is further preferred to dissolve 1.0 g or more of a polyimide. The upper limit of the above-mentioned dissolution amount is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 100 g or less. In addition, from the perspective of the membrane strength and insulation of the obtained organic membrane, polyimide having multiple imide structures in the main chain is preferred. In this specification, "main chain" refers to the longest bond in the molecule of the polymer compound constituting the resin, and "side chain" refers to other bonds.
-氟原子- 從所獲得之有機膜的膜強度的觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺具有氟原子為較佳。 氟原子例如包含於後述式(4)所表示之重複單元中之R132 或後述式(4)所表示之重複單元中之R131 中為較佳,作為氟化烷基而包含於後述式(4)所表示之重複單元中之R132 或後述式(4)所表示之重複單元中之R131 中為更佳。 氟原子的量相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量為1~50mol/g為較佳,5~30mol/g為更佳。-Fluorine Atom- From the viewpoint of the film strength of the obtained organic film, it is preferable that the polyimide has fluorine atoms. The fluorine atoms are preferably contained in R 132 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described below or R 131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described below, and are more preferably contained in R 132 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described below or R 131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described below as a fluorinated alkyl group . The amount of fluorine atoms is preferably 1 to 50 mol/g, more preferably 5 to 30 mol/g, relative to the total mass of the polyimide.
-矽原子- 從所獲得之有機膜的膜強度的觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺具有矽原子為較佳。 矽原子例如包含於後述式(4)所表示之重複單元中之R131 中為較佳,作為後述有機改質(聚)矽氧烷結構而包含於後述式(4)所表示之重複單元中之R131 中為更佳。 又,上述矽原子或上述有機改質(聚)矽氧烷結構亦可以包含於聚醯亞胺的側鏈中,但是包含於聚醯亞胺的主鏈中為較佳。 矽原子的量相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量為0.01~5mol/g為較佳,0.05~1mol/g為更佳。-Silicon Atoms- From the viewpoint of the film strength of the obtained organic film, it is preferable that the polyimide has silicon atoms. The silicon atom is preferably contained in R 131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described later, and is more preferably contained in R 131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described later as an organic modified (poly)siloxane structure described later. In addition, the above-mentioned silicon atom or the above-mentioned organic modified (poly)siloxane structure may also be contained in the side chain of the polyimide, but it is preferably contained in the main chain of the polyimide. The amount of silicon atoms is preferably 0.01 to 5 mol/g, and more preferably 0.05 to 1 mol/g relative to the total mass of the polyimide.
-乙烯性不飽和鍵- 從所獲得之有機膜的膜強度的觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺具有乙烯性不飽和鍵為較佳。 聚醯亞胺可以在主鏈末端具有乙烯性不飽和鍵,亦可以在側鏈中具有乙烯性不飽和鍵,但是在側鏈中具有乙烯性不飽和鍵為較佳。 上述乙烯性不飽和鍵具有自由基聚合性為較佳。 乙烯性不飽和鍵包含於後述式(4)所表示之重複單元中之R132 或後述式(4)所表示之重複單元中之R131 中為較佳,作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團而包含於後述式(4)所表示之重複單元中之R132 或後述式(4)所表示之重複單元中之R131 中為更佳。 在該等之中,乙烯性不飽和鍵包含於後述式(4)所表示之重複單元中之R131 中為較佳,作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團而包含於後述式(4)所表示之重複單元中之R131 中為更佳。 作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,可以舉出乙烯基、烯丙基、乙烯基苯基等與芳香環直接鍵結且可以經取代之具有乙烯基之基團、(甲基)丙烯醯基、(甲基)丙烯醯氧基、下述式(IV)所表示之基團等。- Ethylenically unsaturated bonds - From the viewpoint of the film strength of the obtained organic film, it is preferable that the polyimide has ethylenically unsaturated bonds. The polyimide may have ethylenically unsaturated bonds at the ends of the main chain or in the side chains, but it is preferable that the ethylenically unsaturated bonds are in the side chains. It is preferable that the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated bonds have free radical polymerizability. It is preferred that the ethylenic unsaturated bond is contained in R132 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described below or in R131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described below, and it is more preferred that the ethylenic unsaturated bond is contained in R132 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described below or in R131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described below as a group having an ethylenic unsaturated bond. Among them, it is preferred that the ethylenic unsaturated bond is contained in R131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described below, and it is more preferred that the ethylenic unsaturated bond is contained in R131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described below as a group having an ethylenic unsaturated bond. Examples of the group having an ethylenic unsaturated bond include a group having a vinyl group directly bonded to an aromatic ring such as a vinyl group, an allyl group, a vinylphenyl group, and an optionally substituted group having a vinyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, a (meth)acryloyloxy group, and a group represented by the following formula (IV).
[化學式10] [Chemical formula 10]
式(IV)中,R20 表示氫原子、甲基、乙基或羥甲基,氫原子或甲基為較佳。In formula (IV), R 20 represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group or a hydroxymethyl group, and a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is preferred.
式(IV)中,R21 表示碳數2~12的伸烷基、-O-CH2 CH(OH)CH2 -、-C(=O)O-、-O(C=O)NH-、碳數2~30的(聚)伸烷氧基(伸烷基的碳數為2~12為較佳,2~6為更佳,2或3為特佳;重複數為1~12為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~3為特佳)或將該等中的2個以上組合而成之基團。In formula (IV), R21 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, -O- CH2CH (OH) CH2- , -C(=O)O-, -O(C=O)NH-, a (poly)alkyleneoxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms (the alkylene group preferably has 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 or 3 carbon atoms; the number of carbon atoms repeated is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), or a group consisting of two or more of the above groups in combination.
在該等之中,R21 為下述式(R1)~式(R3)中的任一個所表示之基團為較佳,式(R1)所表示之基團為更佳。 [化學式11] 式(R1)~式(R3)中,L表示單鍵或碳數2~12的伸烷基、碳數2~30的(聚)伸烷氧基或將該等中的2個以上鍵結而成之基團,X表示氧原子或硫原子,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位,●表示與式(III)中的R201 所鍵結之氧原子的鍵結部位。 式(R1)~式(R3)中,L中之碳數2~12的伸烷基或碳數2~30的(聚)伸烷氧基的較佳態樣與上述的R21 中之碳數2~12的伸烷基或碳數2~30的(聚)伸烷氧基的較佳態樣相同。 式(R1)中,X為氧原子為較佳。 式(R1)~式(R3)中,*與式(IV)中的*的含義相同,較佳態樣亦相同。 式(R1)所表示之結構例如藉由使具有酚性羥基等羥基之聚醯亞胺與具有異氰酸酯基及乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物(例如,甲基丙烯酸2-異氰酸酯基乙酯等)進行反應而獲得。 式(R2)所表示之結構例如藉由使具有羧基之聚醯亞胺與具有羥基及乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物(例如,甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯等)進行反應而獲得。 式(R3)所表示之結構例如藉由使具有酚性羥基等羥基之聚醯亞胺與具有縮水甘油基及乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物(例如,甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等)進行反應而獲得。Among them, R21 is preferably a group represented by any one of the following formulas (R1) to (R3), and more preferably a group represented by formula (R1). [Chemical Formula 11] In formula (R1) to formula (R3), L represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, a (poly)alkoxyene group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, or a group formed by bonding two or more of them, X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, * represents a bonding site with other structures, and ● represents a bonding site with the oxygen atom bonded to R 201 in formula (III). In formula (R1) to formula (R3), preferred embodiments of the alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms or the (poly)alkoxyene group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms in L are the same as preferred embodiments of the alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms or the (poly)alkoxyene group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms in R 21 described above. In formula (R1), X is preferably an oxygen atom. In formula (R1) to formula (R3), * has the same meaning as * in formula (IV), and the preferred embodiment is also the same. The structure represented by formula (R1) is obtained, for example, by reacting a polyimide having a hydroxyl group such as a phenolic hydroxyl group with a compound having an isocyanate group and an ethylenic unsaturated bond (for example, 2-isocyanateethyl methacrylate). The structure represented by formula (R2) is obtained, for example, by reacting a polyimide having a carboxyl group with a compound having a hydroxyl group and an ethylenic unsaturated bond (for example, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate). The structure represented by the formula (R3) can be obtained, for example, by reacting a polyimide having a hydroxyl group such as a phenolic hydroxyl group with a compound having a glycidyl group and an ethylenic unsaturated bond (for example, glycidyl methacrylate).
式(IV)中,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位,與聚醯亞胺的主鏈的鍵結部位為較佳。In formula (IV), * represents a bonding site with other structures, preferably a bonding site with the main chain of polyimide.
乙烯性不飽和鍵的量相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量為0.05~10mol/g為較佳,0.1~5mol/g為更佳。The amount of ethylenic unsaturated bonds relative to the total mass of the polyimide is preferably 0.05 to 10 mol/g, more preferably 0.1 to 5 mol/g.
-除了乙烯性不飽和鍵以外的交聯性基- 聚醯亞胺可以具有除了乙烯性不飽和鍵以外的交聯性基。 作為除了乙烯性不飽和鍵以外的交聯性基,可以舉出環氧基、氧環丁基等環狀醚基、甲氧基甲基等烷氧基甲基、羥甲基等。 除了乙烯性不飽和鍵以外的交聯性基例如包含於後述式(4)所表示之重複單元中之R131 中為較佳。 除了乙烯性不飽和鍵以外的交聯性基的量相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量為0.05~10mol/g為較佳,0.1~5mol/g為更佳。- Crosslinking groups other than ethylenic unsaturated bonds - Polyimide may have crosslinking groups other than ethylenic unsaturated bonds. Examples of crosslinking groups other than ethylenic unsaturated bonds include cyclic ether groups such as epoxy groups and cyclobutyl groups, alkoxymethyl groups such as methoxymethyl groups, and hydroxymethyl groups. Crosslinking groups other than ethylenic unsaturated bonds are preferably contained in R 131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described below. The amount of crosslinking groups other than ethylenic unsaturated bonds is preferably 0.05 to 10 mol/g, and more preferably 0.1 to 5 mol/g, relative to the total mass of the polyimide.
-極性轉換基- 聚醯亞胺可以具有酸分解性基等極性轉換基。聚醯亞胺中之酸分解性基與在上述式(2)中之R113 及R114 中所說明之酸分解性基相同,較佳態樣亦相同。-Polarity Converting Group- The polyimide may have a polarity converting group such as an acid-decomposable group. The acid-decomposable group in the polyimide is the same as the acid-decomposable group described in R 113 and R 114 in the above formula (2), and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
-酸值- 在將聚醯亞胺供於鹼顯影之情況下,從提高顯影性之觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺的酸值為30mgKOH/g以上為較佳,50mgKOH/g以上為更佳,70mgKOH/g以上為進一步較佳。 又,上述酸值為500mgKOH/g以下為較佳,400mgKOH/g以下為更佳,200mgKOH/g以下為進一步較佳。 又,在將聚醯亞胺供於使用了以有機溶劑為主成分之顯影液之顯影(例如,後述“溶劑顯影”)之情況下,聚醯亞胺的酸值為2~35mgKOH/g為較佳,3~30mgKOH/g為更佳,5~20mgKOH/g為進一步較佳。 上述酸值藉由公知的方法進行測定,例如藉由JIS K 0070:1992中所記載的方法進行測定。 又,作為聚醯亞胺中所包含之酸基,從兼顧保存穩定性及顯影性之觀點考慮,pKa為0~10的酸基為較佳,3~8的酸基為更佳。 pKa為考慮到從酸中釋放氫離子之解離反應而將其平衡常數Ka用其負的常用對數pKa表示者。在本說明書中,除非另有說明,則pKa設為基於ACD/ChemSketch(註冊商標)之計算值。又,可以參閱日本化學會編“修訂第5版 化學手冊 基礎版”中所揭示的值。 或者,在酸基例如為磷酸等多元酸之情況下,上述pKa為第一解離常數。 作為這樣的酸基,聚醯亞胺包含選自包括羧基及酚性羥基的群組中之至少一種為較佳,包含酚性羥基為更佳。-Acid value- When polyimide is subjected to alkaline development, from the viewpoint of improving the developing property, the acid value of the polyimide is preferably 30 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, and even more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more. In addition, the acid value is preferably 500 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, and even more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less. Furthermore, when the polyimide is subjected to development using a developer having an organic solvent as a main component (for example, "solvent development" described below), the acid value of the polyimide is preferably 2 to 35 mgKOH/g, more preferably 3 to 30 mgKOH/g, and even more preferably 5 to 20 mgKOH/g. The above acid value is measured by a known method, for example, by the method described in JIS K 0070:1992. Furthermore, as the acid group contained in the polyimide, from the viewpoint of both storage stability and development properties, an acid group having a pKa of 0 to 10 is preferred, and an acid group having a pKa of 3 to 8 is more preferred. pKa is the equilibrium constant Ka expressed as its negative common logarithm pKa in consideration of the dissociation reaction of releasing hydrogen ions from the acid. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, pKa is a calculated value based on ACD/ChemSketch (registered trademark). In addition, the values disclosed in the "Revised 5th Edition Chemical Handbook Basic Edition" compiled by the Chemical Society of Japan can be referred to. Alternatively, in the case where the acid group is a polyacid such as phosphoric acid, the above pKa is the first dissociation constant. As such an acid group, the polyimide preferably contains at least one selected from the group including a carboxyl group and a phenolic hydroxyl group, and more preferably contains a phenolic hydroxyl group.
-酚性羥基- 從使基於鹼顯影液之顯影速度成為適當者之觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺具有酚性羥基為較佳。 聚醯亞胺可以在主鏈末端中具有酚性羥基,亦可以在側鏈中具有酚性羥基。 酚性羥基例如包含於後述式(4)所表示之重複單元中之R132 或後述式(4)所表示之重複單元中之R131 中為較佳。 酚性羥基的量相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量為0.1~30mol/g為較佳,1~20mol/g為更佳。- Phenolic hydroxyl group - From the viewpoint of making the developing speed based on the alkaline developer appropriate, it is preferable that the polyimide has a phenolic hydroxyl group. The polyimide may have a phenolic hydroxyl group at the end of the main chain or in the side chain. The phenolic hydroxyl group is preferably contained in R 132 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described later or in R 131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described later. The amount of the phenolic hydroxyl group is preferably 0.1 to 30 mol/g, more preferably 1 to 20 mol/g, relative to the total mass of the polyimide.
作為本發明中所使用之聚醯亞胺,只要為具有醯亞胺環之高分子化合物,則並無特別限定,但是包含下述式(4)所表示之重複單元為較佳,包含式(4)所表示之重複單元且具有聚合性基之化合物為更佳。 式(4) [化學式12] 式(4)中,R131 表示2價的有機基,R132 表示4價的有機基。 在具有聚合性基之情況下,聚合性基可以位於R131 及R132 中的至少一者上,如下述式(4-1)或式(4-2)所示,亦可以位於聚醯亞胺的末端。 式(4-1) [化學式13] 式(4-1)中,R133 為聚合性基,其他基團與式(4)的含義相同。 式(4-2) [化學式14] R134 及R135 中的至少一者為聚合性基,在不是聚合性基之情況下為有機基,其他基團與式(4)的含義相同。The polyimide used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a polymer compound having an imide ring, but preferably comprises a repeating unit represented by the following formula (4), and more preferably comprises a repeating unit represented by the formula (4) and has a polymerizable group. Formula (4) [Chemical Formula 12] In formula (4), R 131 represents a divalent organic group, and R 132 represents a tetravalent organic group. When a polymerizable group is present, the polymerizable group may be located on at least one of R 131 and R 132 , as shown in the following formula (4-1) or formula (4-2), or may be located at the end of the polyimide. Formula (4-1) [Chemical Formula 13] In formula (4-1), R 133 is a polymerizable group, and the other groups have the same meanings as in formula (4). Formula (4-2) [Chemical formula 14] At least one of R 134 and R 135 is a polymerizable group, and if it is not a polymerizable group, it is an organic group, and the other groups have the same meanings as in formula (4).
聚合性基與在上述聚醯亞胺前驅物等所具有之聚合性基中敘述之聚合性基的含義相同。 R131 表示2價的有機基。作為2價的有機基,可以例示出與式(2)中之R111 相同者,較佳範圍亦相同。 又,作為R131 ,可以舉出去除二胺的胺基之後殘存之二胺殘基。作為二胺,可以舉出脂肪族、環式脂肪族或芳香族二胺等。作為具體例,可以舉出聚醯亞胺前驅物的式(2)中的R111 的例子。The polymerizable group has the same meaning as the polymerizable group described in the above-mentioned polymerizable group of the polyimide precursor. R 131 represents a divalent organic group. As the divalent organic group, the same as R 111 in formula (2) can be exemplified, and the preferred range is also the same. In addition, as R 131 , a diamine residue remaining after removing the amino group of the diamine can be cited. As the diamine, aliphatic, cycloaliphatic or aromatic diamine can be cited. As a specific example, the example of R 111 in formula (2) of the polyimide precursor can be cited.
在更有效地抑制煅燒時產生翹曲之觀點上,R131 為在主鏈中具有至少2個伸烷基二醇單元之二胺殘基為較佳。更佳為在1個分子中合計包含2個以上的乙二醇鏈、丙二醇鏈中的任一者或兩者之二胺殘基,進一步較佳為上述二胺殘基且不包含芳香環之二胺殘基。From the viewpoint of more effectively suppressing warping during calcination, R 131 is preferably a diamine residue having at least two alkylene glycol units in the main chain. More preferably, it is a diamine residue containing two or more ethylene glycol chains or propylene glycol chains or both in total in one molecule. Further preferably, it is a diamine residue containing no aromatic ring.
作為在1個分子中合計包含2個以上的乙二醇鏈、丙二醇鏈中的任一者或兩者之二胺,可以舉出JEFFAMINE(註冊商標)KH-511、ED-600、ED-900、ED-2003、EDR-148、EDR-176、D-200、D-400、D-2000、D-4000(以上為商品名,HUNTSMAN公司製造)、1-(2-(2-(2-胺基丙氧基)乙氧基)丙氧基)丙烷-2-胺、1-(1-(1-(2-胺基丙氧基)丙烷-2-基)氧基)丙烷-2-胺等,但是並不限定於該等。Examples of the diamine containing two or more ethylene glycol chains or propylene glycol chains or both in total in one molecule include JEFFAMINE (registered trademark) KH-511, ED-600, ED-900, ED-2003, EDR-148, EDR-176, D-200, D-400, D-2000, and D-4000 (these are trade names, manufactured by HUNTSMAN Co., Ltd.), 1-(2-(2-(2-aminopropoxy)ethoxy)propoxy)propan-2-amine, and 1-(1-(1-(2-aminopropoxy)propan-2-yl)oxy)propan-2-amine, but are not limited to these.
R132 表示4價的有機基。作為4價的有機基,可以例示出與式(2)中之R115 相同者,較佳範圍亦相同。 例如,作為R115 而例示之4價的有機基的4個鍵結子與上述式(4)中的4個-C(=O)-部分鍵結而形成縮合環。R 132 represents a tetravalent organic group. Examples of the tetravalent organic group include the same ones as those for R 115 in formula (2), and the preferred range is also the same. For example, four bonders of the tetravalent organic group exemplified as R 115 bond to four -C(=O)- moieties in the above formula (4) to form a condensed ring.
又,R132 可以舉出從四羧酸二酐中去除酐基之後殘存之四羧酸殘基等。作為具體例,可以舉出聚醯亞胺前驅物的式(2)中的R115 的例子。從有機膜的強度的觀點考慮,R132 為具有1~4個芳香環之芳香族二胺殘基為較佳。 R132 may be a tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after removing anhydride groups from tetracarboxylic dianhydride. As a specific example, R115 in the formula (2) of the polyimide precursor may be cited. From the viewpoint of the strength of the organic film, R132 is preferably an aromatic diamine residue having 1 to 4 aromatic rings.
R131 和R132 中的至少一者具有OH基亦為較佳。更具體而言,作為R131 ,作為較佳例可以舉出2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、上述(DA-1)~(DA-18),作為R132 ,作為更佳例可以舉出上述(DAA-1)~(DAA-5)。It is also preferred that at least one of R 131 and R 132 has an OH group. More specifically, as R 131 , preferred examples include 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, and the above-mentioned (DA-1) to (DA-18), and as R 132 , more preferred examples include the above-mentioned (DAA-1) to (DAA-5).
又,聚醯亞胺在結構中具有氟原子亦為較佳。聚醯亞胺中的氟原子的含量為10質量%以上為較佳,並且20質量%以下為較佳。Furthermore, the polyimide preferably has fluorine atoms in its structure. The content of fluorine atoms in the polyimide is preferably 10 mass % or more and preferably 20 mass % or less.
又,以提高與基板的密接性為目的,聚醯亞胺可以與具有矽氧烷結構之脂肪族基共聚。具體而言,作為二胺成分,可以舉出雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、雙(對胺基苯基)八甲基五矽氧烷等。In order to improve the adhesion to the substrate, the polyimide may be copolymerized with an aliphatic group having a siloxane structure. Specifically, as the diamine component, bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane, bis(p-aminophenyl)octamethylpentasiloxane, etc. may be mentioned.
又,為了提高組成物的保存穩定性,用單胺、酸酐、單羧酸、單氯化物化合物、單活性酯化合物等封端劑密封聚醯亞胺的主鏈末端為較佳。在該等之中,使用單胺為更佳,作為單胺的較佳化合物,可以舉出苯胺、2-乙炔基苯胺、3-乙炔基苯胺、4-乙炔基苯胺、5-胺基-8-羥基喹啉、1-羥基-7-胺基萘、1-羥基-6-胺基萘、1-羥基-5-胺基萘、1-羥基-4-胺基萘、2-羥基-7-胺基萘、2-羥基-6-胺基萘、2-羥基-5-胺基萘、1-羧基-7-胺基萘、1-羧基-6-胺基萘、1-羧基-5-胺基萘、2-羧基-7-胺基萘、2-羧基-6-胺基萘、2-羧基-5-胺基萘、2-胺基苯甲酸、3-胺基苯甲酸、4-胺基苯甲酸、4-胺基水楊酸、5-胺基水楊酸、6-胺基水楊酸、2-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基苯磺酸、4-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基-4,6-二羥基嘧啶、2-胺基苯酚、3-胺基苯酚、4-胺基苯酚、2-胺基苯硫酚、3-胺基苯硫酚、4-胺基苯硫酚等。該等可以使用兩種以上,亦可以藉由使複數種封端劑進行反應來導入複數個不同之末端基。In order to improve the storage stability of the composition, it is preferred to seal the main chain terminal of the polyimide with a capping agent such as a monoamine, an acid anhydride, a monocarboxylic acid, a monochloride compound, a monoactive ester compound, etc. Among them, it is more preferred to use a monoamine. As preferred compounds of the monoamine, there can be mentioned aniline, 2-ethynylaniline, 3-ethynylaniline, 4-ethynylaniline, 5-amino-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-4-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy- 5-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-aminobenzoic acid, 3-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminosalicylic acid, 5-aminosalicylic acid, 6-aminosalicylic acid, 2-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 4-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-amino-4,6-dihydroxypyrimidine, 2-aminophenol, 3-aminophenol, 4-aminophenol, 2-aminothiophenol, 3-aminothiophenol, 4-aminothiophenol, etc. Two or more of these may be used, and a plurality of different terminal groups may be introduced by reacting a plurality of end-capping agents.
-醯亞胺化率(閉環率)- 從所獲得之有機膜的膜強度、絕緣性等觀點考慮,聚醯亞胺的醯亞胺化率(亦稱為“閉環率”)為70%以上為較佳,80%以上為更佳,90%以上為更佳。 上述醯亞胺化率的上限並無特別限定,只要為100%以下即可。 上述醯亞胺化率例如藉由下述方法來進行測定。 測定聚醯亞胺的紅外吸收光譜,求出作為來自於醯亞胺結構之吸收峰值之1377cm-1 附近的峰值強度P1。接著,將該聚醯亞胺在350℃下進行1小時的熱處理之後,再次測定紅外吸收光譜,求出1377cm-1 附近的峰值強度P2。使用所獲得之峰值強度P1、P2,依據下述式能夠求出聚醯亞胺的醯亞胺化率。 醯亞胺化率(%)=(峰值強度P1/峰值強度P2)×100- Imidization rate (ring closure rate) - From the viewpoint of the film strength and insulation of the obtained organic film, the imidization rate (also referred to as "ring closure rate") of the polyimide is preferably 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more, and more preferably 90% or more. There is no particular upper limit to the above imidization rate, as long as it is 100% or less. The above imidization rate is measured, for example, by the following method. The infrared absorption spectrum of the polyimide is measured, and the peak intensity P1 near 1377 cm -1 , which is the absorption peak from the imide structure, is obtained. Next, the polyimide was heat treated at 350°C for 1 hour, and the infrared absorption spectrum was measured again to obtain the peak intensity P2 near 1377 cm -1 . Using the obtained peak intensities P1 and P2, the imidization rate of the polyimide can be calculated according to the following formula. Imidization rate (%) = (peak intensity P1/peak intensity P2) × 100
聚醯亞胺可以全部都含有包含一種R131 或R132 之上述式(4)的重複單元,亦可以含有包含2個以上的不同種類的R131 或R132 之上述式(4)的重複單元。又,聚醯亞胺除了上述式(4)的重複單元以外,亦可以包含其他種類的重複單元。The polyimide may contain all repeating units of the above formula (4) containing one type of R 131 or R 132 , or may contain repeating units of the above formula (4) containing two or more different types of R 131 or R 132. Furthermore, the polyimide may contain repeating units of other types in addition to the repeating units of the above formula (4).
聚醯亞胺例如能夠利用如下方法來進行合成:在低溫下使四羧酸二酐與二胺化合物(將一部分取代為單胺之封端劑)進行反應之方法;在低溫下使四羧酸二酐(將一部分取代為酸酐或單氯化物化合物或單活性酯化合物之封端劑)與二胺化合物進行反應之方法;藉由四羧酸二酐和醇來獲得二酯,然後使其與二胺(將一部分取代為單胺之封端劑)在縮合劑的存在下進行反應之方法;利用藉由四羧酸二酐和醇獲得二酯,然後使其餘的二羧酸進行氯化物化,並使其與二胺(將一部分取代為單胺之封端劑)進行反應之方法等方法獲得聚醯亞胺前驅物,並且使用已知的醯亞胺化反應法使其完全醯亞胺化之方法;或者,在中途停止醯亞胺化反應,導入一部分醯亞胺結構之方法;以及藉由混合完全醯亞胺化之聚合物和該聚醯亞胺前驅物而導入一部分醯亞胺結構之方法。 作為聚醯亞胺的市售品,可以例示出Durimide(註冊商標)284(FUJIFILM Co.,Ltd.製造)、Matrimide5218(HUNTSMAN公司製造)。Polyimide can be synthesized by, for example, the following methods: a method of reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydride with a diamine compound (a capping agent in which a part is substituted with a monoamine) at low temperature; a method of reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydride (a capping agent in which a part is substituted with an acid anhydride, a monochloride compound, or a monoactive ester compound) with a diamine compound at low temperature; a method of obtaining a diester from tetracarboxylic dianhydride and an alcohol, and then reacting the diester with a diamine (a capping agent in which a part is substituted with a monoamine) in the presence of a condensation agent; A method of obtaining a polyimide precursor by obtaining a diester from tetracarboxylic dianhydride and an alcohol, then chlorinating the remaining dicarboxylic acid, and reacting the resulting product with a diamine (a capping agent partially substituted with a monoamine), and then completely imidizing the product using a known imidization reaction method; or a method of stopping the imidization reaction midway and introducing a portion of the imide structure; and a method of introducing a portion of the imide structure by mixing a completely imidized polymer with the polyimide precursor. Commercially available products of polyimide include Durimide (registered trademark) 284 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Co., Ltd.) and Matrimide 5218 (manufactured by HUNTSMAN).
聚醯亞胺的重量平均分子量(Mw)為5,000~70,000為較佳,8,000~50,000為更佳,10,000~30,000為進一步較佳。藉由將重量平均分子量設為5,000以上,能夠提高硬化後的膜的耐折性。為了獲得機械特性優異之有機膜,重量平均分子量為20,000以上為特佳。又,在含有兩種以上的聚醯亞胺之情況下,至少一種聚醯亞胺的重量平均分子量在上述範圍內為較佳。 另一方面,在耐藥品性的觀點上,聚醯亞胺的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為5,000~100,000,更佳為10,000~50,000,進一步較佳為15,000~40,000。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide is preferably 5,000 to 70,000, more preferably 8,000 to 50,000, and even more preferably 10,000 to 30,000. By setting the weight average molecular weight to 5,000 or more, the folding resistance of the cured film can be improved. In order to obtain an organic film with excellent mechanical properties, a weight average molecular weight of 20,000 or more is particularly preferred. In addition, when containing two or more polyimides, it is preferred that the weight average molecular weight of at least one polyimide is within the above range. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of chemical resistance, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide is preferably 5,000 to 100,000, more preferably 10,000 to 50,000, and further preferably 15,000 to 40,000.
〔聚苯并㗁唑前驅物〕 關於本發明中所使用之聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的其結構等,並無特別規定,但是較佳為包含下述式(3)所表示之重複單元。 式(3) [化學式15] 式(3)中,R121 表示2價的有機基,R122 表示4價的有機基,R123 及R124 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價的有機基。[Polybenzoxazole precursor] The structure of the polybenzoxazole precursor used in the present invention is not particularly limited, but preferably includes a repeating unit represented by the following formula (3). Formula (3) [Chemical Formula 15] In formula (3), R121 represents a divalent organic group, R122 represents a tetravalent organic group, and R123 and R124 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
式(3)中,R123 及R124 分別與式(2)中之R113 的含義相同,較佳範圍亦相同。亦即,至少一者為聚合性基為較佳。 式(3)中,R121 表示2價的有機基。作為2價的有機基,包含脂肪族基及芳香族基中的至少一者之基團為較佳。作為脂肪族基,直鏈脂肪族基為較佳。R121 為二羧酸殘基為較佳。二羧酸殘基可以僅使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。In formula (3), R 123 and R 124 have the same meanings as R 113 in formula (2), and the preferred ranges are also the same. That is, it is preferred that at least one of them is a polymerizable group. In formula (3), R 121 represents a divalent organic group. As the divalent organic group, a group containing at least one of an aliphatic group and an aromatic group is preferred. As the aliphatic group, a straight-chain aliphatic group is preferred. It is preferred that R 121 is a dicarboxylic acid residue. Only one dicarboxylic acid residue may be used, or two or more dicarboxylic acid residues may be used.
作為二羧酸殘基,包含脂肪族基之二羧酸及包含芳香族基之二羧酸殘基為較佳,包含芳香族基之二羧酸殘基為更佳。 作為包含脂肪族基之二羧酸,包含直鏈或支鏈(較佳為直鏈)脂肪族基之二羧酸為較佳,包含直鏈或支鏈(較佳為直鏈)脂肪族基和2個-COOH之二羧酸為更佳。直鏈或支鏈(較佳為直鏈)脂肪族基的碳數為2~30為較佳,2~25為更佳,3~20為進一步較佳,4~15為進一步較佳,5~10為特佳。直鏈脂肪族基為伸烷基為較佳。 作為包含直鏈脂肪族基之二羧酸,可以舉出丙二酸、二甲基丙二酸、乙基丙二酸、異丙基丙二酸、二正丁基丙二酸、丁二酸、四氟丁二酸、甲基丁二酸、2,2-二甲基丁二酸、2,3-二甲基丁二酸、二甲基甲基丁二酸、戊二酸、六氟戊二酸、2-甲基戊二酸、3-甲基戊二酸、2,2-二甲基戊二酸、3,3-二甲基戊二酸、3-乙基-3-甲基戊二酸、己二酸、八氟己二酸、3-甲基己二酸、庚二酸、2,2,6,6-四甲基庚二酸、辛二酸、十二氟辛二酸、壬二酸、癸二酸、十六氟癸二酸、1,9-壬二酸、十二烷二酸、十三烷二酸、十四烷二酸、十五烷二酸、十六烷二酸、十七烷二酸、十八烷二酸、十九烷二酸、二十烷二酸、二十一烷二酸、二十二烷二酸、二十三烷二酸、二十四烷二酸、二十五烷二酸、二十六烷二酸、二十七烷二酸、二十八烷二酸、二十九烷二酸、三十烷二酸、三十一烷二酸、三十二烷二酸、二乙醇酸(diglycolic acid)以及下述式所表示之二羧酸等。As the dicarboxylic acid residue, dicarboxylic acids containing aliphatic groups and dicarboxylic acid residues containing aromatic groups are preferred, and dicarboxylic acid residues containing aromatic groups are more preferred. As the dicarboxylic acid containing aliphatic groups, dicarboxylic acids containing straight-chain or branched-chain (preferably straight-chain) aliphatic groups are preferred, and dicarboxylic acids containing straight-chain or branched-chain (preferably straight-chain) aliphatic groups and 2 -COOH groups are more preferred. The carbon number of the straight-chain or branched-chain (preferably straight-chain) aliphatic group is preferably 2 to 30, more preferably 2 to 25, further preferably 3 to 20, further preferably 4 to 15, and particularly preferably 5 to 10. The straight-chain aliphatic group is preferably an alkylene group. As dicarboxylic acids containing a linear aliphatic group, there can be mentioned malonic acid, dimethylmalonic acid, ethylmalonic acid, isopropylmalonic acid, di-n-butylmalonic acid, succinic acid, tetrafluorosuccinic acid, methylsuccinic acid, 2,2-dimethylsuccinic acid, 2,3-dimethylsuccinic acid, dimethylmethylsuccinic acid, glutaric acid, hexafluoroglutaric acid, 2-methylglutaric acid, 3-methylglutaric acid, 2,2-dimethylglutaric acid, 3,3-dimethylglutaric acid, 3-ethyl-3-methylglutaric acid, adipic acid, octafluoroadipic acid, 3-methyladipic acid, pimelic acid, 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl Pimelic acid, suberic acid, dodecanedioic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, hexafluorosebacic acid, 1,9-azelaic acid, dodecanedioic acid, tridecanedioic acid, tetradecanedioic acid, pentadecanedioic acid, hexadecanedioic acid, heptadecanedioic acid, octadecanedioic acid, nonadecanedioic acid, eicosanedioic acid, eicosanedioic acid Monoacanedioic acid, docosanedioic acid, tricosanedioic acid, tetracosanedioic acid, pentacosanedioic acid, hexacosanedioic acid, heptacosanedioic acid, octacanedioic acid, nonacosanedioic acid, triacontanedioic acid, triacontanedioic acid, docosanedioic acid, diglycolic acid acid) and the dicarboxylic acid represented by the following formula, etc.
[化學式16] (式中,Z為碳數1~6的烴基,n為1~6的整數。)[Chemical formula 16] (In the formula, Z is a carbonyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and n is an integer from 1 to 6.)
作為包含芳香族基之二羧酸,以下具有芳香族基之二羧酸為較佳,以下僅包括具有芳香族基之基團和2個-COOH之二羧酸為更佳。As the dicarboxylic acid containing an aromatic group, the following dicarboxylic acids having an aromatic group are preferred, and the following dicarboxylic acids containing only a group having an aromatic group and two -COOH groups are more preferred.
[化學式17] 式中,A表示選自包括-CH2 -、-O-、-S-、-SO2 -、-CO-、-NHCO-、-C(CF3 )2 -及-C(CH3 )2 -的群組中之2價的基團,*分別獨立地表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。[Chemical formula 17] In the formula, A represents a divalent group selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -NHCO-, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, and -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, and * represents a bonding site with other structures independently.
作為包含芳香族基之二羧酸的具體例,可以舉出4,4’-羰基二苯甲酸及4,4’-二羧基二苯醚、鄰苯二甲酸。Specific examples of the dicarboxylic acid containing an aromatic group include 4,4'-carbonyldibenzoic acid, 4,4'-dicarboxydiphenyl ether, and phthalic acid.
式(3)中,R122 表示4價的有機基。作為4價的有機基,與上述式(2)中之R115 的含義相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 R122 為來自於雙胺基苯酚衍生物之基團亦為較佳,作為來自於雙胺基苯酚衍生物之基團,例如可以舉出3,3’-二胺基-4,4’-二羥基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基-3,3’-二羥基聯苯、3,3’-二胺基-4,4’-二羥基二苯碸、4,4’-二胺基-3,3’-二羥基二苯碸、雙-(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)甲烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙-(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙-(4-胺基-3-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、雙-(4-胺基-3-羥基苯基)甲烷、2,2-雙-(4-胺基-3-羥基苯基)丙烷、4,4’-二胺基-3,3’-二羥基二苯甲酮、3,3’-二胺基-4,4’-二羥基二苯甲酮、4,4’-二胺基-3,3’-二羥基二苯醚、3,3’-二胺基-4,4’-二羥基二苯醚、1,4-二胺基-2,5-二羥基苯、1,3-二胺基-2,4-二羥基苯、1,3-二胺基-4,6-二羥基苯等。該等雙胺基苯酚可以單獨使用或者混合使用。In formula (3), R 122 represents a tetravalent organic group. The tetravalent organic group has the same meaning as R 115 in formula (2), and the preferred range is also the same. It is also preferred that 122 is a group derived from a bisaminophenol derivative. Examples of the group derived from a bisaminophenol derivative include 3,3'-diamino-4,4'-dihydroxybiphenyl, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dihydroxybiphenyl, 3,3'-diamino-4,4'-dihydroxydiphenylsulfone, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dihydroxydiphenylsulfone, bis-(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)methane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2,2-bis-(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis-(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, and 2,2-bis-(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane. -(4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, bis-(4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl)methane, 2,2-bis-(4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dihydroxybenzophenone, 3,3'-diamino-4,4'-dihydroxybenzophenone, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dihydroxydiphenyl ether, 3,3'-diamino-4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyl ether, 1,4-diamino-2,5-dihydroxybenzene, 1,3-diamino-2,4-dihydroxybenzene, 1,3-diamino-4,6-dihydroxybenzene, etc. Such bisaminophenols can be used alone or in combination.
在雙胺基苯酚衍生物中,下述具有芳香族基之雙胺基苯酚衍生物為較佳。Among the diaminophenol derivatives, the following diaminophenol derivatives having an aromatic group are preferred.
[化學式18] 式中,X1 表示-O-、-S-、-C(CF3 )2 -、-CH2 -、-SO2 -、-NHCO-,*及#分別表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。R表示氫原子或1價的取代基,氫原子或烴基為較佳,氫原子或烷基為更佳。又,R122 為上述式所表示之結構亦為較佳。在R122 為上述式所表示之結構之情況下,在共計4個*及#中,任意2個為與式(3)中的R122 所鍵結之氮原子的鍵結部位且其他2個為與式(3)中的R122 所鍵結之氧原子的鍵結部位為較佳,2個*為與式(3)中的R122 所鍵結之氧原子的鍵結部位且2個#為與式(3)中的R122 所鍵結之氮原子的鍵結部位,或者2個*為與式(3)中的R122 所鍵結之氮原子的鍵結部位且2個#為與式(3)中的R122 所鍵結之氧原子的鍵結部位為更佳,2個*為與式(3)中的R122 所鍵結之氧原子的鍵結部位且2個#為與式(3)中的R122 所鍵結之氮原子的鍵結部位為進一步較佳。[Chemical formula 18] In the formula, X1 represents -O-, -S-, -C( CF3 ) 2- , -CH2- , -SO2- , -NHCO-, * and # represent the bonding site with other structures respectively. R represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent, preferably a hydrogen atom or a alkyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. Moreover, R122 is also preferably a structure represented by the above formula. When R 122 is a structure represented by the above formula, any two of the four * and # in total are bonding sites to the nitrogen atom to which R 122 in formula (3) is bonded, and the other two are bonding sites to the oxygen atom to which R 122 in formula (3) is bonded. It is more preferred that two * are bonding sites to the oxygen atom to which R 122 in formula (3) is bonded, and two # are bonding sites to the nitrogen atom to which R 122 in formula (3) is bonded, or two * are bonding sites to the nitrogen atom to which R 122 in formula (3) is bonded, and two # are bonding sites to the oxygen atom to which R 122 in formula (3) is bonded. It is more preferred that two * are bonding sites to the oxygen atom to which R 122 in formula (3) is bonded, and two # are bonding sites to the oxygen atom to which R 122 in formula (3) is bonded. It is further preferred that the two #s are bonding sites to the oxygen atom to which R 122 is bonded and the two #s are bonding sites to the nitrogen atom to which R 122 in formula (3) is bonded.
[化學式19] [Chemical formula 19]
式(A-s)中,R1 為氫原子、伸烷基、取代伸烷基、-O-、-S-、-SO2 -、-CO-、-NHCO-、單鍵或選自下述式(A-sc)的群組中之有機基。R2 為氫原子、烷基、烷氧基、醯氧基、環狀烷基中的任一個,其可以相同亦可以不同。R3 為氫原子、直鏈或支鏈烷基、烷氧基、醯氧基、環狀烷基中的任一個,其可以相同亦可以不同。In formula (As), R1 is a hydrogen atom, an alkylene group, a substituted alkylene group, -O-, -S-, -SO2- , -CO-, -NHCO-, a single bond, or an organic group selected from the group of the following formula (A-sc). R2 is any one of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, and a cyclic alkyl group, and they may be the same or different. R3 is any one of a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, and a cyclic alkyl group, and they may be the same or different.
[化學式20] (式(A-sc)中,*表示與上述式(A-s)所表示之雙胺基苯酚衍生物的胺基苯酚基的芳香環鍵結。)[Chemical formula 20] (In formula (A-sc), * represents a bond to the aromatic ring of the aminophenol group of the bisaminophenol derivative represented by the above formula (As).)
上述式(A-s)中,認為在酚性羥基的鄰位亦即在R3 上亦具有取代基會使醯胺鍵的羰基碳與羥基的距離更靠近,在進一步提高在低溫下硬化時成為高環化率之效果之觀點上為特佳。In the above formula (As), it is considered that having a substituent at the adjacent position of the phenolic hydroxyl group, that is, at R3 , makes the carbonyl carbon of the amide bond and the hydroxyl group closer, which is particularly preferred from the viewpoint of further improving the effect of achieving a high cyclization rate during curing at a low temperature.
又,上述式(A-s)中,R2 為烷基且R3 為烷基時能夠維持對i射線的高透明性和在低溫下硬化時為高環化率之效果,因此為較佳。In the above formula (As), when R 2 and R 3 are both alkyl groups, it is preferred because high transparency to I-rays and high cyclization rate can be maintained when curing at low temperature.
又,上述式(A-s)中,R1 為伸烷基或取代伸烷基為進一步較佳。作為R1 之伸烷基及取代伸烷基的具體例,可以舉出碳數1~8的直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基,其中,在一邊維持對i射線的高透明性和在低溫下硬化時為高環化率之效果一邊能夠獲得對溶劑具有充分的溶解性之平衡優異之聚苯并㗁唑前驅物之觀點上,-CH2 -、-CH(CH3 )-、-C(CH3 )2 -為更佳。In the above formula (As), R1 is more preferably an alkylene group or a substituted alkylene group. Specific examples of the alkylene group and the substituted alkylene group for R1 include linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Among them, -CH2-, -CH(CH3)-, and -C( CH3 ) 2- are more preferred from the viewpoint of obtaining a polybenzoxazole precursor having an excellent balance of high transparency to I-rays and high cyclization rate when hardened at low temperature while having sufficient solubility in solvents.
作為上述式(A-s)所表示之雙胺基苯酚衍生物的製造方法,例如能夠參閱日本特開2013-256506號公報的段落號0085~0094及實施例1(段落號0189~0190),該等內容被編入本說明書中。For a method for producing the bisaminophenol derivative represented by the above formula (A-s), for example, reference can be made to paragraphs 0085 to 0094 and Example 1 (paragraphs 0189 to 0190) of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-256506, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
作為上述式(A-s)所表示之雙胺基苯酚衍生物的結構的具體例,可以舉出日本特開2013-256506號公報的段落號0070~0080中所記載者,該等內容被編入本說明書中。當然,並不限定於該等,這是不言而喻的。Specific examples of the structure of the bisaminophenol derivative represented by the above formula (A-s) include those described in paragraphs 0070 to 0080 of JP-A-2013-256506, and the contents thereof are incorporated into the present specification. Of course, the present invention is not limited to these.
除了上述式(3)的重複單元以外,聚苯并㗁唑前驅物亦可以包含其他種類的重複單元。 在能夠抑制伴隨閉環而產生翹曲之觀點上,包含下述式(SL)所表示之二胺殘基作為其他種類的重複單元為較佳。In addition to the repeating units of the above formula (3), the polybenzoxazole precursor may also contain other types of repeating units. From the viewpoint of being able to suppress the warp caused by ring closure, it is preferred to contain a diamine residue represented by the following formula (SL) as other types of repeating units.
[化學式21] 式(SL)中,Z具有a結構和b結構,R1s 為氫原子或碳數1~10的烴基,R2s 為碳數1~10的烴基,R3s 、R4s 、R5s 、R6s 中的至少1個為芳香族基,其餘為氫原子或碳數1~30的有機基,其分別可以相同亦可以不同。a結構及b結構的聚合可以為嵌段聚合,亦可以為無規聚合。關於Z部分的莫耳%,a結構為5~95莫耳%、b結構為95~5莫耳%,a+b為100莫耳%。[Chemical formula 21] In formula (SL), Z has structure a and structure b, R 1s is a hydrogen atom or a alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, R 2s is a alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, at least one of R 3s , R 4s , R 5s , and R 6s is an aromatic group, and the rest are hydrogen atoms or organic groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, which may be the same or different. The polymerization of structure a and structure b may be block polymerization or random polymerization. Regarding the molar % of the Z portion, structure a is 5 to 95 molar %, structure b is 95 to 5 molar %, and a+b is 100 molar %.
式(SL)中,作為較佳的Z,可以舉出b結構中的R5s 及R6s 為苯基者。又,式(SL)所示之結構的分子量為400~4,000為較佳,500~3,000為更佳。藉由將上述分子量設在上述範圍內,能夠更有效地減小聚苯并㗁唑前驅物在脫水閉環後的彈性模數,能夠兼顧能夠抑制翹曲之效果和提高溶劑溶解性之效果。In formula (SL), as preferred Z, R 5s and R 6s in structure b are phenyl groups. In addition, the molecular weight of the structure represented by formula (SL) is preferably 400 to 4,000, and more preferably 500 to 3,000. By setting the molecular weight within the above range, the elastic modulus of the polybenzoxazole precursor after dehydration and ring closure can be more effectively reduced, and the effect of suppressing warp and the effect of improving solvent solubility can be taken into account.
在包含式(SL)所表示之二胺殘基作為其他種類的重複單元之情況下,還包含從四羧酸二酐中去除酐基之後殘存之四羧酸殘基作為重複單元亦為較佳。作為這樣的四羧酸殘基的例子,可以舉出式(2)中的R115 的例子。When the diamine residue represented by formula (SL) is included as another type of repeating unit, it is also preferred to include a tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after removing the anhydride group from tetracarboxylic dianhydride as a repeating unit. Examples of such a tetracarboxylic acid residue include R 115 in formula (2).
例如,在將聚苯并㗁唑前驅物用於後述組成物之情況下,聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為18,000~30,000,更佳為20,000~29,000,進一步較佳為22,000~28,000。又,數量平均分子量(Mn)較佳為7,200~14,000,更佳為8,000~12,000,進一步較佳為9,200~11,200。 上述聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的分子量的分散度為1.4以上為較佳,1.5以上為更佳,1.6以上為進一步較佳。聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的分子量的分散度的上限值並無特別規定,例如2.6以下為較佳,2.5以下為更佳,2.4以下為進一步較佳,2.3以下為進一步較佳,2.2以下為更進一步較佳。For example, when the polybenzoxazole precursor is used in the composition described below, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polybenzoxazole precursor is preferably 18,000 to 30,000, more preferably 20,000 to 29,000, and further preferably 22,000 to 28,000. In addition, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 7,200 to 14,000, more preferably 8,000 to 12,000, and further preferably 9,200 to 11,200. The molecular weight dispersion of the polybenzoxazole precursor is preferably 1.4 or more, more preferably 1.5 or more, and further preferably 1.6 or more. The upper limit of the molecular weight dispersion of the polybenzoxazole precursor is not particularly specified, but is preferably 2.6 or less, more preferably 2.5 or less, further preferably 2.4 or less, further preferably 2.3 or less, and further preferably 2.2 or less.
〔聚苯并㗁唑〕 作為聚苯并㗁唑,只要為具有苯并㗁唑環之高分子化合物,則並無特別限定,但是下述式(X)所表示之化合物為較佳,由下述式(X)表示且具有聚合性基之化合物為更佳。作為上述聚合性基,自由基聚合性基為較佳。又,亦可以為由下述式(X)表示且具有酸分解性基等極性轉換基之化合物。 [化學式22] 式(X)中,R133 表示2價的有機基,R134 表示4價的有機基。 在具有聚合性基或酸分解性基等極性轉換基之情況下,聚合性基或酸分解性基等極性轉換基可以位於R133 及R134 中的至少一者上,如下述式(X-1)或式(X-2)所示,亦可以位於聚苯并㗁唑的末端。 式(X-1) [化學式23] 式(X-1)中,R135 及R136 中的至少一者為聚合性基或酸分解性基等極性轉換基,在不是聚合性基或酸分解性基等極性轉換基之情況下為有機基,其他基團與式(X)的含義相同。 式(X-2) [化學式24] 式(X-2)中,R137 為聚合性基或酸分解性基等極性轉換基,其他為取代基,其他基團與式(X)的含義相同。[Polybenzoxazole] The polybenzoxazole is not particularly limited as long as it is a polymer compound having a benzoxazole ring, but a compound represented by the following formula (X) is preferred, and a compound represented by the following formula (X) and having a polymerizable group is more preferred. As the above-mentioned polymerizable group, a free radical polymerizable group is preferred. In addition, it may be a compound represented by the following formula (X) and having a polar conversion group such as an acid decomposable group. [Chemical Formula 22] In formula (X), R133 represents a divalent organic group, and R134 represents a tetravalent organic group. When a polar conversion group such as a polymerizable group or an acid-decomposable group is present, the polymerizable group or the polar conversion group such as an acid-decomposable group may be located on at least one of R133 and R134 , as shown in the following formula (X-1) or formula (X-2), or may be located at the end of the polybenzoxazole. Formula (X-1) [Chemical Formula 23] In formula (X-1), at least one of R 135 and R 136 is a polymerizable group or an acid-decomposable group or other polar conversion group, and if it is not a polymerizable group or an acid-decomposable group or other polar conversion group, it is an organic group, and the other groups have the same meanings as in formula (X). Formula (X-2) [Chemical Formula 24] In formula (X-2), R 137 is a polar conversion group such as a polymerizable group or an acid-decomposable group, and the others are substituents. The other groups have the same meanings as in formula (X).
聚合性基或酸分解性基等極性轉換基與在上述聚醯亞胺前驅物等所具有之聚合性基中敘述之聚合性基的含義相同。The polarity-converting group such as the polymerizable group or the acid-decomposable group has the same meaning as the polymerizable group described in the above-mentioned polymerizable group of the polyimide precursor.
R133 表示2價的有機基。作為2價的有機基,可以舉出脂肪族基或芳香族基。作為具體例,可以舉出聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的式(3)中的R121 的例子。又,其較佳例與R121 相同。R 133 represents a divalent organic group. Examples of the divalent organic group include an aliphatic group and an aromatic group. As a specific example, R 121 in the formula (3) of the polybenzoxazole precursor can be cited. Preferred examples are the same as R 121 .
R134 表示4價的有機基。作為4價的有機基,可以舉出聚苯并㗁唑前驅物的式(3)中的R122 的例子。又,其較佳例與R122 相同。 例如,作為R122 而例示之4價的有機基的4個鍵結子與上述式(X)中的氮原子、氧原子鍵結而形成縮合環。例如,在R134 為下述有機基之情況下,形成下述結構。 [化學式25] R 134 represents a tetravalent organic group. As a tetravalent organic group, R 122 in the formula (3) of the polybenzoxazole precursor can be cited as an example. Moreover, its preferred example is the same as R 122. For example, the four bonders of the tetravalent organic group exemplified as R 122 are bonded to the nitrogen atom and the oxygen atom in the above formula (X) to form a condensed ring. For example, when R 134 is the following organic group, the following structure is formed. [Chemical Formula 25]
聚苯并㗁唑的㗁唑化率為85%以上為較佳,90%以上為更佳。上限並無特別限定,可以為100%。藉由㗁唑化率為85%以上,由藉由加熱而㗁唑化時所產生之閉環引起之膜收縮減少,從而能夠更有效地抑制產生翹曲。The polybenzoxazole has an oxadiazole rate of preferably 85% or more, and more preferably 90% or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, and may be 100%. When the oxadiazole rate is 85% or more, the film shrinkage caused by ring closure generated during oxadiazole by heating is reduced, thereby being able to more effectively suppress the generation of warp.
聚苯并㗁唑可以全部都含有包含一種R131 或R132 之上述式(X)的重複單元,亦可以含有包含2個以上的不同種類的R131 或R132 之上述式(X)的重複單元。又,除了上述式(X)的重複單元以外,聚苯并㗁唑亦可以包含其他種類的重複單元。The polybenzoxazole may contain all repeating units of the above formula (X) containing one type of R 131 or R 132 , or may contain repeating units of the above formula (X) containing two or more different types of R 131 or R 132. In addition to the repeating units of the above formula (X), the polybenzoxazole may contain other types of repeating units.
關於聚苯并㗁唑,例如藉由使雙胺基苯酚衍生物與包含R133 之二羧酸或選自上述二羧酸的二羧酸二氯化物(dicarboxylic acid dichloride)及二羧酸衍生物等中之化合物進行反應而獲得聚苯并㗁唑前驅物,並利用已知的㗁唑化反應法使其㗁唑化而獲得。 另外,在二羧酸的情況下,為了提高反應產率等,可以使用使1-羥基-1,2,3-苯并三唑等預先反應而獲得之活性酯型二羧酸衍生物。The polybenzoxazole can be obtained by, for example, reacting a diaminophenol derivative with a dicarboxylic acid containing R 133 or a compound selected from dicarboxylic acid dichloride and dicarboxylic acid derivatives thereof to obtain a polybenzoxazole precursor, and then oxazolidinizing the obtained product by a known oxazolidinization reaction method. In the case of dicarboxylic acids, active ester-type dicarboxylic acid derivatives obtained by preliminarily reacting 1-hydroxy-1,2,3-benzotriazole or the like can be used in order to increase the reaction yield.
聚苯并㗁唑的重量平均分子量(Mw)為5,000~70,000為較佳,8,000~50,000為更佳,10,000~30,000為進一步較佳。藉由將重量平均分子量設為5,000以上,能夠提高硬化後的膜的耐折性。為了獲得機械特性優異之有機膜,重量平均分子量為20,000以上為特佳。又,在含有兩種以上的聚苯并㗁唑之情況下,至少一種聚苯并㗁唑的重量平均分子量在上述範圍內為較佳。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polybenzoxazole is preferably 5,000 to 70,000, more preferably 8,000 to 50,000, and even more preferably 10,000 to 30,000. By setting the weight average molecular weight to 5,000 or more, the folding resistance of the cured film can be improved. In order to obtain an organic film with excellent mechanical properties, a weight average molecular weight of 20,000 or more is particularly preferred. In addition, when containing two or more polybenzoxazoles, it is preferred that the weight average molecular weight of at least one polybenzoxazole is within the above range.
〔聚醯亞胺前驅物等的製造方法〕 聚醯亞胺前驅物等為藉由使二羧酸或二羧酸衍生物與二胺進行反應而獲得。較佳為藉由使用鹵化劑使二羧酸或二羧酸衍生物鹵化之後,與二胺進行反應而獲得。 在聚醯亞胺前驅物等的製造方法中,在進行反應時,使用有機溶劑為較佳。有機溶劑可以為一種,亦可以為兩種以上。 作為有機溶劑,能夠依據原料適當地規定,可以例示出吡啶、二乙二醇二甲醚(二甘二甲醚)、N-甲基吡咯啶酮及N-乙基吡咯啶酮。 聚醯亞胺可以在合成聚醯亞胺前驅物之後藉由熱醯亞胺化、化學醯亞胺化(例如,藉由使觸媒起作用而促進環化反應)等方法使其環化來進行製造,亦可以直接合成聚醯亞胺。[Method for producing polyimide precursors, etc.] Polyimide precursors, etc. are obtained by reacting dicarboxylic acid or dicarboxylic acid derivatives with diamines. Preferably, dicarboxylic acid or dicarboxylic acid derivatives are halogenated with a halogenating agent and then reacted with diamines. In the method for producing polyimide precursors, etc., it is preferred to use an organic solvent during the reaction. The organic solvent may be one or more. As the organic solvent, it can be appropriately specified according to the raw materials, and examples thereof include pyridine, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (diglyme), N-methylpyrrolidone, and N-ethylpyrrolidone. Polyimide can be produced by cyclizing a polyimide precursor by thermal imidization, chemical imidization (for example, by promoting a cyclization reaction by the action of a catalyst), or the like, or directly synthesizing the polyimide.
又,不使用上述鹵化劑而使用非鹵素系觸媒進行合成亦為較佳。作為上述非鹵素系觸媒,能夠無特別限制地使用不含鹵素原子之公知的醯胺化觸媒,例如可以舉出硼氧烴三聚物(boroxine)化合物、N-羥基化合物、三級胺、磷酸酯、胺鹽、脲化合物等、碳二亞胺化合物。作為上述碳二亞胺化合物,可以舉出N,N’-二異丙基碳二亞胺、N,N’-二環己基碳二亞胺等。Furthermore, it is also preferable to use a non-halogen catalyst for synthesis instead of the above-mentioned halogenating agent. As the above-mentioned non-halogen catalyst, a known amidation catalyst that does not contain a halogen atom can be used without particular limitation, for example, boroxine compounds, N-hydroxy compounds, tertiary amines, phosphates, amine salts, urea compounds, and carbodiimide compounds can be mentioned. As the above-mentioned carbodiimide compound, N,N'-diisopropylcarbodiimide, N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, etc. can be mentioned.
-封端劑- 在聚醯亞胺前驅物等的製造方法中,為了進一步提高保存穩定性,用酸酐、單羧酸、單氯化物化合物、單活性酯化合物等封端劑密封聚醯亞胺前驅物等的末端為較佳。作為封端劑,使用一元醇、苯酚、硫醇、苯硫酚、單胺為更佳。 作為一元醇的較佳化合物,可以舉出甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、丁醇、己醇、辛醇、十二醇、苯甲醇、2-苯基乙醇、2-甲氧基乙醇、2-氯甲醇、糠醇等一級醇、異丙醇、2-丁醇、環己醇、環戊醇、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇等二級醇、第三丁基醇、金剛烷醇等三級醇等。作為苯酚類的較佳化合物,可以舉出苯酚、甲氧基苯酚、甲基苯酚、萘-1-醇、萘-2-醇等。 作為單胺的較佳化合物,可以舉出苯胺、2-乙炔基苯胺、3-乙炔基苯胺、4-乙炔基苯胺、5-胺基-8-羥基喹啉、1-羥基-7-胺基萘、1-羥基-6-胺基萘、1-羥基-5-胺基萘、1-羥基-4-胺基萘、2-羥基-7-胺基萘、2-羥基-6-胺基萘、2-羥基-5-胺基萘、1-羧基-7-胺基萘、1-羧基-6-胺基萘、1-羧基-5-胺基萘、2-羧基-7-胺基萘、2-羧基-6-胺基萘、2-羧基-5-胺基萘、2-胺基苯甲酸、3-胺基苯甲酸、4-胺基苯甲酸、4-胺基水楊酸、5-胺基水楊酸、6-胺基水楊酸、2-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基苯磺酸、4-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基-4,6-二羥基嘧啶、2-胺基苯酚、3-胺基苯酚、4-胺基苯酚、2-胺基苯硫酚、3-胺基苯硫酚、4-胺基苯硫酚等。該等可以使用兩種以上,亦可以藉由使複數種封端劑進行反應來導入複數個不同之末端基。 又,在密封樹脂末端的胺基時,能夠用具有能夠與胺基進行反應的官能基之化合物進行密封。對胺基之較佳的密封劑為羧酸酐、羧酸氯化物、羧酸溴化物、磺酸氯化物、磺酸酐、磺酸羧酸酐等為較佳,羧酸酐、羧酸氯化物為更佳。作為羧酸酐的較佳化合物,可以舉出乙酸酐、丙酸酐、草酸酐、琥珀酸酐、順丁烯二酸酐、鄰苯二甲酸酐、苯甲酸酐等。又,作為羧酸氯化物的較佳化合物,可以舉出乙醯氯、丙烯醯氯、丙醯氯、甲基丙烯醯氯、三甲基乙醯氯、環己烷甲醯氯、2-乙基己醯氯、桂皮醯氯、1-金剛烷甲醯氯、七氟丁醯氯、硬脂酸醯氯、苯甲醯氯等。-Capping agent- In the production method of polyimide precursors, in order to further improve storage stability, it is preferred to seal the ends of polyimide precursors with a capping agent such as anhydride, monocarboxylic acid, monochloride compound, monoactive ester compound, etc. As the capping agent, it is more preferred to use monohydric alcohol, phenol, thiol, thiophenol, monoamine. As preferred compounds of monohydric alcohols, there can be mentioned primary alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, hexanol, octanol, dodecanol, benzyl alcohol, 2-phenylethanol, 2-methoxyethanol, 2-chloromethanol, furfuryl alcohol, secondary alcohols such as isopropyl alcohol, 2-butanol, cyclohexanol, cyclopentanol, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, tertiary alcohols such as tertiary butyl alcohol and adamantane alcohol, etc. As preferred phenol compounds, phenol, methoxyphenol, methylphenol, naphthalene-1-ol, naphthalene-2-ol, etc. can be cited. As preferred monoamine compounds, aniline, 2-ethynylaniline, 3-ethynylaniline, 4-ethynylaniline, 5-amino-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-4-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2 -Carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-aminobenzoic acid, 3-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminosalicylic acid, 5-aminosalicylic acid, 6-aminosalicylic acid, 2-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 4-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-amino-4,6-dihydroxypyrimidine, 2-aminophenol, 3-aminophenol, 4-aminophenol, 2-aminothiophenol, 3-aminothiophenol, 4-aminothiophenol, etc. Two or more of these can be used, and multiple different terminal groups can be introduced by reacting multiple end-capping agents. Furthermore, when sealing the amine group at the end of the resin, a compound having a functional group that can react with the amine group can be used for sealing. Preferred sealants for amine groups are carboxylic anhydride, carboxylic acid chloride, carboxylic acid bromide, sulfonic acid chloride, sulfonic acid anhydride, sulfonic acid carboxylic anhydride, etc., and carboxylic acid anhydride and carboxylic acid chloride are more preferred. Preferred compounds of carboxylic anhydride include acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride, oxalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, benzoic anhydride, etc. Moreover, as a preferable compound of the carboxylic acid chloride, acetyl chloride, acryloyl chloride, propionyl chloride, methacryloyl chloride, trimethylacetyl chloride, cyclohexanecarbonyl chloride, 2-ethylhexanoyl chloride, cinnamyl chloride, 1-adamantanenecarbonyl chloride, heptafluorobutyl chloride, stearyl chloride, benzoyl chloride and the like can be cited.
-固體析出- 在製造聚醯亞胺前驅物等時,可以包括使固體析出之步驟。具體而言,使反應液中的聚醯亞胺前驅物等在水中沉澱,並將其溶解於四氫呋喃等聚醯亞胺前驅物等可溶之溶劑中,藉此能夠使固體析出。 然後,乾燥聚醯亞胺前驅物等,能夠獲得粉末狀的聚醯亞胺前驅物等。-Solid precipitation- When manufacturing a polyimide precursor, a solid precipitation step may be included. Specifically, the polyimide precursor in the reaction solution is precipitated in water and dissolved in a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran in which the polyimide precursor is soluble, thereby allowing the solid to precipitate. Then, the polyimide precursor is dried to obtain a powdered polyimide precursor.
〔含量〕 本發明的組成物中之特定樹脂的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分為20質量%以上為較佳,30質量%以上為更佳,40質量%以上為進一步較佳,50質量%以上為進一步較佳。又,本發明的組成物中之樹脂的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分為99.5質量%以下為較佳,99質量%以下為更佳,98質量%以下為進一步較佳,97質量%以下為進一步較佳,95質量%以下為更進一步較佳。 本發明的組成物可以僅包含一種特定樹脂,亦可以包含兩種以上。在包含兩種以上之情況下,合計量成為上述範圍為較佳。[Content] The content of the specific resin in the composition of the present invention is preferably 20% by mass or more, 30% by mass or more, 40% by mass or more, and 50% by mass or more relative to the total solid content of the composition. In addition, the content of the resin in the composition of the present invention is preferably 99.5% by mass or less, 99% by mass or less is more preferred, 98% by mass or less is more preferred, 97% by mass or less is more preferred, and 95% by mass or less is more preferred relative to the total solid content of the composition. The composition of the present invention may contain only one specific resin or two or more. When containing two or more, it is preferred that the total amount be within the above range.
<其他樹脂> 本發明的組成物可以包含上述特定樹脂和與特定樹脂不同之其他樹脂(以下,亦簡稱為“其他樹脂”。)。 作為其他樹脂,可以舉出聚醯胺醯亞胺、聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物、酚醛樹脂、聚醯胺、環氧樹脂、聚矽氧烷、包含矽氧烷結構之樹脂、丙烯酸樹脂等。 例如,藉由進一步加入丙烯酸樹脂,可以獲得塗佈性優異之組成物,並且可以獲得耐溶劑性優異之有機膜。 例如,藉由代替後述聚合性化合物或者除了後述聚合性化合物以外,還將重量平均分子量為20,000以下的聚合性基值高的丙烯酸系樹脂添加到組成物中,能夠提高組成物的塗佈性、有機膜的耐溶劑性等。<Other resins> The composition of the present invention may contain the above-mentioned specific resin and other resins different from the specific resin (hereinafter, also referred to as "other resins" for short). As other resins, polyamide imide, polyamide imide precursor, phenolic resin, polyamide, epoxy resin, polysiloxane, resin containing a siloxane structure, acrylic resin, etc. can be cited. For example, by further adding an acrylic resin, a composition with excellent coating properties can be obtained, and an organic film with excellent solvent resistance can be obtained. For example, by adding a high polymerizable acrylic resin having a weight average molecular weight of 20,000 or less to the composition instead of or in addition to the polymerizable compound described below, the coating properties of the composition and the solvent resistance of the organic film can be improved.
在本發明的組成物包含其他樹脂之情況下,其他樹脂的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分為0.01質量%以上為較佳,0.05質量%以上為更佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳,2質量%以上為進一步較佳,5質量%以上為更進一步較佳,10質量%以上為再進一步較佳。 又,本發明的組成物中之其他樹脂的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分為80質量%以下為較佳,75質量%以下為更佳,70質量%以下為進一步較佳,60質量%以下為進一步較佳,50質量%以下為更進一步較佳。 又,作為本發明的組成物的較佳的一態樣,亦能夠設為其他樹脂的含量為低含量的態樣。在上述態樣中,其他樹脂的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分為20質量%以下為較佳,15質量%以下為更佳,10質量%以下為進一步較佳,5質量%以下為進一步較佳,1質量%以下為更進一步較佳。上述含量的下限並無特別限定,只要為0質量%以上即可。 本發明的組成物可以僅包含一種其他樹脂,亦可以包含兩種以上。在包含兩種以上之情況下,合計量成為上述範圍為較佳。When the composition of the present invention contains other resins, the content of the other resins is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.05% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, and more preferably 10% by mass or more relative to the total solid content of the composition. In addition, the content of the other resins in the composition of the present invention is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 75% by mass or less, more preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, and more preferably 50% by mass or less relative to the total solid content of the composition. In addition, as a preferred embodiment of the composition of the present invention, the content of other resins can also be set to a low content. In the above embodiment, the content of other resins relative to the total solid content of the composition is preferably 20% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less is more preferred, 10% by mass or less is further preferred, 5% by mass or less is further preferred, and 1% by mass or less is further preferred. The lower limit of the above content is not particularly limited, as long as it is 0% by mass or more. The composition of the present invention may contain only one other resin, or may contain two or more. When containing two or more, it is preferred that the total amount be within the above range.
<光敏劑> 本發明的組成物包含光敏劑為較佳。 作為光敏劑,光聚合起始劑為較佳。<Photosensitive agent> The composition of the present invention preferably contains a photosensitizer. As the photosensitizer, a photopolymerization initiator is preferred.
〔光聚合起始劑〕 本發明的組成物包含光聚合起始劑作為光敏劑為較佳。 光聚合起始劑為光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。作為光自由基聚合起始劑並無特別限制,能夠從公知的光自由基聚合起始劑中適當地選擇。例如,對紫外線區域至可見區域的光線具有感光性之光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。又,亦可以為與被光激發之增感劑產生某種作用而生成活性自由基之活性劑。 又,作為上述光自由基聚合起始劑,後述肟化合物為較佳。[Photopolymerization initiator] The composition of the present invention preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator as a photosensitizer. The photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator. There is no particular limitation on the photoradical polymerization initiator, and it can be appropriately selected from known photoradical polymerization initiators. For example, a photoradical polymerization initiator that is sensitive to light in the ultraviolet region to the visible region is preferred. In addition, it can also be an activator that generates active radicals by some kind of reaction with a photoexcited sensitizer. In addition, as the above-mentioned photoradical polymerization initiator, the oxime compound described later is preferred.
光自由基聚合起始劑含有至少一種在約300~800nm(較佳為330~500nm)的範圍內具有至少約50L/mol-1 /cm-1 的莫耳吸光係數之化合物為較佳。關於化合物的莫耳吸光係數,能夠使用公知的方法進行測定。例如,藉由紫外可見分光光度計(Varian公司製造的Cary-5 分光光度計(spectrophotometer)),使用乙酸乙酯溶劑以0.01g/L的濃度進行測定為較佳。The photo-free radical polymerization initiator preferably contains at least one compound having a molar absorption coefficient of at least about 50 L/mol -1 /cm -1 in the range of about 300 to 800 nm (preferably 330 to 500 nm). The molar absorption coefficient of the compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferably measured using an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian) using an ethyl acetate solvent at a concentration of 0.01 g/L.
作為光自由基聚合起始劑,能夠任意使用公知的化合物。例如,可以舉出鹵化烴衍生物(例如,具有三𠯤骨架之化合物、具有㗁二唑骨架之化合物、具有三鹵甲基之化合物等)、醯基氧化膦等醯基膦化合物、六芳基聯咪唑、肟衍生物等肟化合物、有機過氧化物、硫化合物、酮化合物、芳香族鎓鹽、酮肟醚、胺基苯乙酮化合物、羥基苯乙酮、偶氮系化合物、疊氮化合物、茂金屬化合物、有機硼化合物、鐵芳烴錯合物等。關於該等的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2016-027357號公報的0165~0182段、國際公開第2015/199219號的0138~0151段的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。As the photoradical polymerization initiator, any known compound can be used. For example, alkyl halides derivatives (e.g., compounds having a trioxane skeleton, compounds having a diazole skeleton, compounds having a trihalomethyl group, etc.), acylphosphine compounds such as acylphosphine oxide, hexaarylbiimidazole, oxime compounds such as oxime derivatives, organic peroxides, sulfur compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ketone oxime ethers, aminoacetophenone compounds, hydroxyacetophenones, azo compounds, azide compounds, metallocene compounds, organic boron compounds, iron aromatic complexes, etc. can be cited. For the details thereof, reference can be made to paragraphs 0165 to 0182 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-027357 and paragraphs 0138 to 0151 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, the contents of which are incorporated into this specification.
作為酮化合物,例如可以例示出日本特開2015-087611號公報的0087段中所記載的化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。在市售品中,亦可以較佳地使用KAYACURE DETX(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)。Examples of the ketone compound include compounds described in paragraph 0087 of JP-A-2015-087611, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Among commercially available products, KAYACURE DETX (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) can also be preferably used.
在本發明的一實施態樣中,作為光自由基聚合起始劑,可以較佳地使用羥基苯乙酮化合物、胺基苯乙酮化合物及醯基膦化合物。更具體而言,例如能夠使用日本特開平10-291969號公報中所記載的胺基苯乙酮系起始劑、日本專利第4225898號中所記載的醯基氧化膦系起始劑。In one embodiment of the present invention, hydroxyacetophenone compounds, aminoacetophenone compounds and acylphosphine compounds can be preferably used as photoradical polymerization initiators. More specifically, for example, aminoacetophenone-based initiators described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 10-291969 and acylphosphine oxide-based initiators described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can be used.
作為羥基苯乙酮系起始劑,能夠使用IRGACURE 184(IRGACURE為註冊商標)、DAROCUR 1173、IRGACURE 500、IRGACURE-2959、IRGACURE 127(商品名:均為BASF公司製造)。As the hydroxyacetophenone-based initiator, IRGACURE 184 (IRGACURE is a registered trademark), DAROCUR 1173, IRGACURE 500, IRGACURE-2959, and IRGACURE 127 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF) can be used.
作為胺基苯乙酮系起始劑,能夠使用作為市售品之IRGACURE 907、IRGACURE 369及IRGACURE 379(商品名:均為BASF公司製造)。As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, commercially available products such as IRGACURE 907, IRGACURE 369, and IRGACURE 379 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF Corporation) can be used.
作為胺基苯乙酮系起始劑,亦能夠使用吸收極大波長與365nm或405nm等波長光源匹配之日本特開2009-191179號公報中所記載的化合物。As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, the compound described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-191179, which has an absorption maximum wavelength matching a light source of wavelength such as 365 nm or 405 nm, can also be used.
作為醯基膦系起始劑,可以舉出2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基-二苯基-氧化膦等。又,能夠使用作為市售品之IRGACURE-819或IRGACURE-TPO(商品名:均為BASF公司製造)。Examples of the acylphosphine-based initiator include 2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl-diphenyl-phosphine oxide, etc. Commercially available products such as IRGACURE-819 and IRGACURE-TPO (trade names: both manufactured by BASF) can be used.
作為茂金屬化合物,可以例示出IRGACURE-784、IRGACURE-784EG(均為BASF公司製造)等。Examples of the metallocene compound include IRGACURE-784 and IRGACURE-784EG (both manufactured by BASF).
作為光自由基聚合起始劑,可以更佳地舉出肟化合物。藉由使用肟化合物,能夠更有效地提高曝光寬容度。肟化合物由於曝光寬容度(曝光餘裕度)寬且還作為光硬化促進劑而發揮作用,因此為特佳。As a photo-radical polymerization initiator, an oxime compound can be preferably cited. By using an oxime compound, the exposure tolerance can be more effectively improved. Oxime compounds are particularly preferred because they have a wide exposure tolerance (exposure margin) and also function as a photohardening accelerator.
作為肟化合物的具體例,能夠使用日本特開2001-233842號公報中所記載的化合物、日本特開2000-080068號公報中所記載的化合物、日本特開2006-342166號公報中所記載的化合物。Specific examples of the oxime compound include compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-233842, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2000-080068, and compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2006-342166.
作為較佳的肟化合物,例如可以舉出下述結構的化合物或3-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-乙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-丙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基戊烷-3-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、2-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、3-(4-甲苯磺醯氧基)亞胺基丁烷-2-酮及2-乙氧基羰氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮等。在本發明的組成物中,尤其使用肟化合物(肟系的光聚合起始劑)作為光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。肟系的光聚合起始劑在分子內具有>C=N-O-C(=O)-的連接基。Preferred oxime compounds include, for example, compounds having the following structures or 3-benzyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-acetyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 2-acetyloxyiminopentane-3-one, 2-acetyloxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1-one, 2-benzyloxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutane-2-one and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1-one. In the composition of the present invention, it is particularly preferred to use an oxime compound (oxime-based photopolymerization initiator) as the photoradical polymerization initiator. Oxime-based photopolymerization initiators have a linking group of >C=N-O-C(=O)- in the molecule.
在市售品中,亦可以較佳地使用IRGACURE OXE 01、IRGACURE OXE 02、IRGACURE OXE 03、IRGACURE OXE 04(以上為BASF公司製造)、Adeka Optomer N-1919(ADEKA CORPORATION製造,日本特開2012-014052號公報中所記載的光自由基聚合起始劑2)。又,亦能夠使用TR-PBG-304(Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD.製造)、ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831及ADEKA ARKLS NCI-930(ADEKA CORPORATION製造)。又,能夠使用DFI-091(Daito Chemix Corporation製造)。Among the commercially available products, IRGACURE OXE 01, IRGACURE OXE 02, IRGACURE OXE 03, IRGACURE OXE 04 (all manufactured by BASF), Adeka Optomer N-1919 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION, photoradical polymerization initiator 2 described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2012-014052) can also be preferably used. In addition, TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO., LTD.), ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831 and ADEKA ARKLS NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) can also be used. In addition, DFI-091 (manufactured by Daito Chemix Corporation) can be used.
亦能夠使用下述結構的肟化合物。 [化學式26] An oxime compound having the following structure can also be used. [Chemical Formula 26]
又,亦能夠使用具有氟原子之肟化合物。作為該種肟化合物的具體例,可以舉出日本特開2010-262028號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特表2014-500852號公報的0345段中所記載之化合物24、36~40、日本特開2013-164471號公報的0101段中所記載之化合物(C-3)等。In addition, oxime compounds having fluorine atoms can also be used. Specific examples of such oxime compounds include compounds described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2010-262028, compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in paragraph 0345 of Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2014-500852, and compound (C-3) described in paragraph 0101 of Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2013-164471.
作為最佳之肟化合物,可以舉出日本特開2007-269779號公報所示之具有特定取代基之肟化合物或日本特開2009-191061號公報所示之具有硫代芳基之肟化合物等。As the most preferable oxime compound, there can be mentioned an oxime compound having a specific substituent as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-269779 or an oxime compound having a thioaryl group as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-191061.
從曝光靈敏度的觀點考慮,光自由基聚合起始劑為選自包括三鹵甲基三𠯤化合物、苄基二甲基縮酮化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚物、鎓鹽化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物及其衍生物、環戊二烯-本-鐵錯合物及其鹽、鹵甲基㗁二唑化合物、3-芳基取代香豆素化合物的群組中之化合物為較佳。From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, the photoradical polymerization initiator is preferably a compound selected from the group consisting of trihalomethyl trioxane compounds, benzyl dimethyl ketal compounds, α-hydroxy ketone compounds, α-amino ketone compounds, acyl phosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triaryl imidazole dimers, onium salt compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds and their derivatives, cyclopentadiene-benzyl-iron complexes and their salts, halogenated methyl oxadiazole compounds, and 3-aryl substituted coumarin compounds.
進一步較佳的光自由基聚合起始劑為三鹵甲基三𠯤化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚物、鎓鹽化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物,選自包括三鹵甲基三𠯤化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚物、二苯甲酮化合物的群組中之至少一種化合物為進一步較佳,使用茂金屬化合物或肟化合物為更進一步較佳,肟化合物為再進一步較佳。Further preferred photoradical polymerization initiators are trihalogenomethyl trioxane compounds, α-amino ketone compounds, acyl phosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triaryl imidazole dimers, onium salt compounds, benzophenone compounds, and acetophenone compounds. At least one compound selected from the group consisting of trihalogenomethyl trioxane compounds, α-amino ketone compounds, oxime compounds, triaryl imidazole dimers, and benzophenone compounds is further preferred. It is further preferred to use metallocene compounds or oxime compounds, and it is still further preferred to use oxime compounds.
又,光自由基聚合起始劑亦能夠使用二苯甲酮、N,N’-四甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮(米其勒酮)等N,N’-四烷基-4,4’-二胺基二苯甲酮、2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-嗎啉基苯基)-丁酮-1,2-甲基-1-[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-嗎啉基-丙酮-1等芳香族酮、烷基蒽醌等與芳香環縮環之醌類、苯偶姻烷基醚等苯偶姻醚化合物、苯偶姻、烷基苯偶姻等苯偶姻化合物、苄基二甲基縮酮等苄基衍生物等。又,亦能夠使用下述式(I)所表示之化合物。In addition, the photoradical polymerization initiator may include benzophenone, N,N'-tetraalkyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenone (Michelle's ketone) and the like, aromatic ketones such as 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinylphenyl)-butanone-1,2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinyl-propanone-1, quinones with aromatic ring condensation such as alkyl anthraquinone, benzoin ether compounds such as benzoin alkyl ether, benzoin and benzoin compounds such as alkyl benzoin, benzyl derivatives such as benzyl dimethyl ketal, and the like. In addition, the compound represented by the following formula (I) may be used.
[化學式27] [Chemical formula 27]
式(I)中,RI00 為碳數1~20的烷基、被1個以上的氧原子中斷之碳數2~20的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、苯基或碳數1~20的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、鹵素原子、環戊基、環己基、碳數2~12的烯基、被1個以上的氧原子中斷之碳數2~18的烷基及經碳數1~4的烷基中的至少1個取代之苯基或聯苯基,RI01 為式(II)所表示之基團或為與RI00 相同之基團,RI02 ~RI04 各自獨立地為碳數1~12的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基或鹵素原子。In formula (I), R I00 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms interrupted by one or more oxygen atoms, and a phenyl or biphenyl group substituted by at least one of an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, R I01 is a group represented by formula (II) or a group identical to R I00 , and R I02 to R I04 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom.
[化學式28] [Chemical formula 28]
式中,RI05 ~RI07 與上述式(I)的RI02 ~RI04 相同。In the formula, R I05 to R I07 are the same as R I02 to R I04 in the above formula (I).
又,光自由基聚合起始劑亦能夠使用國際公開第2015/125469號的0048~0055段中所記載的化合物。Furthermore, the photoradical polymerization initiator may also include the compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0055 of International Publication No. 2015/125469.
在包含光聚合起始劑之情況下,其含量相對於本發明的組成物的總固體成分為0.1~30質量%為較佳,更佳為0.1~20質量%,進一步較佳為0.5~15質量%,進一步較佳為1.0~10質量%。光聚合起始劑可以僅含有一種,亦可以含有兩種以上。在含有兩種以上的光聚合起始劑之情況下,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。When a photopolymerization initiator is included, its content is preferably 0.1 to 30 mass %, more preferably 0.1 to 20 mass %, further preferably 0.5 to 15 mass %, and further preferably 1.0 to 10 mass % relative to the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. The photopolymerization initiator may contain only one type or two or more types. When two or more photopolymerization initiators are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
〔光酸產生劑〕 又,本發明的組成物包含光酸產生劑作為光敏劑亦為較佳。 藉由含有光酸產生劑,例如在組成物層的曝光部產生酸而上述曝光部對顯影液(例如,鹼水溶液)的溶解性增大,能夠獲得曝光部被顯影液去除之正型圖案。 又,亦能夠設為如下態樣:藉由組成物含有光酸產生劑和後述除了自由基聚合性化合物以外的聚合性化合物,例如利用在曝光部產生之酸來促進上述聚合性化合物的交聯反應,使得曝光部比非曝光部更不易被顯影液去除。依據這樣的態樣,能夠獲得負型圖案。[Photoacid generator] In addition, it is also preferred that the composition of the present invention contains a photoacid generator as a photosensitizer. By containing a photoacid generator, for example, acid is generated in the exposed part of the composition layer, and the solubility of the exposed part in the developer (for example, alkaline aqueous solution) is increased, and a positive pattern in which the exposed part is removed by the developer can be obtained. In addition, it is also possible to set it as follows: by containing a photoacid generator and a polymerizable compound other than a free radical polymerizable compound described later, for example, the acid generated in the exposed part is used to promote the crosslinking reaction of the polymerizable compound, so that the exposed part is less likely to be removed by the developer than the non-exposed part. According to such an aspect, a negative pattern can be obtained.
作為光酸產生劑,只要為藉由曝光產生酸者,則並無特別限定,可以舉出醌二疊氮化合物、重氮鹽、鏻鹽、鋶鹽、錪鹽等鎓鹽化合物、醯亞胺磺酸鹽、肟磺酸鹽、重氮二碸、二碸、鄰硝基苄基磺酸鹽等磺酸鹽化合物等。The photoacid generator is not particularly limited as long as it generates an acid by exposure, and examples thereof include quinonediazide compounds, onium salt compounds such as diazo salts, phosphonium salts, coronium salts, and iodonium salts, sulfonate compounds such as acylimidesulfonates, oximesulfonates, diazodisulfonates, disulfonates, and o-nitrobenzylsulfonates.
作為醌二疊氮化合物,可以舉出在多羥基化合物上藉由酯鍵結有醌二疊氮的磺酸者、在多胺基化合物上藉由磺醯胺鍵結有醌二疊氮的磺酸者、在多羥基多胺基化合物上藉由酯鍵及磺醯胺鍵中的至少一者鍵結有醌二疊氮的磺酸者等。在本發明中,例如,該等多羥基化合物或多胺基化合物的官能基整體的50莫耳%以上經醌二疊氮基取代為較佳。Examples of the quinone diazide compound include a quinone diazide sulfonic acid bonded to a polyhydroxy compound via an ester bond, a quinone diazide sulfonic acid bonded to a polyamine compound via a sulfonamide bond, a quinone diazide sulfonic acid bonded to a polyhydroxy polyamine compound via an ester bond and a sulfonamide bond, etc. In the present invention, for example, preferably, 50 mol% or more of the functional groups of the polyhydroxy compound or polyamine compound are substituted with quinone diazide groups.
在本發明中,醌二疊氮可以較佳地使用5-萘醌二疊氮磺醯基、4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯基中的任一者。4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物在水銀燈的i射線區域具有吸收,適於i射線曝光。5-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物的吸收擴展到水銀燈的g射線區域,適於g射線曝光。在本發明中,依據曝光波長來選擇4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物、5-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物為較佳。又,可以含有在同一分子中具有4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯基、5-萘醌二疊氮磺醯基之萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物,亦可以含有4-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物和5-萘醌二疊氮磺醯酯化合物。In the present invention, the quinone diazide can preferably use either 5-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl or 4-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl. The 4-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl compound has absorption in the i-ray region of a mercury lamp and is suitable for i-ray exposure. The absorption of the 5-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl compound extends to the g-ray region of a mercury lamp and is suitable for g-ray exposure. In the present invention, it is preferred to select the 4-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl compound or the 5-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl compound according to the exposure wavelength. Furthermore, it may contain a naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl ester compound having a 4-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl group and a 5-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl group in the same molecule, or it may contain a 4-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl ester compound and a 5-naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl ester compound.
上述萘醌二疊氮化合物能夠藉由具有酚性羥基之化合物與醌二疊氮化物磺酸化合物的酯化反應來合成,並且能夠藉由公知的方法來合成。藉由使用該等萘醌二疊氮化合物,進一步提高解析度、靈敏度、殘膜率。 作為上述萘醌二疊氮化合物,例如可以舉出1,2-萘醌-2-二疊氮-5-磺酸或1,2-萘醌-2-二疊氮-4-磺酸、該等化合物的鹽或酯化合物等。The naphthoquinone diazide compound can be synthesized by an esterification reaction of a compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group and a quinone diazide sulfonic acid compound, and can be synthesized by a known method. By using the naphthoquinone diazide compound, the resolution, sensitivity, and residual film rate are further improved. As the naphthoquinone diazide compound, for example, 1,2-naphthoquinone-2-diazido-5-sulfonic acid or 1,2-naphthoquinone-2-diazido-4-sulfonic acid, salts or ester compounds of the compounds, etc. can be cited.
光酸產生劑為包含肟磺酸鹽基之化合物(以下,亦簡稱為“肟磺酸鹽化合物”)亦為較佳。 肟磺酸鹽化合物只要具有肟磺酸鹽基,則並無特別限制,但是下述式(OS-1)、後述式(OS-103)、式(OS-104)或式(OS-105)所表示之肟磺酸鹽化合物為較佳。The photoacid generator is preferably a compound containing an oxime sulfonate group (hereinafter, also referred to as an "oxime sulfonate compound"). The oxime sulfonate compound is not particularly limited as long as it has an oxime sulfonate group, but an oxime sulfonate compound represented by the following formula (OS-1), the later-described formula (OS-103), the formula (OS-104) or the formula (OS-105) is preferred.
[化學式29] [Chemical formula 29]
式(OS-1)中,X3 表示烷基、烷氧基或鹵素原子。在存在複數個X3 之情況下,分別可以相同,亦可以不同。上述X3 中之烷基及烷氧基可以具有取代基。作為上述X3 中之烷基,碳數1~4的直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基為較佳。作為上述X3 中之烷氧基,碳數1~4的直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷氧基為較佳。作為上述X3 中之鹵素原子,氯原子或氟原子為較佳。 式(OS-1)中,m3表示0~3的整數,0或1為較佳。在m3為2或3時,複數個X3 可以相同亦可以不同。 式(OS-1)中,R34 表示烷基或芳基,碳數1~10的烷基、碳數1~10的烷氧基、碳數1~5的鹵化烷基、碳數1~5的鹵化烷氧基、可以經W取代之苯基、可以經W取代之萘基或可以經W取代之蒽基為較佳。W表示鹵素原子、氰基、硝基、碳數1~10的烷基、碳數1~10的烷氧基、碳數1~5的鹵化烷基或碳數1~5的鹵化烷氧基、碳數6~20的芳基、碳數6~20的鹵化芳基。In formula (OS-1), X 3 represents an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or a halogen atom. When there are multiple X 3 , they may be the same or different. The alkyl group and alkoxy group in the above X 3 may have a substituent. As the alkyl group in the above X 3 , a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferred. As the alkoxy group in the above X 3 , a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferred. As the halogen atom in the above X 3 , a chlorine atom or a fluorine atom is preferred. In formula (OS-1), m3 represents an integer of 0 to 3, preferably 0 or 1. When m3 is 2 or 3, the multiple X 3 may be the same or different. In formula (OS-1), R 34 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a phenyl group which may be substituted with W, a naphthyl group which may be substituted with W, or an anthracenyl group which may be substituted with W. W represents a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a halogenated alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a halogenated aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
式(OS-1)中,m3為3、X3 為甲基、X3 的取代位置為鄰位、R34 為碳數1~10的直鏈狀烷基、7,7-二甲基-2-氧代降崁基甲基或對甲苯基的化合物為特佳。In the formula (OS-1), the compound wherein m3 is 3, X3 is methyl, the substitution position of X3 is an ortho position, and R34 is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, 7,7-dimethyl-2-oxonorthomethyl or p-tolyl is particularly preferred.
作為式(OS-1)所表示之肟磺酸鹽化合物的具體例,可以例示出日本特開2011-209692號公報的段落號0064~0068、日本特開2015-194674號公報的段落號0158~0167中所記載之以下化合物,該等內容被編入本說明書中。Specific examples of the oxime sulfonate compound represented by formula (OS-1) include the following compounds described in paragraphs 0064 to 0068 of JP-A-2011-209692 and paragraphs 0158 to 0167 of JP-A-2015-194674, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
[化學式30] [Chemical formula 30]
式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,Rs1 表示烷基、芳基或雜芳基,有時存在複數個之Rs2 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或鹵素原子,有時存在複數個之Rs6 分別獨立地表示鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基、磺酸基、胺基磺醯基或烷氧基磺醯基,Xs表示O或S,ns表示1或2,ms表示0~6的整數。 式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,Rs1 所表示之烷基(碳數1~30為較佳)、芳基(碳數6~30為較佳)或雜芳基(碳數4~30為較佳)可以具有取代基T。In formula (OS-103) to formula (OS-105), R s1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, a plurality of R s2 may exist and each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a halogen atom, a plurality of R s6 may exist and each independently represents a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a sulfonic acid group, an aminosulfonyl group or an alkoxysulfonyl group, Xs represents O or S, ns represents 1 or 2, and ms represents an integer of 0 to 6. In formula (OS-103) to formula (OS-105), the alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms) or heteroaryl group (preferably having 4 to 30 carbon atoms) represented by R s1 may have a substituent T.
式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,Rs2 係氫原子、烷基(碳數1~12為較佳)或芳基(碳數6~30為較佳)為較佳,氫原子或烷基為更佳。在化合物中有時存在2個以上之Rs2 中,1個或2個為烷基、芳基或鹵素原子為較佳,1個為烷基、芳基或鹵素原子為更佳,1個為烷基且其餘為氫原子為特佳。Rs2 所表示之烷基或芳基可以具有取代基T。 式(OS-103)、式(OS-104)或式(OS-105)中,Xs表示O或S,O為較佳。上述式(OS-103)~(OS-105)中,包含Xs作為環員之環為5員環或6員環。In formula (OS-103) to formula (OS-105), R s2 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms) or an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), and a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group is more preferred. In a compound, when there are two or more R s2 , one or two are preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group or a halogen atom, one is more preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group or a halogen atom, and one is particularly preferably an alkyl group and the rest are hydrogen atoms. The alkyl group or aryl group represented by R s2 may have a substituent T. In formula (OS-103), formula (OS-104) or formula (OS-105), Xs represents O or S, and O is preferred. In the above formulae (OS-103) to (OS-105), the ring containing Xs as a ring member is a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.
式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,ns表示1或2,在Xs為O之情況下,ns為1為較佳,並且在Xs為S之情況下,ns為2為較佳。 式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,Rs6 所表示之烷基(碳數1~30為較佳)及烷氧基(碳數1~30為較佳)可以具有取代基。 式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)中,ms表示0~6的整數,0~2的整數為較佳,0或1為更佳,0為特佳。In formula (OS-103) to formula (OS-105), ns represents 1 or 2, and when Xs is O, ns is preferably 1, and when Xs is S, ns is preferably 2. In formula (OS-103) to formula (OS-105), the alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms) and the alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms) represented by Rs6 may have a substituent. In formula (OS-103) to formula (OS-105), ms represents an integer of 0 to 6, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, and particularly preferably 0.
又,上述式(OS-103)所表示之化合物為下述式(OS-106)、式(OS-110)或式(OS-111)所表示之化合物為特佳,上述式(OS-104)所表示之化合物為下述式(OS-107)所表示之化合物為特佳,上述式(OS-105)所表示之化合物為下述式(OS-108)或式(OS-109)所表示之化合物為特佳。 [化學式31] Furthermore, the compound represented by the above formula (OS-103) is particularly preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OS-106), formula (OS-110) or formula (OS-111), the compound represented by the above formula (OS-104) is particularly preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OS-107), and the compound represented by the above formula (OS-105) is particularly preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OS-108) or formula (OS-109). [Chemical Formula 31]
式(OS-106)~式(OS-111)中,Rt1 表示烷基、芳基或雜芳基,Rt7 表示氫原子或溴原子,Rt8 表示氫原子、碳數1~8的烷基、鹵素原子、氯甲基、溴甲基、溴乙基、甲氧基甲基、苯基或氯苯基,Rt9 表示氫原子、鹵素原子、甲基或甲氧基,Rt2 表示氫原子或甲基。 式(OS-106)~式(OS-111)中,Rt7 表示氫原子或溴原子,氫原子為較佳。In formula (OS-106) to formula (OS-111), R t1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, R t7 represents a hydrogen atom or a bromine atom, R t8 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a chloromethyl group, a bromomethyl group, a bromoethyl group, a methoxymethyl group, a phenyl group or a chlorophenyl group, R t9 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a methyl group or a methoxy group, and R t2 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. In formula (OS-106) to formula (OS-111), R t7 represents a hydrogen atom or a bromine atom, and a hydrogen atom is preferably used.
式(OS-106)~式(OS-111)中,Rt8 表示氫原子、碳數1~8的烷基、鹵素原子、氯甲基、溴甲基、溴乙基、甲氧基甲基、苯基或氯苯基,碳數1~8的烷基、鹵素原子或苯基為較佳,碳數1~8的烷基為更佳,碳數1~6的烷基為進一步較佳,甲基為特佳。In formula (OS-106) to formula (OS-111), R t8 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a chloromethyl group, a bromomethyl group, a bromoethyl group, a methoxymethyl group, a phenyl group or a chlorophenyl group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a halogen atom or a phenyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, further preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a methyl group.
式(OS-106)~式(OS-111)中,Rt9 表示氫原子、鹵素原子、甲基或甲氧基,氫原子為較佳。 Rt2 表示氫原子或甲基,氫原子為較佳。 又,在上述肟磺酸鹽化合物中,關於肟的立體結構(E,Z),可以為其中任一者,亦可以為混合物。 作為上述式(OS-103)~式(OS-105)所表示之肟磺酸鹽化合物的具體例,可以例示出日本特開2011-209692號公報的段落號0088~0095、日本特開2015-194674號公報的段落號0168~0194中所記載的化合物,該等內容被編入本說明書中。In formula (OS-106) to formula (OS-111), R t9 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a methyl group or a methoxy group, preferably a hydrogen atom. R t2 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, preferably a hydrogen atom. In addition, in the above-mentioned oxime sulfonate compound, the stereostructure (E, Z) of the oxime may be any one of them or a mixture. As specific examples of the oxime sulfonate compounds represented by the above-mentioned formula (OS-103) to formula (OS-105), the compounds described in paragraphs 0088 to 0095 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-209692 and paragraphs 0168 to 0194 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-194674 can be exemplified, and the contents are incorporated into this specification.
作為包含至少1個肟磺酸鹽基之肟磺酸鹽化合物的較佳的其他態樣,可以舉出下述式(OS-101)、式(OS-102)所表示之化合物。As another preferred embodiment of the oxime sulfonate compound containing at least one oxime sulfonate group, compounds represented by the following formula (OS-101) and formula (OS-102) can be cited.
[化學式32] [Chemical formula 32]
式(OS-101)或式(OS-102)中,Ru9 表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、烷氧基、烷氧羰基、醯基、胺甲醯基、胺磺醯基、磺基、氰基、芳基或雜芳基。Ru9 為氰基或芳基的態樣為更佳,Ru9 為氰基、苯基或萘基的態樣為進一步較佳。 式(OS-101)或式(OS-102)中,Ru2a 表示烷基或芳基。 式(OS-101)或式(OS-102)中,Xu表示-O-、-S-、-NH-、-NRu5 -、-CH2 -、-CRu6 H-或CRu6 Ru7 -,Ru5 ~Ru7 分別獨立地表示烷基或芳基。In formula (OS-101) or (OS-102), R u9 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an acyl group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfonyl group, a sulfonyl group, a cyano group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group. It is more preferred that R u9 is a cyano group or an aryl group, and it is further preferred that R u9 is a cyano group, a phenyl group, or a naphthyl group. In formula (OS-101) or (OS-102), R u2a represents an alkyl group or an aryl group. In formula (OS-101) or (OS-102), Xu represents -O-, -S-, -NH-, -NR u5 -, -CH 2 -, -CR u6 H-, or CR u6 R u7 -, and R u5 to R u7 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group.
式(OS-101)或式(OS-102)中,Ru1 ~Ru4 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、烯基、烷氧基、胺基、烷氧羰基、烷基羰基、芳基羰基、醯胺基、磺基、氰基或芳基。Ru1 ~Ru4 中的2個分別可以彼此鍵結而形成環。此時,環可以進行縮環而與苯環一同形成縮合環。作為Ru1 ~Ru4 ,氫原子、鹵素原子或烷基為較佳,並且Ru1 ~Ru4 中的至少2個彼此鍵結而形成芳基之態樣亦為較佳。其中,Ru1 ~Ru4 均為氫原子的態樣為較佳。上述取代基均還可以具有取代基。In formula (OS-101) or formula (OS-102), R u1 to R u4 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an amide group, a sulfonyl group, a cyano group or an aryl group. Two of R u1 to R u4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. In this case, the ring may be condensed to form a condensed ring together with the benzene ring. As R u1 to R u4 , a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group is preferred, and at least two of R u1 to R u4 are bonded to each other to form an aryl group. Among them, the embodiment in which R u1 to R u4 are all hydrogen atoms is preferred. The above substituents may further have substituents.
上述式(OS-101)所表示之化合物為式(OS-102)所表示之化合物為更佳。 又,在上述肟磺酸鹽化合物中,關於肟或苯并噻唑環的立體結構(E,Z等),分別可以為其中任一者,亦可以為混合物。 作為式(OS-101)所表示之化合物的具體例,可以例示出日本特開2011-209692號公報的段落號0102~0106、日本特開2015-194674號公報的段落號0195~0207中所記載的化合物,該等內容被編入本說明書中。 在上述化合物中,下述b-9、b-16、b-31、b-33為較佳。 [化學式33] The compound represented by the above formula (OS-101) is more preferably a compound represented by the formula (OS-102). In addition, in the above oxime sulfonate compound, the stereostructure (E, Z, etc.) of the oxime or benzothiazole ring may be any one of them, or a mixture. As specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (OS-101), the compounds described in paragraphs 0102 to 0106 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2011-209692 and paragraphs 0195 to 0207 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2015-194674 can be exemplified, and the contents are incorporated into this specification. Among the above compounds, the following b-9, b-16, b-31, and b-33 are preferred. [Chemical Formula 33]
作為鎓鹽化合物或磺酸鹽化合物,可以舉出日本特開2008-013646號公報的0064~0122段中所記載的化合物等。 除此以外,作為光酸產生劑,亦可以使用市售品。作為市售品,可以舉出WPAG-145、WPAG-149、WPAG-170、WPAG-199、WPAG-336、WPAG-367、WPAG-370、WPAG-443、WPAG-469、WPAG-638、WPAG-699(均為FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造)、Omnicat 250、Omnicat 270(均為IGM Resins B.V.公司製造)、Irgacure 250、Irgacure 270、Irgacure 290(均為BASF公司製造)、MBZ-101(Midori Kagaku Co.,Ltd.製造)等。As the onium salt compound or sulfonate salt compound, there can be cited compounds described in paragraphs 0064 to 0122 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2008-013646. In addition, commercially available products can also be used as photoacid generators. Commercially available products include WPAG-145, WPAG-149, WPAG-170, WPAG-199, WPAG-336, WPAG-367, WPAG-370, WPAG-443, WPAG-469, WPAG-638, and WPAG-699 (all manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation), Omnicat 250 and Omnicat 270 (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 250, Irgacure 270, and Irgacure 290 (all manufactured by BASF), and MBZ-101 (manufactured by Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.).
又,作為較佳例,亦可以舉出下述結構式所表示之化合物。 [化學式34] As a more preferred example, the compound represented by the following structural formula can also be cited. [Chemical Formula 34]
作為光酸產生劑,亦能夠適用有機鹵化化合物。作為有機鹵化化合物,具體而言,可以舉出若林等“Bull Chem.Soc Japan”42、2924(1969)、美國專利第3,905,815號說明書、日本特公昭46-004605號、日本特開昭48-036281號、日本特開昭55-032070號、日本特開昭60-239736號、日本特開昭61-169835號、日本特開昭61-169837號、日本特開昭62-058241號、日本特開昭62-212401號、日本特開昭63-070243號、日本特開昭63-298339號、M.P.Hutt“Jurnal of Heterocyclic Chemistry”1(No3),(1970)等中所記載的化合物,尤其可以舉出經三鹵甲基取代之㗁唑化合物:S-三𠯤化合物。 更佳地,可以舉出至少1個單、二或三鹵素取代甲基與s-三𠯤環鍵結而成之s-三𠯤衍生物,具體而言,例如可以舉出2,4,6-三(單氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2,4,6-三(二氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2,4,6-三(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-甲基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-正丙基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(α,α,β-三氯乙基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-苯基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(對甲氧基苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(3,4-環氧苯基)-4、6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(對氯苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-〔1-(對甲氧基苯基)-2,4-丁二烯基〕-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-苯乙烯基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(對甲氧基苯乙烯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(對異丙氧基苯乙烯基)-4、6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(對甲苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-(4-萘氧基萘基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-苯硫基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-苄硫基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-s-三𠯤、2,4,6-三(二溴甲基)-s-三𠯤、2,4,6-三(三溴甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-甲基-4,6-雙(三溴甲基)-s-三𠯤、2-甲氧基-4,6-雙(三溴甲基)-s-三𠯤等。As photoacid generators, organic halogenated compounds can also be used. As organic halogenated compounds, specifically, there can be cited Wakabayashi et al., "Bull Chem. Soc Japan" 42, 2924 (1969), U.S. Patent No. 3,905,815, Japanese Patent Publication No. 46-004605, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 48-036281, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 55-032070, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 60-239736, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 61-169835, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 61-169837, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 62-058241, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 62-212401, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 63-070243, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 63-298339, M.P. Hutt, "Jurnal of Heterocyclic The compounds described in "Chemistry" 1 (No. 3), (1970), etc., in particular, include trihalomethyl-substituted oxadiazole compounds: S-triazole compounds. More preferably, s-triazole derivatives formed by at least one mono-, di- or trihalomethyl-substituted methyl group bonded to the s-triazole ring can be listed. Specifically, for example, 2,4,6-tris(monochloromethyl)-s-triazole, 2,4,6-tris(dichloromethyl)-s-triazole, 2,4,6-tris(trichloromethyl)-s-triazole, 2-methyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazole, 2-n-propyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazole can be listed. -trisinium, 2-(α,α,β-trichloroethyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trisinium, 2-phenyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trisinium, 2-(p-methoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trisinium, 2-(3,4-epoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trisinium, 2-(p-chlorophenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trisinium, 2-〔1-(p-methoxyphenyl)- phenyl)-2,4-butadienyl]-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trisinyl, 2-(p-methoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trisinyl, 2-(p-methoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trisinyl, 2-(p-isopropoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trisinyl, 2-(p-tolyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trisinyl, 2-(4-naphthyloxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-trisinyl, s-triazine, 2-naphthyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-phenylthio-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-benzylthio-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2,4,6-tris(dibromomethyl)-s-triazine, 2,4,6-tris(tribromomethyl)-s-triazine, 2-methyl-4,6-bis(tribromomethyl)-s-triazine, 2-methoxy-4,6-bis(tribromomethyl)-s-triazine, etc.
作為光酸產生劑,亦能夠適用有機硼酸鹽化合物。作為有機硼酸鹽化合物,作為具體例例如可以舉出日本特開昭62-143044號、日本特開昭62-150242號、日本特開平9-188685號、日本特開平9-188686號、日本特開平9-188710號、日本特開2000-131837、日本特開2002-107916、日本專利第2764769號、日本特願2000-310808號等各公報及Kunz,Martin“Rad Tech'98.Proceeding April 19-22,1998,Chicago”等中所記載的有機硼酸鹽、日本特開平6-157623號公報、日本特開平6-175564號公報、日本特開平6-175561號公報中所記載的有機硼鋶錯合物或有機硼氧代鋶錯合物、日本特開平6-175554號公報、日本特開平6-175553號公報中所記載的有機硼錪錯合物、日本特開平9-188710號公報中所記載的有機硼鏻錯合物、日本特開平6-348011號公報、日本特開平7-128785號公報、日本特開平7-140589號公報、日本特開平7-306527號公報、日本特開平7-292014號公報等有機硼過渡金屬配位錯合物等。As the photoacid generator, an organic borate compound can also be used. As the organic borate compound, specific examples thereof include Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-143044, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-150242, Japanese Patent Publication No. 9-188685, Japanese Patent Publication No. 9-188686, Japanese Patent Publication No. 9-188710, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2000-131837, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2002-107916, Japanese Patent No. 2764769, Japanese Patent Application No. 2000-310808, and Kunz, Martin "Rad Tech '98. Proceeding April 19-22, 1998, Chicago" etc., the organic borate salts described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 6-157623, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 6-175564, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 6-175561, the organic boron-zirconium complexes or organic boron-oxygen-zirconium complexes described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 6-175554, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 6-175553 The organic boron transition metal complex described in JP-A-9-188710, the organic boron phosphonium complex described in JP-A-6-348011, JP-A-7-128785, JP-A-7-140589, JP-A-7-306527, JP-A-7-292014, and the like.
作為光酸產生劑,亦能夠適用二碸化合物。作為二碸化合物,可以舉出日本特開昭61-166544號、日本特願2001-132318公報等中所記載之化合物及重氮二碸化合物。As the photoacid generator, a disulfide compound can also be used. Examples of the disulfide compound include compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 61-166544, Japanese Patent Application No. 2001-132318, and diazodisulfide compounds.
作為上述鎓鹽化合物,例如可以舉出S.I.Schlesinger,Photogr.Sci.Eng.,18,387(1974)、T.S.Bal et al,Polymer,21,423(1980)中所記載的重氮鹽、美國專利第4,069,055號說明書、日本特開平4-365049號等中所記載的銨鹽、美國專利第4,069,055號、美國專利第4,069,056號的各說明書中所記載的鏻鹽、歐洲專利第104,143號、美國專利第339,049號、美國專利第410,201號的各說明書、日本特開平2-150848號、日本特開平2-296514號中所記載的錪鹽、歐洲專利第370,693號、歐洲專利第390,214號、歐洲專利第233,567號、歐洲專利第297,443號、歐洲專利第297,442號、美國專利第4,933,377號、美國專利第161,811號、美國專利第410,201號、美國專利第339,049號、美國專利第4,760,013號、美國專利第4,734,444號、美國專利第2,833,827號、德國專利第2,904,626號、德國專利第3,604,580號、德國專利第3,604,581號的各說明書中所記載的鋶鹽、J.V.Crivello et al,Macromolecules,10(6),1307(1977)、J.V.Crivello et al,J.Polymer Sci.,Polymer Chem.Ed.,17,1047(1979)中所記載的硒鹽、C.S.Wen et al,Teh,Proc.Conf.Rad.Curing ASIA,p478 Tokyo,Oct(1988)中所記載的砷鹽、吡啶鎓鹽等鎓鹽等。Examples of the onium salt compounds include S.I.Schlesinger, Photogr. Sci. Eng., 18, 387 (1974), T.S.Bal et al. al, Polymer, 21,423 (1980), the diazonium salts described in U.S. Patent No. 4,069,055, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 4-365049, etc., the phosphonium salts described in the specifications of U.S. Patent No. 4,069,055 and U.S. Patent No. 4,069,056, the specifications of European Patent No. 104,143, U.S. Patent No. 339,049, U.S. Patent No. 410,201, the iodine salts described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2-150848 and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2-296514, European Patent No. 370,693, European Patent No. 390, Copper salts described in the specifications of U.S. Patent No. 214, European Patent No. 233,567, European Patent No. 297,443, European Patent No. 297,442, U.S. Patent No. 4,933,377, U.S. Patent No. 161,811, U.S. Patent No. 410,201, U.S. Patent No. 339,049, U.S. Patent No. 4,760,013, U.S. Patent No. 4,734,444, U.S. Patent No. 2,833,827, German Patent No. 2,904,626, German Patent No. 3,604,580, German Patent No. 3,604,581, J.V. Crivello et al, Macromolecules, 10 (6), 1307 (1977), selenium salts described in J.V.Crivello et al, J.Polymer Sci., Polymer Chem.Ed., 17, 1047 (1979), arsenic salts described in C.S.Wen et al, Teh, Proc.Conf.Rad.Curing ASIA, p478 Tokyo, Oct (1988), pyridinium salts and the like.
作為鎓鹽,可以舉出下述通式(RI-I)~(RI-III)所表示之鎓鹽。 [化學式35] 式(RI-I)中,Ar11 表示可以具有1~6個取代基之碳數20以下的芳基,作為較佳的取代基,可以舉出碳數1~12的烷基、碳數1~12的烯基、碳數1~12的炔基、碳數1~12的芳基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、碳數1~12的芳氧基、鹵素原子、碳數1~12的烷基胺基、碳數1~12的二烷基胺基、碳數1~12的烷基醯胺基或芳基醯胺基、羰基、羧基、氰基、磺醯基、碳數1~12的硫代烷基、碳數1~12的硫代芳基。Z11 - 表示1價的陰離子,為鹵素離子、過氯酸離子、六氟磷酸鹽離子、四氟硼酸鹽離子、磺酸離子、亞磺酸離子、硫代磺酸離子、硫酸離子,從穩定性的方面考慮,過氯酸離子、六氟磷酸鹽離子、四氟硼酸鹽離子、磺酸離子、亞磺酸離子為較佳。式(RI-II)中,Ar21 、Ar22 各自獨立地表示可以具有1~6個取代基之碳數20以下的芳基,作為較佳的取代基,可以舉出碳數1~12的烷基、碳數1~12的烯基、碳數1~12的炔基、碳數1~12的芳基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、碳數1~12的芳氧基、鹵素原子、碳數1~12的烷基胺基、碳數1~12的二烷基胺基、碳數1~12的烷基醯胺基或芳基醯胺基、羰基、羧基、氰基、磺醯基、碳數1~12的硫代烷基、碳數1~12的硫代芳基。Z21 - 表示1價的陰離子,為鹵素離子、過氯酸離子、六氟磷酸鹽離子、四氟硼酸鹽離子、磺酸離子、亞磺酸離子、硫代磺酸離子、硫酸離子,從穩定性、反應性的方面考慮,過氯酸離子、六氟磷酸鹽離子、四氟硼酸鹽離子、磺酸離子、亞磺酸離子、羧酸離子為較佳。式(RI-III)中,R31 、R32 、R33 各自獨立地表示可以具有1~6個取代基之碳數20以下的芳基或烷基、烯基、炔基,較佳地,從反應性、穩定性的方面考慮,芳基為較佳。作為較佳的取代基,可以舉出碳數1~12的烷基、碳數1~12的烯基、碳數1~12的炔基、碳數1~12的芳基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、碳數1~12的芳氧基、鹵素原子、碳數1~12的烷基胺基、碳數1~12的二烷基胺基、碳數1~12的烷基醯胺基或芳基醯胺基、羰基、羧基、氰基、磺醯基、碳數1~12的硫代烷基、碳數1~12的硫代芳基。Z31 - 表示1價的陰離子,為鹵素離子、過氯酸離子、六氟磷酸鹽離子、四氟硼酸鹽離子、磺酸離子、亞磺酸離子、硫代磺酸離子、硫酸離子,從穩定性、反應性的方面考慮,過氯酸離子、六氟磷酸鹽離子、四氟硼酸鹽離子、磺酸離子、亞磺酸離子、羧酸離子為較佳。Examples of the onium salt include onium salts represented by the following general formulas (RI-I) to (RI-III). [Chemical Formula 35] In formula (RI-I), Ar 11 represents an aryl group having 20 or less carbon atoms which may have 1 to 6 substituents. Preferred substituents include an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryloxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, an alkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a dialkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkylamide group or an arylamide group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a sulfonyl group, a thioalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a thioaryl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Z 11 - represents a monovalent anion, which is a halogen ion, a perchlorate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a sulfonic acid ion, a sulfinic acid ion, a thiosulfonic acid ion, or a sulfate ion. In view of stability, perchlorate ions, hexafluorophosphate ions, tetrafluoroborate ions, sulfonic acid ions, and sulfinic acid ions are preferred. In formula (RI-II), Ar 21 and Ar 22 each independently represent an aryl group having 20 or less carbon atoms which may have 1 to 6 substituents. Preferred substituents include an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryloxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, an alkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a dialkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkylamide group or an arylamide group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a sulfonyl group, a thioalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a thioaryl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Z21- represents a monovalent anion, which is a halogen ion, a perchlorate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a sulfonic acid ion, a sulfinic acid ion, a thiosulfonic acid ion, or a sulfate ion. In terms of stability and reactivity, perchlorate ions, hexafluorophosphate ions, tetrafluoroborate ions, sulfonic acid ions, sulfinic acid ions, or carboxylic acid ions are preferred. In formula (RI-III), R31 , R32 , and R33 each independently represent an aryl group or an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group having 20 or less carbon atoms and which may have 1 to 6 substituents. In terms of reactivity and stability, an aryl group is preferred. Preferred substituents include an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an aryloxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, an alkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a dialkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkylamide group or an arylamide group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a sulfonyl group, a thioalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a thioaryl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Z 31 - represents a monovalent anion, which is a halogen ion, a perchlorate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a sulfonic acid ion, a sulfinic acid ion, a thiosulfonic acid ion, or a sulfate ion. In view of stability and reactivity, perchlorate ions, hexafluorophosphate ions, tetrafluoroborate ions, sulfonic acid ions, sulfinic acid ions, and carboxylic acid ions are preferred.
作為具體例,可以舉出以下者。 [化學式36] [化學式37] [化學式38] [化學式39] As a specific example, the following can be cited. [Chemical formula 36] [Chemical formula 37] [Chemical formula 38] [Chemical formula 39]
在包含光酸產生劑之情況下,其含量相對於本發明的組成物的總固體成分為0.1~30質量%為較佳,0.1~20質量%為更佳,2~15質量%為進一步較佳。光酸產酸劑可以僅含有一種,亦可以含有兩種以上。在含有兩種以上的光酸產酸劑之情況下,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。When a photoacid generator is included, its content is preferably 0.1 to 30 mass %, more preferably 0.1 to 20 mass %, and even more preferably 2 to 15 mass % relative to the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. The photoacid generator may contain only one type or two or more types. When two or more types of photoacid generators are contained, their total content is preferably within the above range.
<熱聚合起始劑> 本發明的組成物可以包含熱聚合起始劑,尤其可以包含熱自由基聚合起始劑。熱自由基聚合起始劑為藉由熱能而產生自由基來引發或促進具有聚合性之化合物的聚合反應之化合物。藉由添加熱自由基聚合起始劑,在後述加熱步驟中亦能夠進行樹脂及聚合性化合物的聚合反應,因此能夠進一步提高耐溶劑性。<Thermal polymerization initiator> The composition of the present invention may contain a thermal polymerization initiator, and in particular, may contain a thermal free radical polymerization initiator. A thermal free radical polymerization initiator is a compound that generates free radicals by heat energy to initiate or promote the polymerization reaction of a polymerizable compound. By adding a thermal free radical polymerization initiator, the polymerization reaction of the resin and the polymerizable compound can also be carried out in the heating step described later, thereby further improving the solvent resistance.
作為熱自由基聚合起始劑,具體而言,可以舉出日本特開2008-063554號公報的0074~0118段中所記載之化合物。Specific examples of the thermal radical polymerization initiator include compounds described in paragraphs 0074 to 0118 of JP-A-2008-063554.
在包含熱聚合起始劑之情況下,其含量相對於本發明的組成物的總固體成分為0.1~30質量%為較佳,更佳為0.1~20質量%,進一步較佳為5~15質量%。熱聚合起始劑可以僅含有一種,亦可以含有兩種以上。在含有兩種以上的熱聚合起始劑之情況下,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。When a thermal polymerization initiator is included, its content is preferably 0.1 to 30 mass %, more preferably 0.1 to 20 mass %, and further preferably 5 to 15 mass % relative to the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. The thermal polymerization initiator may contain only one kind or two or more kinds. When two or more thermal polymerization initiators are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<熱酸產生劑> 本發明的組成物可以包含熱酸產生劑。 熱酸產生劑具有如下效果:藉由加熱產生酸來促進選自具有羥基甲基、烷氧基甲基或醯氧基甲基之化合物、環氧化合物、氧環丁烷化合物及苯并㗁𠯤化合物中之至少一種化合物的交聯反應。<Thermal acid generator> The composition of the present invention may contain a thermal acid generator. The thermal acid generator has the following effect: by generating an acid by heating, the cross-linking reaction of at least one compound selected from compounds having a hydroxymethyl group, an alkoxymethyl group or an acyloxymethyl group, an epoxy compound, an oxobutane compound and a benzophenone compound is promoted.
熱酸產生劑的熱分解開始溫度為50℃~270℃為較佳,50℃~250℃為更佳。又,若選擇將組成物塗佈於基板之後進行乾燥(預烘烤:約70~140℃)時不產生酸,而在之後的曝光、顯影中進行圖案化之後進行最終加熱(硬化:約100~400℃)時產生酸者作為熱酸產生劑,則能夠抑制顯影時的靈敏度下降,因此為較佳。 關於熱分解開始溫度,在將熱酸產生劑在耐壓膠囊中以5℃/分鐘加熱至500℃之情況下,作為溫度最低的發熱峰值的峰值溫度而求出。 作為測定熱分解開始溫度時所使用之設備,可以舉出Q2000(TA Instruments公司製造)等。The thermal decomposition start temperature of the thermal acid generator is preferably 50°C to 270°C, and more preferably 50°C to 250°C. In addition, if a thermal acid generator is selected that does not generate acid when the composition is applied to the substrate and dried (pre-baking: about 70 to 140°C), but generates acid when patterned in the subsequent exposure and development and then finally heated (hardening: about 100 to 400°C), it is preferred because it can suppress the decrease in sensitivity during development. Regarding the thermal decomposition start temperature, the peak temperature of the lowest temperature heat peak is obtained when the thermal acid generator is heated to 500°C at 5°C/min in a pressure-resistant capsule. As an instrument used to measure the thermal decomposition starting temperature, Q2000 (manufactured by TA Instruments) and the like can be cited.
從熱酸產生劑產生之酸為強酸為較佳,例如為對甲苯磺酸、苯磺酸等芳基磺酸、甲磺酸、乙磺酸、丁磺酸等烷基磺酸或三氟甲磺酸等鹵代烷基磺酸等為較佳。作為這樣的熱酸產生劑的例子,可以舉出日本特開2013-072935號公報的0055段中所記載者。The acid generated from the thermal acid generator is preferably a strong acid, for example, an arylsulfonic acid such as p-toluenesulfonic acid and benzenesulfonic acid, an alkylsulfonic acid such as methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, butanesulfonic acid, or a halogenated alkylsulfonic acid such as trifluoromethanesulfonic acid. Examples of such thermal acid generators include those described in paragraph 0055 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-072935.
其中,從有機膜中的殘留少而不易使有機膜物性下降之觀點考慮,產生碳數1~4的烷基磺酸或碳數1~4的鹵代烷基磺酸者為更佳,甲磺酸(4-羥基苯基)二甲基鋶、甲磺酸(4-((甲氧基羰基)氧基)苯基)二甲基鋶、甲磺酸苄基(4-羥基苯基)甲基鋶、甲磺酸苄基(4-((甲氧基羰基)氧基)苯基)甲基鋶、甲磺酸(4-羥基苯基)甲基((2-甲基苯基)甲基)鋶、三氟甲磺酸(4-羥基苯基)二甲基鋶、三氟甲磺酸(4-((甲氧基羰基)氧基)苯基)二甲基鋶、三氟甲磺酸苄基(4-羥基苯基)甲基鋶、三氟甲磺酸苄基(4-((甲氧基羰基)氧基)苯基)甲基鋶、三氟甲磺酸(4-羥基苯基)甲基((2-甲基苯基)甲基)鋶、3-(5-(((丙基磺醯基)氧基)亞胺基)噻吩-2(5H)-亞基)-2-(鄰甲苯基)丙腈、2,2-雙(3-(甲烷磺醯基胺基)-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷作為熱酸產生劑而較佳。Among them, from the viewpoint of less residue in the organic film and less deterioration of the physical properties of the organic film, those that produce alkylsulfonic acids having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or halogenated alkylsulfonic acids having 1 to 4 carbon atoms are more preferred, including (4-hydroxyphenyl)dimethylcopperium methanesulfonate, (4-((methoxycarbonyl)oxy)phenyl)dimethylcopperium methanesulfonate, benzyl(4-hydroxyphenyl)methylcopperium methanesulfonate, benzyl(4-((methoxycarbonyl)oxy)phenyl)methylcopperium methanesulfonate, (4-hydroxyphenyl)methyl((2-methylphenyl)methyl)copperium methanesulfonate, (4-hydroxyphenyl)dimethylcopperium trifluoromethanesulfonate, Preferred as the thermal acid generator are (4-((methoxycarbonyl)oxy)phenyl)dimethylcopperium trifluoromethanesulfonate, benzyl(4-hydroxyphenyl)methylcopperium trifluoromethanesulfonate, benzyl(4-((methoxycarbonyl)oxy)phenyl)methylcopperium trifluoromethanesulfonate, (4-hydroxyphenyl)methyl((2-methylphenyl)methyl)copperium trifluoromethanesulfonate, 3-(5-(((propylsulfonyl)oxy)imino)thiophen-2(5H)-ylidene)-2-(o-tolyl)propionitrile, and 2,2-bis(3-(methanesulfonylamino)-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane.
又,日本特開2013-167742號公報的0059段中所記載的化合物亦作為熱酸產生劑而較佳。Furthermore, the compound described in paragraph 0059 of JP-A-2013-167742 is also preferred as a thermal acid generator.
熱酸產生劑的含量相對於特定樹脂100質量份為0.01質量份以上為較佳,0.1質量份以上為更佳。藉由含有0.01質量份以上來促進交聯反應,因此能夠進一步提高有機膜的機械特性及耐溶劑性。又,從有機膜的電絕緣性的觀點考慮,20質量份以下為較佳,15質量份以下為更佳,10質量份以下為進一步較佳。The content of the thermal acid generator is preferably 0.01 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more, relative to 100 parts by mass of the specific resin. By containing 0.01 parts by mass or more, the crosslinking reaction is promoted, thereby further improving the mechanical properties and solvent resistance of the organic film. In addition, from the perspective of the electrical insulation of the organic film, 20 parts by mass or less is preferably, 15 parts by mass or less is more preferably, and 10 parts by mass or less is even more preferably.
<鎓鹽> 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物還可以包含鎓鹽。 尤其,在本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚苯并㗁唑前驅物作為特定樹脂之情況下,包含鎓鹽為較佳。 鎓鹽的種類等並無特別規定,可以較佳地舉出銨鹽、亞銨(Iminium)鹽、鋶鹽、錪鹽或鏻鹽。 在該等之中,從熱穩定性高的觀點考慮,銨鹽或亞銨鹽為較佳,從與聚合物的相容性的觀點考慮,鋶鹽、錪鹽或鏻鹽為較佳。<Onium salt> The curable resin composition of the present invention may further contain an onium salt. In particular, when the curable resin composition of the present invention contains a polyimide precursor or a polybenzoxazole precursor as a specific resin, it is preferable to contain an onium salt. The type of onium salt is not particularly specified, and ammonium salts, ammonium salts, stibnium salts, iodine salts, or phosphonium salts can be preferably cited. Among them, ammonium salts or ammonium salts are preferred from the viewpoint of high thermal stability, and stibnium salts, iodonium salts or phosphonium salts are preferred from the viewpoint of compatibility with polymers.
又,鎓鹽為具有鎓結構之陽離子與陰離子的鹽,上述陽離子和陰離子可以經由共價鍵鍵結,亦可以不經由共價鍵鍵結。 亦即,鎓鹽可以為在同一分子結構內具有陽離子部分和陰離子部分之分子內鹽,亦可以為分別為不同分子的陽離子分子和陰離子分子進行離子鍵結而成之分子間鹽,但是分子間鹽為較佳。又,在本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物中,上述陽離子部分或陽離子分子和上述陰離子部分或陰離子分子可以藉由離子鍵鍵結,亦可以解離。 作為鎓鹽中之陽離子,銨陽離子、吡啶鎓陽離子、鋶陽離子、錪陽離子或鏻陽離子為較佳,選自包括四烷基銨陽離子、鋶陽離子及錪陽離子的群組中之至少一種陽離子為更佳。Furthermore, the onium salt is a salt of a cation and anion having an onium structure, and the cation and anion may be bonded by covalent bonding or not. That is, the onium salt may be an intramolecular salt having a cation part and anion part in the same molecular structure, or an intermolecular salt formed by ionic bonding between cation molecules and anion molecules of different molecules, but intermolecular salts are preferred. Furthermore, in the curable resin composition of the present invention, the cation part or cation molecule and the anion part or anion molecule may be bonded by ionic bonding or may be dissociated. As the cation in the onium salt, ammonium cation, pyridinium cation, coronium cation, iodine cation or phosphonium cation is preferred, and at least one cation selected from the group consisting of tetraalkylammonium cation, coronium cation and iodine cation is more preferred.
本發明中所使用之鎓鹽可以為後述熱鹼產生劑。 熱鹼產生劑是指藉由加熱而產生鹼之化合物,例如可以舉出加熱至40℃以上時產生鹼之化合物等。The onium salt used in the present invention may be a thermal alkali generator described below. The thermal alkali generator refers to a compound that generates an alkali by heating, for example, a compound that generates an alkali when heated to 40°C or above.
〔銨鹽〕 在本發明中,銨鹽表示銨陽離子與陰離子的鹽。[Ammonium salt] In the present invention, ammonium salt refers to a salt of ammonium cations and anions.
-銨陽離子- 作為銨陽離子,四級銨陽離子為較佳。 又,作為銨陽離子,下述式(101)所表示之陽離子為較佳。 [化學式40] 式(101)中,R1 ~R4 分別獨立地表示氫原子或烴基,R1 ~R4 中的至少2個分別可以鍵結而形成環。-Ammonium cation- As the ammonium cation, a quaternary ammonium cation is preferred. Furthermore, as the ammonium cation, a cation represented by the following formula (101) is preferred. [Chemical formula 40] In formula (101), R 1 to R 4 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, and at least two of R 1 to R 4 may be bonded to form a ring.
式(101)中,R1 ~R4 分別獨立地為烴基為較佳,烷基或芳基為更佳,碳數1~10的烷基或碳數6~12的芳基為進一步較佳。R1 ~R4 可以具有取代基,作為取代基的例子,可以舉出羥基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、芳基羰基、烷基羰基、烷氧羰基、芳氧基羰基、醯氧基等。 在R1 ~R4 中的至少2個分別鍵結而形成環之情況下,上述環可以包含雜原子。作為上述雜原子,可以舉出氮原子。In formula (101), R 1 to R 4 are each independently preferably a alkyl group, more preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, and further preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. R 1 to R 4 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, and an acyloxy group. When at least two of R 1 to R 4 are bonded to form a ring, the ring may contain a heteroatom. Examples of the heteroatom include a nitrogen atom.
銨陽離子由下述式(Y1-1)及(Y1-2)中的任一個表示為較佳。 [化學式41] The ammonium cation is preferably represented by any one of the following formulas (Y1-1) and (Y1-2). [Chemical Formula 41]
式(Y1-1)及(Y1-2)中,R101 表示n價的有機基,R1 與式(101)中之R1 的含義相同,Ar101 及Ar102 分別獨立地表示芳基,n表示1以上的整數。 式(Y1-1)中,R101 為從脂肪族烴、芳香族烴或該等鍵結而成之結構中去除n個氫原子而成之基團為較佳,從碳數2~30的飽和脂肪族烴、苯或萘中去除n個氫原子而成之基團為更佳。 式(Y1-1)中,n為1~4為較佳,1或2為更佳,1為進一步較佳。 式(Y1-2)中,Ar101 及Ar102 分別獨立地為苯基或萘基為較佳,苯基為更佳。In formula (Y1-1) and (Y1-2), R101 represents an n-valent organic group, R1 has the same meaning as R1 in formula (101), Ar101 and Ar102 each independently represent an aromatic group, and n represents an integer greater than 1. In formula (Y1-1), R101 is preferably a group formed by removing n hydrogen atoms from an aliphatic hydrocarbon, an aromatic hydrocarbon, or a structure formed by such a bond, and more preferably a group formed by removing n hydrogen atoms from a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, benzene, or naphthalene. In formula (Y1-1), n is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 1. In formula (Y1-2), Ar 101 and Ar 102 are each independently preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group.
-陰離子- 作為銨鹽中之陰離子,選自羧酸陰離子、酚陰離子、磷酸陰離子及硫酸陰離子中之一種為較佳,出於兼顧鹽的穩定性和熱分解性之原因,羧酸陰離子為更佳。亦即,銨鹽為銨陽離子與羧酸陰離子的鹽為更佳。 羧酸陰離子為具有2個以上的羧基之2價以上的羧酸的陰離子為較佳,2價的羧酸的陰離子為更佳。依據該態樣,能夠進一步提高硬化性樹脂組成物的穩定性、硬化性及顯影性。尤其,藉由使用2價的羧酸的陰離子,能夠進一步提高硬化性樹脂組成物的穩定性、硬化性及顯影性。-Anions- As the anion in the ammonium salt, one selected from carboxylic acid anions, phenol anions, phosphoric acid anions and sulfuric acid anions is preferred, and carboxylic acid anions are more preferred for the sake of both stability and thermal decomposition of the salt. That is, the ammonium salt is preferably a salt of ammonium cation and carboxylic acid anions. The carboxylic acid anion is preferably an anion of a divalent or higher carboxylic acid having two or more carboxyl groups, and an anion of a divalent carboxylic acid is more preferred. According to this aspect, the stability, curability and developing properties of the curable resin composition can be further improved. In particular, by using anions of divalent carboxylic acids, the stability, curability, and developing properties of the curable resin composition can be further improved.
羧酸陰離子由下述式(X1)表示為較佳。 [化學式42] 式(X1)中,EWG表示拉電子基團。The carboxylic acid anion is preferably represented by the following formula (X1). [Chemical Formula 42] In formula (X1), EWG represents an electron-withdrawing group.
在本實施形態中,拉電子基團表示哈米特取代基常數σm示出正值者。在此,σm在都野雄甫總說、有機合成化學協會誌第23卷第8號(1965)p.631-642中有詳細說明。另外,本實施形態中之拉電子基團並不限定於上述文獻中所記載之取代基。 作為σm示出正值之取代基的例子,可以舉出CF3 基(σm=0.43)、CF3 C(=O)基(σm=0.63)、HC≡C基(σm=0.21)、CH2 =CH基(σm=0.06)、Ac基(σm=0.38)、MeOC(=O)基(σm=0.37)、MeC(=O)CH=CH基(σm=0.21)、PhC(=O)基(σm=0.34)、H2 NC(=O)CH2 基(σm=0.06)等。另外,Me表示甲基,Ac表示乙醯基,Ph表示苯基(以下相同)。In the present embodiment, the electron-withdrawing group indicates that the Hammett substituent constant σm shows a positive value. Here, σm is described in detail in Yufu Mitsuno's General Commentary, Journal of the Organic Synthetic Chemistry Association, Vol. 23, No. 8 (1965), p. 631-642. In addition, the electron-withdrawing group in the present embodiment is not limited to the substituents described in the above literature. Examples of substituents having a positive value for σm include CF 3 group (σm=0.43), CF 3 C (=O) group (σm=0.63), HC≡C group (σm=0.21), CH 2 =CH group (σm=0.06), Ac group (σm=0.38), MeOC (=O) group (σm=0.37), MeC (=O) CH=CH group (σm=0.21), PhC (=O) group (σm=0.34), H 2 NC (=O) CH 2 group (σm=0.06), etc. In addition, Me represents a methyl group, Ac represents an acetyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group (the same shall apply hereinafter).
EWG為下述式(EWG-1)~(EWG-6)所表示之基團為較佳。 [化學式43] 式(EWG-1)~(EWG-6)中,Rx1 ~Rx3 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、芳基、羥基或羧基,Ar表示芳香族基。Preferably, EWG is a group represented by the following formula (EWG-1) to (EWG-6). [Chemical Formula 43] In formulae (EWG-1) to (EWG-6), R x1 to R x3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group, and Ar represents an aromatic group.
在本發明中,羧酸陰離子由下述式(XA)表示為較佳。 [化學式44] 式(XA)中,L10 表示單鍵或選自包括伸烷基、伸烯基、芳香族基、-NRX -及該等的組合的群組中之2價的連接基,RX 表示氫原子、烷基、烯基或芳基。In the present invention, the carboxylic acid anion is preferably represented by the following formula (XA). [Chemical Formula 44] In formula (XA), L 10 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group selected from the group consisting of an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an aromatic group, -NR X -, and a combination thereof, and RX represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an aryl group.
作為羧酸陰離子的具體例,可以舉出順丁烯二酸陰離子、鄰苯二甲酸陰離子、N-苯基亞胺基二乙酸陰離子及草酸陰離子。Specific examples of the carboxylic acid anion include a maleic acid anion, a phthalic acid anion, an N-phenyliminodiacetic acid anion, and an oxalic acid anion.
從在低溫下容易進行含有雜環聚合物之前驅物的環化且容易提高硬化性樹脂組成物的保存穩定性之觀點考慮,本發明中之鎓鹽包含銨陽離子作為陽離子,上述鎓鹽包含共軛酸的pKa(pKaH)為2.5以下的陰離子作為陰離子為較佳,包含1.8以下的陰離子為更佳。 上述pKa的下限並無特別限定,但是從所產生之鹼不易被中和且使含有雜環聚合物之前驅物等的環化效率變得良好之觀點考慮,-3以上為較佳,-2以上為更佳。 作為上述pKa,能夠參閱Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods(著者:Brown,H.C.,McDaniel,D.H.,Hafliger,O.,Nachod,F.C.;編纂:Braude,E.A.,Nachod,F.C.;Academic Press,New York,1955)或Data for Biochemical Research(著者:Dawson,R.M.C.et al;Oxford,Clarendon Press,1959)中所記載的值。關於未記載於該等文獻中之化合物,利用使用ACD/pKa(ACD/Labs製造)的軟體並依據結構式計算出之值。From the viewpoint of facilitating the cyclization of the pre-driver containing the heterocyclic polymer at low temperature and improving the storage stability of the curable resin composition, the onium salt in the present invention contains ammonium cations as cations, and the onium salt contains anions having a pKa (pKaH) of 2.5 or less of the conjugated acid as anions, and more preferably contains anions having a pKa of 1.8 or less. The lower limit of the above pKa is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint that the generated base is not easily neutralized and the cyclization efficiency of the pre-driver containing the heterocyclic polymer is improved, -3 or more is preferred, and -2 or more is more preferred. As the above pKa, the values described in Determination of Organic Structures by Physical Methods (Author: Brown, H.C., McDaniel, D.H., Hafliger, O., Nachod, F.C.; Editor: Braude, E.A., Nachod, F.C.; Academic Press, New York, 1955) or Data for Biochemical Research (Author: Dawson, R.M.C. et al; Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1959) can be referred to. For compounds not described in these documents, values calculated from the structural formula using ACD/pKa (manufactured by ACD/Labs) software were used.
作為銨鹽的具體例,可以舉出以下化合物,但是本發明並不限定於該等。 [化學式45] As specific examples of ammonium salts, the following compounds can be cited, but the present invention is not limited thereto. [Chemical Formula 45]
〔亞銨鹽〕 在本發明中,亞銨鹽表示亞銨陽離子與陰離子的鹽。作為陰離子,可以例示出與上述銨鹽中之陰離子相同者,較佳態樣亦相同。[Ammonium salt] In the present invention, ammonium salt means a salt of an ammonium cation and an anion. Examples of anions include the same anions as those in the above-mentioned ammonium salts, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
-亞銨陽離子- 作為亞銨陽離子,吡啶鎓陽離子為較佳。 又,作為亞銨陽離子,下述式(102)所表示之陽離子亦為較佳。 [化學式46] -Ammonium cation- As the ammonium cation, pyridinium cation is preferred. Also, as the ammonium cation, the cation represented by the following formula (102) is also preferred. [Chemical formula 46]
式(102)中,R5 及R6 分別獨立地表示氫原子或烴基,R7 表示烴基,R5 ~R7 中的至少2個分別可以鍵結而形成環。 式(102)中,R5 及R6 與上述式(101)中之R1 ~R4 的含義相同,較佳態樣亦相同。 式(102)中,R7 與R5 及R6 中的至少1個鍵結而形成環為較佳。上述環可以包含雜原子。作為上述雜原子,可以舉出氮原子。又,作為上述環,吡啶環為較佳。In formula (102), R5 and R6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a alkyl group, R7 represents a alkyl group, and at least two of R5 to R7 may be bonded to form a ring. In formula (102), R5 and R6 have the same meanings as R1 to R4 in formula (101), and preferred embodiments are also the same. In formula (102), it is preferred that R7 is bonded to at least one of R5 and R6 to form a ring. The ring may contain a heteroatom. As the heteroatom, a nitrogen atom may be mentioned. In addition, as the ring, a pyridine ring is preferred.
亞銨陽離子為由下述式(Y1-3)~(Y1-5)中的任一個表示者為較佳。 [化學式47] 式(Y1-3)~(Y1-5)中,R101 表示n價的有機基,R5 與式(102)中之R5 的含義相同,R7 與式(102)中之R7 的含義相同,n及m表示1以上的整數。 式(Y1-3)中,R101 為從脂肪族烴、芳香族烴或該等鍵結而成之結構中去除n個氫原子而成之基團為較佳,從碳數2~30的飽和脂肪族烴、苯或萘中去除n個氫原子而成之基團為更佳。 式(Y1-3)中,n為1~4為較佳,1或2為更佳,1為進一步較佳。 式(Y1-5)中,m為0~4為較佳,1或2為更佳,1為進一步較佳。The ammonium cation is preferably represented by any one of the following formulas (Y1-3) to (Y1-5). [Chemical Formula 47] In formula (Y1-3) to (Y1-5), R101 represents an n-valent organic group, R5 has the same meaning as R5 in formula (102), R7 has the same meaning as R7 in formula (102), and n and m represent integers greater than 1. In formula (Y1-3), R101 is preferably a group formed by removing n hydrogen atoms from an aliphatic hydrocarbon, an aromatic hydrocarbon, or a structure formed by such a bond, and more preferably a group formed by removing n hydrogen atoms from a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, benzene, or naphthalene. In formula (Y1-3), n is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 1. In formula (Y1-5), m is preferably 0 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 1.
作為亞銨鹽的具體例,可以舉出以下化合物,但是本發明並不限定於該等。 [化學式48] As specific examples of ammonium salts, the following compounds can be cited, but the present invention is not limited to them. [Chemical Formula 48]
〔鋶鹽〕 在本發明中,鋶鹽表示鋶陽離子與陰離子的鹽。作為陰離子,可以例示出與上述銨鹽中之陰離子相同者,較佳態樣亦相同。[Zirconium salt] In the present invention, the zinc salt refers to a salt of zinc cation and anion. As the anion, the same anion as that in the above-mentioned ammonium salt can be exemplified, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
-鋶陽離子- 作為鋶陽離子,三級鋶陽離子為較佳,三芳基鋶陽離子為更佳。 又,作為鋶陽離子,下述式(103)所表示之陽離子為較佳。 [化學式49] - Copper cation - As the copper cation, a tertiary copper cation is preferred, and a triaryl copper cation is more preferred. In addition, as the copper cation, a cation represented by the following formula (103) is preferred. [Chemical Formula 49]
式(103)中,R8 ~R10 分別獨立地表示烴基。 R8 ~R10 分別獨立地為烷基或芳基為較佳,碳數1~10的烷基或碳數6~12的芳基為更佳,碳數6~12的芳基為進一步較佳,苯基為進一步較佳。 R8 ~R10 可以具有取代基,作為取代基的例子,可以舉出羥基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、芳基羰基、烷基羰基、烷氧羰基、芳氧基羰基、醯氧基等。在該等之中,作為取代基,具有烷基或烷氧基為較佳,具有支鏈烷基或烷氧基為更佳,具有碳數3~10的支鏈烷基或碳數1~10的烷氧基為進一步較佳。 R8 ~R10 可以為相同之基團,亦可以為不同之基團,但是從合成適性上的觀點考慮,相同之基團為較佳。In formula (103), R 8 to R 10 each independently represents a alkyl group. R 8 to R 10 each independently represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably a phenyl group. R 8 to R 10 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, and an acyloxy group. Among these, as a substituent, an alkyl group or an alkoxy group is preferred, a branched alkyl group or an alkoxy group is more preferred, and a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferred. R 8 to R 10 may be the same group or different groups, but from the viewpoint of synthetic suitability, the same group is preferred.
作為鋶鹽的具體例,可以舉出以下化合物,但是本發明並不限定於該等。 [化學式50] As specific examples of the cobalt salt, the following compounds can be cited, but the present invention is not limited thereto. [Chemical Formula 50]
〔錪鹽〕 在本發明中,錪鹽表示錪陽離子與陰離子的鹽。作為陰離子,可以例示出與上述銨鹽中之陰離子相同者,較佳態樣亦相同。[Iodine salt] In the present invention, an iodine salt refers to a salt of an iodine cation and an anion. Examples of anions include the same anions as those in the above-mentioned ammonium salts, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
-錪陽離子- 作為錪陽離子,二芳基錪陽離子為較佳。 又,作為錪陽離子,下述式(104)所表示之陽離子為較佳。 [化學式51] -Ion cation- As the iodine cation, a diaryl iodine cation is preferred. Also, as the iodine cation, a cation represented by the following formula (104) is preferred. [Chemical Formula 51]
式(104)中,R11 及R12 分別獨立地表示烴基。 R11 及R12 分別獨立地為烷基或芳基為較佳,碳數1~10的烷基或碳數6~12的芳基為更佳,碳數6~12的芳基為進一步較佳,苯基為進一步較佳。 R11 及R12 可以具有取代基,作為取代基的例子,可以舉出羥基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、芳基羰基、烷基羰基、烷氧羰基、芳氧基羰基、醯氧基等。在該等之中,作為取代基,具有烷基或烷氧基為較佳,具有支鏈烷基或烷氧基為更佳,具有碳數3~10的支鏈烷基或碳數1~10的烷氧基為進一步較佳。 R11 及R12 可以為相同之基團,亦可以為不同之基團,但是從合成適性上的觀點考慮,相同之基團為較佳。In formula (104), R 11 and R 12 each independently represent a alkyl group. R 11 and R 12 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably a phenyl group. R 11 and R 12 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, and an acyloxy group. Among these, as a substituent, an alkyl group or an alkoxy group is preferred, a branched alkyl group or an alkoxy group is more preferred, and a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferred. R 11 and R 12 may be the same group or different groups, but from the viewpoint of synthetic suitability, the same group is preferred.
作為錪鹽的具體例,可以舉出以下化合物,但是本發明並不限定於該等。 [化學式52] As specific examples of iodine salts, the following compounds can be cited, but the present invention is not limited thereto. [Chemical Formula 52]
〔鏻鹽〕 在本發明中,鏻鹽表示鏻陽離子與陰離子的鹽。作為陰離子,可以例示出與上述銨鹽中之陰離子相同者,較佳態樣亦相同。[Phosphonium salt] In the present invention, phosphonium salt means a salt of a phosphonium cation and an anion. Examples of anions include the same anions as those in the above-mentioned ammonium salts, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
-鏻陽離子- 作為鏻陽離子,四級鏻陽離子為較佳,可以舉出四烷基鏻陽離子、三芳基單烷基鏻陽離子等。 又,作為鏻陽離子,下述式(105)所表示之陽離子為較佳。 [化學式53] -Phosphonium cation- As the phosphonium cation, a quaternary phosphonium cation is preferred, and examples thereof include tetraalkylphosphonium cations and triarylmonoalkylphosphonium cations. Furthermore, as the phosphonium cation, a cation represented by the following formula (105) is preferred. [Chemical Formula 53]
式(105)中,R13 ~R16 分別獨立地表示氫原子或烴基。 R13 ~R16 分別獨立地為烷基或芳基為較佳,碳數1~10的烷基或碳數6~12的芳基為更佳,碳數6~12的芳基為進一步較佳,苯基為進一步較佳。 R13 ~R16 可以具有取代基,作為取代基的例子,可以舉出羥基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、芳基羰基、烷基羰基、烷氧羰基、芳氧基羰基、醯氧基等。在該等之中,作為取代基,具有烷基或烷氧基為較佳,具有支鏈烷基或烷氧基為更佳,具有碳數3~10的支鏈烷基或碳數1~10的烷氧基為進一步較佳。 R13 ~R16 可以為相同之基團,亦可以為不同之基團,但是從合成適性上的觀點考慮,相同之基團為較佳。In formula (105), R 13 to R 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a alkyl group. R 13 to R 16 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably a phenyl group. R 13 to R 16 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, and an acyloxy group. Among these, as a substituent, an alkyl group or an alkoxy group is preferred, a branched alkyl group or an alkoxy group is more preferred, and a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferred. R 13 to R 16 may be the same group or different groups, but from the viewpoint of synthetic suitability, the same group is preferred.
作為鏻鹽的具體例,可以舉出以下化合物,但是本發明並不限定於該等。 [化學式54] As specific examples of phosphonium salts, the following compounds can be cited, but the present invention is not limited thereto. [Chemical Formula 54]
在本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含鎓鹽之情況下,鎓鹽的含量相對於本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.1~50質量%為較佳。下限為0.5質量%以上為更佳,0.85質量%以上為進一步較佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限為30質量%以下為更佳,20質量%以下為進一步較佳,10質量%以下為進一步較佳,亦可以為5質量%以下,亦可以為4質量%以下。 鎓鹽能夠使用一種或兩種以上。在使用兩種以上之情況下,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。When the curable resin composition of the present invention contains an onium salt, the content of the onium salt is preferably 0.1 to 50 mass % relative to the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention. The lower limit is preferably 0.5 mass % or more, 0.85 mass % or more is further preferred, and 1 mass % or more is further preferred. The upper limit is preferably 30 mass % or less, 20 mass % or less is further preferred, 10 mass % or less is further preferred, and it can also be 5 mass % or less, and it can also be 4 mass % or less. One or more onium salts can be used. When two or more are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<熱鹼產生劑> 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物還可以包含熱鹼產生劑。 尤其,在本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含聚醯亞胺前驅物或聚苯并㗁唑前驅物作為特定樹脂之情況下,包含熱鹼產生劑為較佳。 其他熱鹼產生劑可以為對應於上述鎓鹽之化合物,亦可以為上述鎓鹽以外的熱鹼產生劑。 作為除了上述鎓鹽以外的熱鹼產生劑,可以舉出非離子系熱鹼產生劑。 作為非離子系熱鹼產生劑,可以舉出式(B1)或式(B2)所表示之化合物。 [化學式55] <Thermal alkali generator> The curable resin composition of the present invention may further contain a thermal alkali generator. In particular, when the curable resin composition of the present invention contains a polyimide precursor or a polybenzoxazole precursor as a specific resin, it is preferable to contain a thermal alkali generator. Other thermal alkali generators may be compounds corresponding to the above-mentioned onium salts, or thermal alkali generators other than the above-mentioned onium salts. As thermal alkali generators other than the above-mentioned onium salts, non-ionic thermal alkali generators can be cited. As non-ionic thermal alkali generators, compounds represented by formula (B1) or formula (B2) can be cited. [Chemical Formula 55]
式(B1)及式(B2)中,Rb1 、Rb2 及Rb3 分別獨立地為不具有三級胺結構之有機基、鹵素原子或氫原子。但是,Rb1 及Rb2 不會同時成為氫原子。又,Rb1 、Rb2 及Rb3 不會均具有羧基。另外,在本說明書中,三級胺結構是指3價的氮原子的3個鍵結鍵均與烴系的碳原子共價鍵結之結構。因此,在所鍵結之碳原子為構成羰基之碳原子之情況下,亦即,與氮原子一同形成醯胺基之情況下,則不限於此。In formula (B1) and formula (B2), Rb1 , Rb2 and Rb3 are independently an organic group, a halogen atom or a hydrogen atom that does not have a tertiary amine structure. However, Rb1 and Rb2 will not be hydrogen atoms at the same time. Moreover, Rb1 , Rb2 and Rb3 will not all have carboxyl groups. In addition, in this specification, a tertiary amine structure refers to a structure in which the three bonds of a trivalent nitrogen atom are covalently bonded to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon system. Therefore, when the carbon atom to which the bond is a carbon atom constituting a carbonyl group, that is, when an amide group is formed together with a nitrogen atom, it is not limited to this.
式(B1)、式(B2)中,關於Rb1 、Rb2 及Rb3 ,該等中至少1個包含環狀結構為較佳,至少2個包含環狀結構為更佳。作為環狀結構,可以為單環及縮合環中的任一種,單環或由2個單環縮合而成之縮合環為較佳。單環為5員環或6員環為較佳,6員環為較佳。單環為環己烷環及苯環為較佳,環己烷環為更佳。In formula (B1) and formula (B2), at least one of Rb1 , Rb2 and Rb3 preferably has a cyclic structure, and at least two of them more preferably have a cyclic structure. The cyclic structure may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring, and a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring formed by condensing two monocyclic rings is preferred. The monocyclic ring is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring, and a 6-membered ring is preferred. The monocyclic ring is preferably a cyclohexane ring or a benzene ring, and a cyclohexane ring is more preferred.
更具體而言,Rb1 及Rb2 為氫原子、烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)或芳基烷基(碳數7~25為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳)為較佳。該等基團在發揮本發明的效果之範圍內可以具有取代基。Rb1 和Rb2 可以相互鍵結而形成環。作為所形成之環,4~7員的含氮雜環為較佳。Rb1 及Rb2 尤其為可以具有取代基之直鏈、支鏈或環狀烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)為較佳,可以具有取代基之環烷基(碳數3~24為較佳,3~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)為更佳,可以具有取代基之環己基為進一步較佳。More specifically, Rb1 and Rb2 are preferably hydrogen atoms, alkyl groups (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and further preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), alkenyl groups (preferably having 2 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and further preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), aryl groups (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and further preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), or arylalkyl groups (preferably having 7 to 25 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and further preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms). These groups may have substituents within the range in which the effects of the present invention are exerted. Rb1 and Rb2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. As the ring formed, a 4-7-membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring is preferred. Rb1 and Rb2 are preferably linear, branched or cyclic alkyl groups which may have a substituent (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and further preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), more preferably cycloalkyl groups which may have a substituent (preferably having 3 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 18 carbon atoms, and further preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), and further preferably cyclohexyl groups which may have a substituent.
作為Rb3 ,可以舉出烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~24為較佳,2~12為更佳,2~6為進一步較佳)、芳基烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳)、芳基烯基(碳數8~24為較佳,8~20為更佳,8~16為進一步較佳)、烷氧基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳氧基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳)或芳基烷氧基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳)。其中,環烷基(碳數3~24為較佳,3~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳基烯基、芳基烷氧基為較佳。Rb3 在發揮本發明的效果之範圍內還可以具有取代基。Examples of Rb 3 include alkyl (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), aryl (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), alkenyl (preferably having 2 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms), arylalkyl (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and more preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms), Arylalkenyl (preferably having 8 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 8 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 8 to 16 carbon atoms), alkoxy (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), aryloxy (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms), or arylalkoxy (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and more preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms). Among them, cycloalkyl (preferably having 3 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), arylalkenyl, and arylalkoxy are preferred. Rb3 may further have a substituent within the range in which the effect of the present invention is exerted.
式(B1)所表示之化合物為下述式(B1-1)或下述式(B1-2)所表示之化合物為較佳。 [化學式56] The compound represented by formula (B1) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (B1-1) or the following formula (B1-2). [Chemical Formula 56]
式中,Rb11 及Rb12 以及Rb31 及Rb32 分別與式(B1)中之Rb1 及Rb2 相同。 Rb13 為烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~24為較佳,2~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳)、芳基烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳),在發揮本發明的效果之範圍內可以具有取代基。其中,Rb13 為芳基烷基為較佳。In the formula, Rb11 and Rb12 as well as Rb31 and Rb32 are the same as Rb1 and Rb2 in formula (B1), respectively. Rb13 is an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms), or an arylalkyl group (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and more preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms), and may have a substituent within the range in which the effect of the present invention is exerted. Among them, Rb13 is preferably an arylalkyl group.
Rb33 及Rb34 分別獨立地為氫原子、烷基(碳數1~12為較佳,1~8為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~8為更佳,2~3為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)、芳基烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~11為進一步較佳),氫原子為較佳。 Rb33 and Rb34 are independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), or an arylalkyl group (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and more preferably 7 to 11 carbon atoms), preferably a hydrogen atom.
Rb35 為烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,1~12為更佳,3~8為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~10為更佳,3~8為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳)、芳基烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳),芳基為較佳。Rb 35 is an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and further preferably 3 to 8 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and further preferably 3 to 8 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and further preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms), and an arylalkyl group (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and further preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms), and aryl group is preferred.
式(B1-1)所表示之化合物為式(B1-1a)所表示之化合物亦為較佳。 [化學式57] The compound represented by formula (B1-1) is preferably a compound represented by formula (B1-1a). [Chemical Formula 57]
Rb11 及Rb12 與式(B1-1)中之Rb11 及Rb12 的含義相同。 Rb15 及Rb16 為氫原子、烷基(碳數1~12為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~6為更佳,2~3為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)、芳基烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~11為進一步較佳),氫原子或甲基為較佳。 Rb17 為烷基(碳數1~24為較佳,1~12為更佳,3~8為進一步較佳)、烯基(碳數2~12為較佳,2~10為更佳,3~8為進一步較佳)、芳基(碳數6~22為較佳,6~18為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳)、芳基烷基(碳數7~23為較佳,7~19為更佳,7~12為進一步較佳),其中,芳基為較佳。 Rb11 and Rb12 have the same meanings as Rb11 and Rb12 in formula (B1-1). Rb15 and Rb16 are hydrogen atoms, alkyl groups (preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), alkenyl groups (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms), aryl groups (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms), arylalkyl groups (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and more preferably 7 to 11 carbon atoms), preferably hydrogen atoms or methyl groups. Rb 17 is an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and further preferably 3 to 8 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and further preferably 3 to 8 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and further preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms), or an arylalkyl group (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 19 carbon atoms, and further preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms), wherein the aryl group is preferred.
非離子系熱鹼產生劑的分子量為800以下為較佳,600以下為更佳,500以下為進一步較佳。作為下限,100以上為較佳,200以上為更佳,300以上為進一步較佳。The molecular weight of the non-ionic thermal alkali generator is preferably 800 or less, more preferably 600 or less, and further preferably 500 or less. As the lower limit, it is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 200 or more, and further preferably 300 or more.
作為在上述鎓鹽中作為熱鹼產生劑之化合物的具體例或除了上述鎓鹽以外的熱鹼產生劑的具體例,可以舉出以下化合物。As specific examples of the compound serving as a thermal alkali generator among the above-mentioned onium salts or specific examples of the thermal alkali generator other than the above-mentioned onium salts, the following compounds can be cited.
[化學式58] [Chemical formula 58]
[化學式59] [Chemical formula 59]
[化學式60] [Chemical formula 60]
其他熱鹼產生劑的含量相對於本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.1~50質量%為較佳。下限為0.5質量%以上為更佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限為30質量%以下為更佳,20質量%以下為進一步較佳。熱鹼產生劑能夠使用一種或兩種以上。在使用兩種以上之情況下,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of other alkali generators is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass relative to the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention. The lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, and more preferably 20% by mass or less. The alkali generator can be used alone or in combination. When two or more types are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<交聯劑> 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含交聯劑為較佳。 作為交聯劑,可以舉出自由基交聯劑或其他交聯劑。<Crosslinking agent> The hardening resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a crosslinking agent. As the crosslinking agent, free radical crosslinking agents or other crosslinking agents can be cited.
<自由基交聯劑> 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物還包含自由基交聯劑為較佳。 自由基交聯劑為具有自由基聚合性基之化合物。作為自由基聚合性基,包含乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團為較佳。作為上述包含乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,可以舉出乙烯基、烯丙基、乙烯基苯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團。 在該等之中,作為上述包含乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,(甲基)丙烯醯基為較佳,從反應性的觀點考慮,(甲基)丙烯醯基為更佳。<Free radical crosslinking agent> The curable resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains a free radical crosslinking agent. The free radical crosslinking agent is a compound having a free radical polymerizable group. As the free radical polymerizable group, a group containing an ethylenic unsaturated bond is preferred. As the above-mentioned group containing an ethylenic unsaturated bond, there can be cited groups having an ethylenic unsaturated bond such as vinyl, allyl, vinylphenyl, (meth)acryloyl, etc. Among them, as the above-mentioned group containing an ethylenic unsaturated bond, a (meth)acryloyl group is preferred, and from the viewpoint of reactivity, a (meth)acryloyl group is more preferred.
自由基交聯劑只要為具有1個以上的乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物即可,具有2個以上之化合物為更佳。 具有2個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為具有2個上述包含乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物為較佳。 又,從所獲得之圖案(硬化膜)的膜強度的觀點考慮,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含具有3個以上的乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物作為自由基交聯劑為較佳。作為上述具有3個以上的乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物,具有3~15個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為較佳,具有3~10個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為更佳,具有3~6個之化合物為進一步較佳。 又,上述具有3個以上的乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為具有3個以上的上述包含乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物為較佳,具有3~15個之化合物為更佳,具有3~10個之化合物為進一步較佳,具有3~6個之化合物為特佳。 另一方面,從顯影性的觀點考慮,自由基交聯劑為上述具有2個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為特佳。 又,從所獲得之圖案(硬化膜)的膜強度的觀點考慮,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含具有2個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物和上述具有3個以上乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物亦為較佳。The radical crosslinking agent may be a compound having one or more ethylenic unsaturated bonds, and a compound having two or more ethylenic unsaturated bonds is more preferred. The compound having two ethylenic unsaturated bonds is preferably a compound having two of the above-mentioned groups containing ethylenic unsaturated bonds. In addition, from the viewpoint of the film strength of the obtained pattern (cured film), the curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a compound having three or more ethylenic unsaturated bonds as a radical crosslinking agent. As the above-mentioned compound having three or more ethylenic unsaturated bonds, a compound having 3 to 15 ethylenic unsaturated bonds is more preferred, a compound having 3 to 10 ethylenic unsaturated bonds is more preferred, and a compound having 3 to 6 ethylenic unsaturated bonds is further preferred. Furthermore, the compound having more than 3 ethylenic unsaturated bonds is preferably a compound having more than 3 groups containing ethylenic unsaturated bonds, a compound having 3 to 15 is more preferably, a compound having 3 to 10 is further preferably, and a compound having 3 to 6 is particularly preferably. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of developing properties, the radical crosslinking agent is particularly preferably a compound having 2 ethylenic unsaturated bonds. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of film strength of the obtained pattern (cured film), it is also preferred that the curable resin composition of the present invention contains a compound having 2 ethylenic unsaturated bonds and the compound having 3 or more ethylenic unsaturated bonds.
自由基交聯劑的分子量為2,000以下為較佳,1,500以下為更佳,900以下為進一步較佳。自由基交聯劑的分子量的下限為100以上為較佳。The molecular weight of the radical crosslinking agent is preferably 2,000 or less, more preferably 1,500 or less, and even more preferably 900 or less. The lower limit of the molecular weight of the radical crosslinking agent is preferably 100 or more.
作為自由基交聯劑的具體例,可以舉出不飽和羧酸(例如,丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、衣康酸、巴豆酸、異巴豆酸、順丁烯二酸等)或其酯類、醯胺類,較佳為不飽和羧酸與多元醇化合物的酯及不飽和羧酸與多元胺化合物的醯胺類。又,亦可以較佳地使用具有羥基或胺基、氫硫基(sulfanyl group)等親核性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能異氰酸酯類或環氧類的加成反應物或與單官能或多官能的羧酸的脫水縮合反應物等。又,亦可以較佳地使用具有異氰酸酯基或環氧基等拉電子性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能的醇類、胺類、硫醇類的加成反應物,以及具有鹵代基(halogeno group)或甲苯磺醯氧基(tosyloxy group)等脫離性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能的醇類、胺類、硫醇類的取代反應物。又,作為另一例,亦能夠使用代替上述不飽和羧酸而替換為不飽和膦酸、苯乙烯等乙烯苯衍生物、乙烯醚、烯丙醚等之化合物群組。作為具體例,能夠參閱日本特開2016-027357號公報的0113~0122段的記載,該等內容被編入本說明書中。Specific examples of free radical crosslinking agents include unsaturated carboxylic acids (e.g., acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.) or their esters and amides, preferably esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyol compounds and amides of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyamine compounds. In addition, addition reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having nucleophilic substituents such as hydroxyl groups, amino groups, sulfhydryl groups, etc., and monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanates or epoxides, or dehydration condensation reaction products with monofunctional or polyfunctional carboxylic acids, etc. can also be preferably used. Furthermore, addition reaction products of unsaturated carboxylates or amides having electron-withdrawing substituents such as isocyanate groups or epoxy groups and monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, and thiols, and substitution reaction products of unsaturated carboxylates or amides having dissociative substituents such as halogeno groups or tosyloxy groups and monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, and thiols can also be preferably used. Furthermore, as another example, a compound group in which the above-mentioned unsaturated carboxylic acids are replaced with unsaturated phosphonic acids, vinylbenzene derivatives such as styrene, vinyl ethers, allyl ethers, and the like can also be used. As a specific example, reference can be made to paragraphs 0113 to 0122 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-027357, the contents of which are incorporated into this specification.
又,自由基交聯劑為在常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點之化合物亦為較佳。作為其例子,可以舉出使環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷加成於聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、己二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(丙烯醯氧丙基)醚、三(丙烯醯氧乙基)異氰脲酸酯、甘油或三羥甲基乙烷等多官能醇上之後進行了(甲基)丙烯酸酯化之化合物、如日本特公昭48-041708號公報、日本特公昭50-006034號公報、日本特開昭51-037193號各公報中所記載之胺基甲酸酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯類、日本特開昭48-064183號、日本特公昭49-043191號、日本特公昭52-030490號各公報中所記載之聚酯丙烯酸酯類、作為環氧樹脂與(甲基)丙烯酸的反應產物之環氧丙烯酸酯類等多官能的丙烯酸酯或甲基丙烯酸酯及該等的混合物。又,日本特開2008-292970號公報的0254~0257段中所記載的化合物亦為較佳。又,還可以舉出使(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等具有環狀醚基和乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物與多官能羧酸進行反應而獲得之多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。In addition, the radical crosslinking agent is preferably a compound having a boiling point of 100°C or higher under normal pressure. Examples thereof include a compound obtained by adding ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to a polyfunctional alcohol such as polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, trihydroxymethylethane tri(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, hexanediol (meth)acrylate, trihydroxymethylpropane tri(acryloxypropyl) ether, tri(acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate, glycerol or trihydroxymethylethane, and then performing (meth)acrylation. Esterified compounds, such as urethane (meth) acrylates described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-041708, Japanese Patent Publication No. 50-006034, Japanese Patent Publication No. 51-037193, polyester acrylates described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-064183, Japanese Patent Publication No. 49-043191, Japanese Patent Publication No. 52-030490, epoxy acrylates as reaction products of epoxy resin and (meth) acrylic acid, and mixtures thereof. In addition, the compounds described in paragraphs 0254 to 0257 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2008-292970 are also preferred. In addition, there can be mentioned polyfunctional (meth)acrylates obtained by reacting a compound having a cyclic ether group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond such as glycidyl (meth)acrylate with a polyfunctional carboxylic acid.
又,作為除了上述以外的較佳的自由基交聯劑,亦能夠使用日本特開2010-160418號公報、日本特開2010-129825號公報、日本專利第4364216號公報等中所記載之具有茀環且具有2個以上的含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物或卡多(cardo)樹脂。Furthermore, as a preferred radical crosslinking agent other than the above, a compound having a fluorene ring and having two or more groups containing ethylenic unsaturated bonds, or a cardo resin described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-160418, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-129825, Japanese Patent Application No. 4364216, etc. can also be used.
另外,作為其他例子,亦可以舉出日本特公昭46-043946號公報、日本特公平01-040337號公報、日本特公平01-040336號公報中所記載的特定的不飽和化合物或日本特開平02-025493號公報中所記載的乙烯基膦酸系化合物等。又,亦能夠使用日本特開昭61-022048號公報中所記載的包含全氟烷基之化合物。另外,亦能夠使用在日本接著協會誌 vol.20、No.7、第300~308頁(1984年)中作為光聚合性單體及寡聚物而介紹者。As other examples, specific unsaturated compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 46-043946, Japanese Patent Publication No. 01-040337, Japanese Patent Publication No. 01-040336, or vinylphosphonic acid compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-025493 can be cited. In addition, compounds containing perfluoroalkyl groups described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 61-022048 can also be used. In addition, those introduced as photopolymerizable monomers and oligomers in the Journal of the Japan Adhesion Society, vol. 20, No. 7, pp. 300-308 (1984) can also be used.
除了上述以外,亦可以較佳地使用日本特開2015-034964號公報的0048~0051段中所記載的化合物、國際公開第2015/199219號的0087~0131段中所記載的化合物,該等內容被編入本說明書中。In addition to the above, the compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0051 of JP-A-2015-034964 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0087 to 0131 of WO-2015/199219 can also be preferably used, and the contents thereof are incorporated into the present specification.
又,在日本特開平10-062986號公報中作為式(1)及式(2)而與其具體例一同記載的使環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷加成於多官能醇上之後進行了(甲基)丙烯酸酯化之化合物亦能夠用作自由基交聯劑。In addition, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-062986 as formula (1) and formula (2) together with specific examples thereof, in which ethylene oxide or propylene oxide is added to a polyfunctional alcohol and then (meth)acrylic acid is esterified, can also be used as a radical crosslinking agent.
另外,日本特開2015-187211號公報的0104~0131段中所記載的化合物亦能夠用作自由基交聯劑,該等內容被編入本說明書中。In addition, the compounds described in paragraphs 0104 to 0131 of JP-A-2015-187211 can also be used as a radical crosslinking agent, and these contents are incorporated into this specification.
作為自由基交聯劑,二新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-330;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、二新戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-320;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造,A-TMMT:Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、二新戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-310;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD DPHA;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造,A-DPH;Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)及該等的(甲基)丙烯醯基經由乙二醇殘基或丙二醇殘基鍵結之結構為較佳。亦能夠使用該等的寡聚物型。As the free radical crosslinking agent, dipentatriol triacrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentatriol tetraacrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-320; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-TMMT: manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), dipentatriol penta(meth)acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentatriol hexa(meth)acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-DPH; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) and the structure in which the (meth)acryloyl group is bonded via an ethylene glycol residue or a propylene glycol residue is preferred. The oligomer type of the same can also be used.
作為自由基交聯劑的市售品,例如可以舉出Sartomer Company, Inc.製造的作為具有4個伸乙氧基鏈之4官能丙烯酸酯之SR-494、作為具有4個伸乙氧基鏈之2官能甲基丙烯酸酯的Sartomer Company, Inc.製造的SR-209、231、239、Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造的作為具有6個戊烯氧基鏈之6官能丙烯酸酯的DPCA-60、作為具有3個異丁烯氧基鏈之3官能丙烯酸酯的TPA-330、胺基甲酸酯寡聚物UAS-10、UAB-140(Nippon Paper Industries Co.,Ltd.製造)、NK Ester M-40G、NK Ester 4G、NK Ester M-9300、NK Ester A-9300、UA-7200(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、DPHA-40H(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600(Kyoeisha chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、BLEMMER PME400(NOF CORPORATION製造)等。As commercially available free radical crosslinking agents, for example, SR-494 manufactured by Sartomer Company, Inc., which is a tetrafunctional acrylate having four ethoxy chains, SR-209, 231, 239 manufactured by Sartomer Company, Inc., which are bifunctional methacrylates having four ethoxy chains, DPCA-60 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., which is a hexafunctional acrylate having six pentyloxy chains, TPA-330, which is a trifunctional acrylate having three isobutyleneoxy chains, urethane oligomers UAS-10 and UAB-140 (manufactured by Nippon Paper Industries Co., Ltd.), NK Ester M-40G, NK Ester 4G, NK Ester M-9300, NK Ester A-9300, UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), BLEMMER PME400 (manufactured by NOF CORPORATION), etc.
作為自由基交聯劑,如日本特公昭48-041708號公報、日本特開昭51-037193號公報、日本特公平02-032293號公報、日本特公平02-016765號公報中所記載的胺基甲酸酯丙烯酸酯類或日本特公昭58-049860號公報、日本特公昭56-017654號公報、日本特公昭62-039417號公報、日本特公昭62-039418號公報中所記載的具有環氧乙烷系骨架之胺基甲酸酯化合物類亦為較佳。另外,作為自由基交聯劑,亦能夠使用日本特開昭63-277653號公報、日本特開昭63-260909號公報、日本特開平01-105238號公報中所記載之在分子內具有胺基結構或硫化物結構之化合物。As the free radical crosslinking agent, urethane acrylates described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-041708, Japanese Patent Publication No. 51-037193, Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-032293, Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-016765, or urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 58-049860, Japanese Patent Publication No. 56-017654, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039418 are also preferred. In addition, as the radical crosslinking agent, compounds having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 63-277653, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 63-260909, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 01-105238 can also be used.
自由基交聯劑亦可以為具有羧基、磷酸基等酸基之自由基交聯劑。具有酸基之自由基交聯劑為脂肪族多羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸的酯為較佳,使非芳香族羧酸酐與脂肪族多羥基化合物的未反應的羥基進行反應而具有酸基之自由基交聯劑為更佳。特佳為,在使非芳香族羧酸酐與脂肪族多羥基化合物的未反應的羥基進行反應而具有酸基之自由基交聯劑中,脂肪族多羥基化合物為新戊四醇或二新戊四醇的化合物。作為市售品,例如作為TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造的多元酸改質丙烯酸寡聚物,可以舉出M-510、M-520等。The free radical crosslinking agent may also be a free radical crosslinking agent having an acid group such as a carboxyl group or a phosphoric acid group. The free radical crosslinking agent having an acid group is preferably an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and a free radical crosslinking agent having an acid group by reacting a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride with an unreacted hydroxyl group of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is more preferably. It is particularly preferred that, in the free radical crosslinking agent having an acid group by reacting a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride with an unreacted hydroxyl group of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound, the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is a compound of neopentyl triol or dipentyl triol. As commercially available products, for example, polyacid-modified acrylic oligomers manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD. include M-510 and M-520.
具有酸基之自由基交聯劑的較佳酸值為0.1~40mgKOH/g,特佳為5~30mgKOH/g。只要自由基交聯劑的酸值在上述範圍內,則製造上的操作性優異,進而顯影性優異。又,聚合性良好。另一方面,在鹼顯影時的顯影速度的觀點上,具有酸基之自由基交聯劑的較佳酸值為0.1~300mgKOH/g,特佳為1~100mgKOH/g。上述酸值依據JIS K 0070:1992的記載進行測定。The preferred acid value of the free radical crosslinking agent having an acid group is 0.1 to 40 mgKOH/g, and the particularly preferred acid value is 5 to 30 mgKOH/g. As long as the acid value of the free radical crosslinking agent is within the above range, the operability in manufacturing is excellent, and the developing property is excellent. In addition, the polymerizability is good. On the other hand, from the perspective of the developing speed during alkaline development, the preferred acid value of the free radical crosslinking agent having an acid group is 0.1 to 300 mgKOH/g, and the particularly preferred acid value is 1 to 100 mgKOH/g. The above acid value is measured in accordance with the description of JIS K 0070:1992.
從圖案的解像性和膜的伸縮性的觀點考慮,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物使用2官能的甲基丙烯酸酯或丙烯酸酯為較佳。 作為具體的化合物,能夠使用三乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、PEG200二丙烯酸酯(為聚乙二醇二丙烯酸酯且聚乙二醇鏈的式量為200左右者)、PEG200二甲基丙烯酸酯、PEG600二丙烯酸酯、PEG600二甲基丙烯酸酯、聚四乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、聚四乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、3-甲基-1,5-戊二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,6己二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、二羥甲基三環癸烷二丙烯酸酯、二羥甲基三環癸烷二甲基丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的EO(環氧乙烷)加成物二丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的EO加成物二甲基丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的PO加成物二丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的PO加成物二甲基丙烯酸酯、2羥基-3-丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基丙烯酸酯、異三聚氰酸EO改質二丙烯酸酯、異三聚氰酸改質二甲基丙烯酸酯、具有其他胺甲酸乙酯鍵之2官能丙烯酸酯、具有胺甲酸乙酯鍵之2官能甲基丙烯酸酯。該等依據需要能夠混合使用兩種以上。 又,除此以外,作為2官能以上的自由基交聯劑,可以舉出鄰苯二甲酸二烯丙酯、偏苯三酸三烯丙酯等。 從抑制伴隨圖案(硬化膜)的彈性模數控制而產生之翹曲之觀點考慮,作為自由基交聯劑,可以較佳地使用單官能自由基交聯劑。作為單官能自由基交聯劑,可以較佳地使用(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸卡必醇酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯、N-羥甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、聚乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯等(甲基)丙烯酸衍生物、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮、N-乙烯基己內醯胺等N-乙烯基化合物類、烯丙基縮水甘油醚、鄰苯二甲酸二烯丙酯、偏苯三酸三烯丙酯等烯丙基化合物類等。作為單官能自由基交聯劑,為了抑制曝光前的揮發,在常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點之化合物亦為較佳。From the viewpoint of pattern resolution and film stretchability, the curable resin composition of the present invention preferably uses a bifunctional methacrylate or acrylate. As specific compounds, triethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, PEG200 diacrylate (polyethylene glycol diacrylate with a polyethylene glycol chain weight of about 200), PEG200 dimethacrylate, PEG600 diacrylate, PEG600 dimethacrylate, polyethylene glycol diacrylate, polyethylene glycol dimethacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol diacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol Diacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol dimethacrylate, dihydroxymethyl tricyclodecane diacrylate, dihydroxymethyl tricyclodecane dimethacrylate, EO (ethylene oxide) adduct diacrylate of bisphenol A, EO adduct dimethacrylate of bisphenol A, PO adduct diacrylate of bisphenol A, PO adduct dimethacrylate of bisphenol A, 2-hydroxy-3-acryloyloxypropyl methacrylate, EO modified diacrylate of isocyanuric acid, modified dimethacrylate of isocyanuric acid, bifunctional acrylate with other urethane bonds, bifunctional methacrylate with urethane bonds. Two or more of these can be used in combination as needed. In addition, as a radical crosslinking agent having two or more functions, diallyl phthalate, triallyl trimellitate, etc. can be cited. From the viewpoint of suppressing the warp caused by the elastic modulus control of the pattern (cured film), a monofunctional radical crosslinking agent can be preferably used as a radical crosslinking agent. As the monofunctional free radical crosslinking agent, (meth)acrylic acid derivatives such as n-butyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, butoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, carbitol (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, N-hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, glycidyl (meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, N-vinyl compounds such as N-vinylpyrrolidone and N-vinylcaprolactam, allyl compounds such as allyl glycidyl ether, diallyl phthalate, and triallyl trimellitate can be preferably used. As a monofunctional free radical crosslinking agent, a compound having a boiling point of 100° C. or higher at normal pressure is also preferred in order to suppress volatility before exposure.
在含有自由基交聯劑之情況下,其含量相對於本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的總固體成分超過0質量%且60質量%以下為較佳。下限為5質量%以上為更佳。上限為50質量%以下為更佳,30質量%以下為進一步較佳。When a free radical crosslinking agent is contained, its content is preferably more than 0 mass % and less than 60 mass % relative to the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention. The lower limit is more preferably 5 mass % or more. The upper limit is more preferably 50 mass % or less, and even more preferably 30 mass % or less.
自由基交聯劑可以單獨使用一種,但是亦可以混合使用兩種以上。在同時使用兩種以上之情況下,其合計量成為上述範圍為較佳。The free radical crosslinking agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more are used simultaneously, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<其他交聯劑> 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含與上述自由基交聯劑不同之其他交聯劑為較佳。 在本發明中,其他交聯劑是指除了上述自由基交聯劑以外的交聯劑,在分子內具有複數個藉由上述光敏劑的感光而促進在與組成物中的其他化合物或其反應產物之間形成共價鍵之反應之基團之化合物為較佳,在分子內具有複數個藉由酸或鹼的作用而促進在與組成物中的其他化合物或其反應產物之間形成共價鍵之反應之基團之化合物為較佳。 上述酸或鹼為在曝光步驟中從光敏劑產生之酸或鹼為較佳。 作為其他交聯劑,具有選自包括羥甲基及烷氧基甲基的群組中之至少一種基團之化合物為較佳,具有選自包括羥甲基及烷氧基甲基的群組中之至少一種基團與氮原子直接鍵結之結構之化合物為更佳。 作為其他交聯劑,例如可以舉出具有使甲醛或甲醛和醇與三聚氰胺、甘脲、脲、伸烷基脲、苯并胍胺等含有胺基之化合物進行反應而經羥甲基或烷氧基甲基取代上述胺基的氫原子之結構之化合物。該等化合物的製造方法並無特別限定,只要為具有與藉由上述方法製造的化合物相同之結構之化合物即可。又,亦可以為該等化合物的羥甲基彼此自縮合而成之寡聚物。 將作為上述含有胺基之化合物而使用了三聚氰胺之交聯劑稱為三聚氰胺系交聯劑,將使用了甘脲、脲或伸烷基脲之交聯劑稱為脲系交聯劑,將使用了伸烷基脲之交聯劑稱為伸烷基脲系交聯劑,將使用了苯并胍胺之交聯劑稱為苯并胍胺系交聯劑。 在該等之中,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含選自包括脲系交聯劑及三聚氰胺系交聯劑的群組中之至少一種化合物為較佳,包含選自包括後述甘脲系交聯劑及三聚氰胺系交聯劑的群組中之至少一種化合物為更佳。<Other crosslinking agents> The curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains other crosslinking agents different from the above-mentioned free radical crosslinking agents. In the present invention, other crosslinking agents refer to crosslinking agents other than the above-mentioned free radical crosslinking agents, preferably compounds having multiple groups in the molecule that promote the reaction of forming covalent bonds with other compounds in the composition or their reaction products by the photosensitization of the above-mentioned photosensitizer, and preferably compounds having multiple groups in the molecule that promote the reaction of forming covalent bonds with other compounds in the composition or their reaction products by the action of acids or bases. The above-mentioned acid or base is preferably an acid or base generated from the photosensitizer in the exposure step. As other crosslinking agents, compounds having at least one group selected from the group including hydroxymethyl and alkoxymethyl are preferred, and compounds having a structure in which at least one group selected from the group including hydroxymethyl and alkoxymethyl is directly bonded to a nitrogen atom are more preferred. As other crosslinking agents, for example, compounds having a structure in which formaldehyde or formaldehyde and alcohol react with compounds containing amino groups such as melamine, glycoluril, urea, alkyl urea, benzoguanamine, etc., and the hydrogen atom of the above amino group is replaced by a hydroxymethyl or alkoxymethyl group can be cited. The method for preparing these compounds is not particularly limited, as long as they are compounds having the same structure as the compounds prepared by the above method. In addition, they can also be oligomers formed by self-condensation of the hydroxymethyl groups of these compounds. A crosslinking agent using melamine as the above-mentioned amino group-containing compound is called a melamine-based crosslinking agent, a crosslinking agent using glycoluril, urea or alkylene urea is called a urea-based crosslinking agent, a crosslinking agent using alkylene urea is called an alkylene urea-based crosslinking agent, and a crosslinking agent using benzoguanamine is called a benzoguanamine-based crosslinking agent. Among them, the curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one compound selected from the group including urea-based crosslinking agents and melamine-based crosslinking agents, and more preferably contains at least one compound selected from the group including glycoluril-based crosslinking agents and melamine-based crosslinking agents described later.
作為三聚氰胺系交聯劑的具體例,可以舉出六甲氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六乙氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六丙氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六丁氧基丁基三聚氰胺等。Specific examples of the melamine-based crosslinking agent include hexamethoxymethylmelamine, hexaethoxymethylmelamine, hexapropoxymethylmelamine, hexabutoxybutylmelamine, and the like.
作為脲系交聯劑的具體例,例如可以舉出單羥基甲基化甘脲、二羥基甲基化甘脲、三羥基甲基化甘脲、四羥基甲基化甘脲、單甲氧基甲基化甘脲,二甲氧基甲基化甘脲、三甲氧基甲基化甘脲、四甲氧基甲基化甘脲、單甲氧基甲基化甘脲、二甲氧基甲基化甘脲、三甲氧基甲基化甘脲、四乙氧基甲基化甘脲、單丙氧基甲基化甘脲、二丙氧基甲基化甘脲、三丙氧基甲基化甘脲、四丙氧基甲基化甘脲、單丁氧基甲基化甘脲、二丁氧基甲基化甘脲、三丁氧基甲基化甘脲或四丁氧基甲基化甘脲等甘脲系交聯劑; 雙甲氧基甲基脲、雙乙氧基甲基脲、雙丙氧基甲基脲、雙丁氧基甲基脲等脲系交聯劑; 單羥基甲基化伸乙脲或二羥基甲基化伸乙脲、單甲氧基甲基化伸乙脲、二甲氧基甲基化伸乙脲、單乙氧基甲基化伸乙脲、二乙氧基甲基化伸乙脲、單丙氧基甲基化伸乙脲、二丙氧基甲基化伸乙脲、單丁氧基甲基化伸乙脲或二丁氧基甲基化伸乙脲等伸乙脲系交聯劑; 單羥基甲基化伸丙脲、二羥基甲基化伸丙脲、單甲氧基甲基化伸丙脲、二甲氧基甲基化伸丙脲、單乙氧基甲基化伸丙脲、二乙氧基甲基化伸丙脲、單丙氧基甲基化伸丙脲、二丙氧基甲基化伸丙脲、單丁氧基甲基化伸丙脲或二丁氧基甲基化伸丙脲等伸丙脲系交聯劑; 1,3-二(甲氧基甲基)4,5-二羥基-2-咪唑啶酮、1,3-二(甲氧基甲基)-4,5-二甲氧基-2-咪唑啶酮等。Specific examples of urea-based crosslinking agents include monohydroxymethylated glycoluril, dihydroxymethylated glycoluril, trihydroxymethylated glycoluril, tetrahydroxymethylated glycoluril, monomethoxymethylated glycoluril, dimethoxymethylated glycoluril, trimethoxymethylated glycoluril, tetramethoxymethylated glycoluril, monomethoxymethylated glycoluril, dimethoxymethylated glycoluril, trimethoxymethylated glycoluril, tetraethoxymethylated glycoluril, monoprop ... Glycoluril-based crosslinking agents such as methylated glycoluril, dipropoxymethylated glycoluril, tripropoxymethylated glycoluril, tetrapropoxymethylated glycoluril, monobutoxymethylated glycoluril, dibutoxymethylated glycoluril, tributoxymethylated glycoluril or tetrabutoxymethylated glycoluril; Urea-based crosslinking agents such as bismethoxymethyl urea, bisethoxymethyl urea, dipropoxymethyl urea, dibutoxymethyl urea; Monohydroxymethylated ethylurea or dihydroxymethyl Ethyl urea crosslinking agents such as ethyl urea, monomethoxymethyl ethyl urea, dimethoxymethyl ethyl urea, monoethoxymethyl ethyl urea, diethoxymethyl ethyl urea, monopropoxymethyl ethyl urea, dipropoxymethyl ethyl urea, monobutoxymethyl ethyl urea or dibutoxymethyl ethyl urea; Monohydroxymethyl ethyl urea, dihydroxymethyl ethyl urea, monomethoxymethyl ethyl urea, dimethoxymethyl ethyl urea, monoethoxymethyl ethyl urea, diethoxymethyl ethyl urea, monopropoxymethyl ethyl urea, dipropoxymethyl ethyl urea, monobutoxymethyl ethyl urea or dibutoxymethyl ethyl urea; Propylene urea crosslinking agents such as methylated propylene urea, monoethoxymethylated propylene urea, diethoxymethylated propylene urea, monopropoxymethylated propylene urea, dipropoxymethylated propylene urea, monobutoxymethylated propylene urea or dibutoxymethylated propylene urea; 1,3-bis(methoxymethyl)4,5-dihydroxy-2-imidazolidinone, 1,3-bis(methoxymethyl)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-imidazolidinone, etc.
作為苯并胍胺系交聯劑的具體例,例如可以舉出單羥基甲基化苯并胍胺、二羥基甲基化苯并胍胺、三羥基甲基化苯并胍胺、四羥基甲基化苯并胍胺、單甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、單甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三甲氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四乙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、單丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四丙氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、單丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、二丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、三丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺、四丁氧基甲基化苯并胍胺等。Specific examples of the benzoguanamine-based crosslinking agent include monohydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, dihydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, trihydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetrahydroxymethylated benzoguanamine, monomethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, trimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetramethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, monomethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, trimethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetraethoxymethylated benzoguanamine, monopropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dipropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tripropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tetrapropoxymethylated benzoguanamine, monobutoxymethylated benzoguanamine, dibutoxymethylated benzoguanamine, tributoxymethylated benzoguanamine, and tetrabutoxymethylated benzoguanamine.
除此以外,作為具有選自包括羥甲基及烷氧基甲基的群組中之至少一種基團之化合物,亦可以較佳地使用在芳香環(較佳為苯環)上直接鍵結有選自包括羥甲基及烷氧基甲基的群組中之至少一種基團之化合物。 作為這樣的化合物的具體例,可以舉出苯二甲醇、雙(羥基甲基)甲酚、雙(羥基甲基)二甲氧基苯、雙(羥基甲基)二苯醚、雙(羥基甲基)二苯甲酮、羥基甲基苯甲酸羥基甲基苯酯、雙(羥基甲基)聯苯、二甲基雙(羥基甲基)聯苯、雙(甲氧基甲基)苯、雙(甲氧基甲基)甲酚、雙(甲氧基甲基)二甲氧基苯、雙(甲氧基甲基)二苯醚、雙(甲氧基甲基)二苯甲酮、甲氧基甲基苯甲酸甲氧基甲基苯酯、雙(甲氧基甲基)聯苯、二甲基雙(甲氧基甲基)聯苯、4,4’,4’’-亞乙基三[2,6-雙(甲氧基甲基)苯酚]、5,5’-[2,2,2‐三氟‐1‐(三氟甲基)亞乙基]雙[2‐羥基‐1,3‐苯二甲醇]、3,3’,5,5’-四(甲氧基甲基)-1,1’-聯苯-4,4’-二醇等。In addition, as the compound having at least one group selected from the group including hydroxymethyl and alkoxymethyl, a compound having at least one group selected from the group including hydroxymethyl and alkoxymethyl directly bonded to an aromatic ring (preferably a benzene ring) can also be preferably used. Specific examples of such compounds include benzyl alcohol, bis(hydroxymethyl)cresol, bis(hydroxymethyl)dimethoxybenzene, bis(hydroxymethyl)diphenyl ether, bis(hydroxymethyl)benzophenone, hydroxymethylphenyl hydroxymethylbenzoate, bis(hydroxymethyl)biphenyl, dimethylbis(hydroxymethyl)biphenyl, bis(methoxymethyl)benzene, bis(methoxymethyl)cresol, bis(methoxymethyl)dimethoxybenzene, bis(methoxymethyl)diphenyl ether, bis(methoxymethyl) benzophenone, methoxymethylphenyl methoxymethyl benzoate, bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl, dimethylbis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl, 4,4',4''-ethylenetri[2,6-bis(methoxymethyl)phenol], 5,5'-[2,2,2-trifluoro-1-(trifluoromethyl)ethylene]bis[2-hydroxy-1,3-benzenedimethanol], 3,3',5,5'-tetrakis(methoxymethyl)-1,1'-biphenyl-4,4'-diol, etc.
作為其他交聯劑,亦可以使用市售品,作為較佳的市售品,可以舉出46DMOC、46DMOEP(以上為ASAHI YUKIZAI CORPORATION製造)、DML-PC、DML-PEP、DML-OC、DML-OEP、DML-34X、DML-PTBP、DML-PCHP、DML-OCHP、DML-PFP、DML-PSBP、DML-POP、DML-MBOC、DML-MBPC、DML-MTrisPC、DML-BisOC-Z、DML-BisOCHP-Z、DML-BPC、DMLBisOC-P、DMOM-PC、DMOM-PTBP、DMOM-MBPC、TriML-P、TriML-35XL、TML-HQ、TML-BP、TML-pp-BPF、TML-BPE、TML-BPA、TML-BPAF、TML-BPAP、TMOM-BP、TMOM-BPE、TMOM-BPA、TMOM-BPAF、TMOM-BPAP、HML-TPPHBA、HML-TPHAP、HMOM-TPPHBA、HMOM-TPHAP(以上為Honshu Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造)、NIKARAC(註冊商標,以下相同)MX-290、NIKARAC MX-280、NIKARAC MX-270、NIKARAC MX-279、NIKARAC MW-100LM、NIKARAC MX-750LM(以上為Sanwa Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)等。As other crosslinking agents, commercial products may be used. Preferred commercial products include 46DMOC, 46DMOEP (all manufactured by ASAHI YUKIZAI CORPORATION), DML-PC, DML-PEP, DML-OC, DML-OEP, DML-34X, DML-PTBP, DML-PCHP, DML-OCHP, DML-PFP, DML-PSBP, DML-POP, DML-MBOC, DML-MBPC, DML-MTrisPC, DML-BisOC-Z, DML-BisOCHP-Z, DML-BPC, DMLBisOC-P, DMOM-PC, DMOM -PTBP, DMOM-MBPC, TriML-P, TriML-35XL, TML-HQ, TML-BP, TML-pp-BPF, TML-BPE, TML-BPA, TML-BPAF, TML-BPAP, TMOM-BP, TMOM-BPE, TMOM-BPA, TMOM-BPAF, TMOM-BPAP, HML-TPPHBA, HML-TPHAP, HMOM-TPPHBA, HMOM-TPHAP (all manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), NIKARAC (registered trademark, hereinafter the same) MX-290, NIKARAC MX-280, NIKARAC MX-270, NIKARAC MX-279, NIKARAC MW-100LM, NIKARAC MX-750LM (all manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc.
又,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含選自包括環氧化合物、氧環丁烷化合物及苯并㗁𠯤化合物的群組中之至少一種化合物作為其他交聯劑亦為較佳。In addition, the curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one compound selected from the group consisting of epoxy compounds, cyclohexane compounds and benzophenone compounds as another crosslinking agent.
〔環氧化合物(具有環氧基之化合物)〕 作為環氧化合物,在1個分子中具有2個以上的環氧基之化合物為較佳。環氧基在200℃以下進行交聯反應,並且不產生來自於交聯之脫水反應,因此不易產生膜收縮。因此,含有環氧化合物對於硬化性樹脂組成物的低溫硬化及翹曲的抑制是有效的。[Epoxy compounds (compounds having epoxy groups)] As epoxy compounds, compounds having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule are preferred. Epoxy groups undergo crosslinking reactions below 200°C and do not produce dehydration reactions from crosslinking, so film shrinkage is less likely to occur. Therefore, containing epoxy compounds is effective for inhibiting low-temperature curing and warping of curable resin compositions.
環氧化合物含有聚環氧乙烷基為較佳。藉此,彈性模數進一步下降,並且能夠抑制翹曲。聚環氧乙烷基表示環氧乙烷的重複單元數為2以上者,重複單元數為2~15為較佳。The epoxy compound preferably contains a polyethylene oxide group. This further reduces the elastic modulus and can suppress warping. The polyethylene oxide group means that the number of repeating units of ethylene oxide is 2 or more, and the number of repeating units is preferably 2 to 15.
作為環氧化合物的例子,可以舉出雙酚A型環氧樹脂;雙酚F型環氧樹脂;丙二醇二縮水甘油醚、新戊二醇二縮水甘油醚、乙二醇二縮水甘油醚、丁二醇二縮水甘油醚、六亞甲基二醇二縮水甘油醚、三羥甲基丙烷三縮水甘油醚等伸烷基二醇型環氧樹脂或多元醇烴型環氧樹脂;聚丙二醇二縮水甘油醚等聚伸烷基二醇型環氧樹脂;聚甲基(縮水甘油氧基丙基)矽氧烷等環氧環氧基之矽酮等,但是並不限定於該等。具體而言,可以舉出EPICLON(註冊商標)850-S、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-4032、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-7200、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-820、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-4700、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4710、EPICLON(註冊商標)HP-4770、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-859CRP、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-1514、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4880、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4850-150、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4850-1000、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4816、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-4822、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-830LVP、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-8183、EPICLON(註冊商標)EXA-8169、EPICLON(註冊商標)N-660、EPICLON(註冊商標)N-665-EXP-S、EPICLON(註冊商標)N-740、Rika Resin(註冊商標)BEO-20E(以上為商品名,DIC Corporation製造)、Rika Resin(註冊商標)BEO-60E、Rika Resin(註冊商標)HBE-100、Rika Resin(註冊商標)DME-100、Rika Resin(註冊商標)L-200(商品名,New Japan Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、EP-4003S、EP-4000S、EP-4088S、EP-3950S(以上為商品名,ADEKA CORPORATION製造)、CELLOXIDE(註冊商標)2021P、2081、2000、3000、EHPE3150、EPOLEAD(註冊商標)GT400、EPOLEAD(註冊商標)GT401、EPOLEAD(註冊商標)PB4700、EPOLEAD(註冊商標)PB3600 CELVENUS(註冊商標)B0134、B0177(以上為商品名,Daicel Corporation製造)、NC-3000、NC-3000-L、NC-3000-H、NC-3000-FH-75M、NC-3100、CER-3000-L、NC-2000-L、XD-1000、NC-7000L、NC-7300L、EPPN-501H、EPPN-501HY、EPPN-502H、EOCN-1020、EOCN-102S、EOCN-103S、EOCN-104S、CER-1020、EPPN-201、BREN-S、BREN-10S(以上為商品名,Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)等。Examples of epoxy compounds include bisphenol A type epoxy resins; bisphenol F type epoxy resins; propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, butylene glycol diglycidyl ether, hexamethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, trihydroxymethylpropane triglycidyl ether and other alkylene glycol type epoxy resins or polyol hydrocarbon type epoxy resins; polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether and other polyalkylene glycol type epoxy resins; epoxy epoxy silicones such as polymethyl (glycidyloxypropyl) siloxane, etc., but are not limited to these. Specifically, we can cite EPICLON (registered trademark) 850-S, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-4032, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-7200, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-820, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-4700, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-4710, EPICLON (registered trademark) HP-4770, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-859CRP, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-1514, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-4880, EPICL ON (registered trademark) EXA-4850-150, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-4850-1000, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-4816, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-4822, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-830LVP, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-8183, EPICLON (registered trademark) EXA-8169, EPICLON (registered trademark) N-660, EPICLON (registered trademark) N-665-EXP-S, EPICLON (registered trademark) N-740, Rika Resin (registered trademark) BEO-20E (the above are trade names, manufactured by DIC Corporation), Rika Resin (registered trademark) BEO-60E, Rika Resin (registered trademark) HBE-100, Rika Resin (registered trademark) DME-100, Rika Resin (registered trademark) L-200 (trade name, manufactured by New Japan Chemical Co., Ltd.), EP-4003S, EP-4000S, EP-4088S, EP-3950S (the above are trade names, manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION), CELLOXIDE (registered trademark) 2021P, 2081, 2000, 3000, EHPE3150, EPOLEAD (registered trademark) GT400, EPOLEAD (registered trademark) GT401, EPOLEAD (registered trademark) PB4700, EPOLEAD (registered trademark) PB3600 CELVENUS (registered trademark) B0134, B0177 (the above are product names, Daicel Corporation), NC-3000, NC-3000-L, NC-3000-H, NC-3000-FH-75M, NC-3100, CER-3000-L, NC-2000-L, XD-1000, NC-7000L, NC-7300L, EPPN-501H, EPPN-501HY, EPPN-502H, EOCN-1020, EOCN-102S, EOCN-103S, EOCN-104S, CER-1020, EPPN-201, BREN-S, BREN-10S (the above are trade names, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), etc.
〔氧環丁烷化合物(具有氧環丁基之化合物)〕 作為氧環丁烷化合物,可以舉出在1個分子中具有2個以上的氧環丁烷環之化合物、3-乙基-3-羥基甲基氧環丁烷、1,4-雙{[(3-乙基-3-氧環丁基)甲氧基]甲基}苯、3-乙基-3-(2-乙基己基甲基)氧環丁烷、1,4-苯二羧酸-雙[(3-乙基-3-氧環丁基)甲基]酯等。作為具體例,可以較佳地使用TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造的ARON OXETANE系列(例如,OXT-121、OXT-221、OXT-191、OXT-223),該等可以單獨使用或者混合兩種以上。[Oxycyclobutane compounds (compounds having an oxycyclobutyl group)] As oxycyclobutane compounds, compounds having two or more oxycyclobutane rings in one molecule, 3-ethyl-3-hydroxymethyloxycyclobutane, 1,4-bis{[(3-ethyl-3-oxycyclobutyl)methoxy]methyl}benzene, 3-ethyl-3-(2-ethylhexylmethyl)oxycyclobutane, 1,4-benzenedicarboxylic acid-bis[(3-ethyl-3-oxycyclobutyl)methyl]ester, etc. can be cited. As specific examples, ARON OXETANE series (e.g., OXT-121, OXT-221, OXT-191, OXT-223) manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD. can be preferably used, and these can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
〔苯并㗁𠯤化合物(具有苯并㗁𠯤基之化合物)〕 苯并㗁𠯤化合物由於來自於開環加成反應之交聯反應而在硬化時不產生脫氣,並且進一步減少熱收縮而抑制產生翹曲,因此為較佳。[Benzothiocyanate compounds (compounds having a benzothiocyanate group)] Benzothiocyanate compounds are preferred because they do not produce degassing during curing due to the cross-linking reaction from the ring-opening addition reaction, and further reduce thermal shrinkage to suppress the occurrence of warping.
作為苯并㗁𠯤化合物的較佳例,可以舉出B-a型苯并㗁𠯤、B-m型苯并㗁𠯤、P-d型苯并㗁𠯤、F-a型苯并㗁𠯤(以上為商品名,SHIKOKU CHEMICALS CORPORATION製造)、多羥基苯乙烯樹脂的苯并㗁𠯤加成物、苯酚酚醛清漆型二氫苯并㗁𠯤化合物。該等可以單獨使用或者混合兩種以上。Preferred examples of benzophenone compounds include B-a type benzophenone, B-m type benzophenone, P-d type benzophenone, F-a type benzophenone (these are trade names, manufactured by SHIKOKU CHEMICALS CORPORATION), benzophenone adducts of polyhydroxystyrene resins, and phenol novolac type dihydrobenzophenone compounds. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
其他交聯劑的含量相對於本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.1~30質量%為較佳,0.1~20質量%為更佳,0.5~15質量%為進一步較佳,1.0~10質量%為特佳。其他交聯劑可以僅含有一種,亦可以含有兩種以上。在含有兩種以上的其他交聯劑之情況下,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of other crosslinking agents is preferably 0.1 to 30 mass %, more preferably 0.1 to 20 mass %, even more preferably 0.5 to 15 mass %, and particularly preferably 1.0 to 10 mass % relative to the total solid content of the hardening resin composition of the present invention. Other crosslinking agents may be contained in one type or in two or more types. When two or more other crosslinking agents are contained, their total content is preferably within the above range.
<具有磺醯胺結構之化合物、具有硫脲結構之化合物> 從提高所獲得之圖案(硬化膜)對基材的密接性之觀點考慮,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物還包含選自包括具有磺醯胺結構之化合物及具有硫脲結構之化合物的群組中之至少一種化合物為較佳。<Compounds with sulfonamide structure, compounds with thiourea structure> From the perspective of improving the adhesion of the obtained pattern (cured film) to the substrate, it is preferred that the curable resin composition of the present invention further comprises at least one compound selected from the group consisting of compounds with sulfonamide structure and compounds with thiourea structure.
〔具有磺醯胺結構之化合物〕 磺醯胺結構為下述式(S-1)所表示之結構。 [化學式61] 式(S-1)中,R表示氫原子或有機基,R可以與其他結構鍵結而形成環結構,*分別獨立地表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。 上述R為與下述式(S-2)中之R2 相同的基團為較佳。 具有磺醯胺結構之化合物可以為具有2個以上的磺醯胺結構之化合物,但是具有1個磺醯胺結構之化合物為較佳。[Compounds having a sulfonamide structure] The sulfonamide structure is a structure represented by the following formula (S-1). [Chemical Formula 61] In formula (S-1), R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group, and R may form a ring structure by bonding with other structures, and * independently represents the bonding site with other structures. It is preferred that the above R is the same group as R2 in the following formula (S-2). The compound having a sulfonamide structure may be a compound having two or more sulfonamide structures, but a compound having one sulfonamide structure is preferred.
具有磺醯胺結構之化合物為下述式(S-2)所表示之化合物為較佳。 [化學式62] 式(S-2)中,R1 、R2 及R3 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價的有機基,R1 、R2 及R3 中的2個以上可以相互鍵結而形成環結構。 R1 、R2 及R3 分別獨立地為1價的有機基為較佳。 作為R1 、R2 及R3 的例子,可以舉出氫原子或烷基、環烷基、烷氧基、烷基醚基、烷基甲矽烷基、烷氧基甲矽烷基、芳基、芳基醚基、羧基、羰基、烯丙基、乙烯基、雜環基或將該等中的2個以上組合而成之基團等。 作為上述烷基,碳數1~10的烷基為較佳,碳數1~6的烷基為更佳。作為上述烷基,例如可以舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、異丙基、2-乙基己基等。 作為上述環烷基,碳數5~10的環烷基為較佳,碳數6~10的環烷基為更佳。作為上述環烷基,例如可以舉出環丙基、環丁基、環戊基及環己基等。 作為上述烷氧基,碳數1~10的烷氧基為較佳,碳數1~5的烷氧基為更佳。作為上述烷氧基,可以舉出甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基及戊氧基等。 作為上述烷氧基甲矽烷基,碳數1~10的烷氧基甲矽烷基為較佳,碳數1~4的烷氧基甲矽烷基為更佳。作為上述烷氧基甲矽烷基,可以舉出甲氧基甲矽烷基、乙氧基甲矽烷基、丙氧基甲矽烷基及丁氧基甲矽烷基等。 作為上述芳基,碳數6~20的芳基為較佳,碳數6~12的芳基為更佳。上述芳基可以具有烷基等取代基。作為上述芳基,可以舉出苯基、甲苯基、二甲苯基及萘基等。 作為上述雜環基,可以舉出從三唑環、吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、咪唑環、㗁唑環、噻唑環、吡唑環、異㗁唑環、異噻唑環、四唑環、吡啶環、嗒𠯤環、嘧啶環、吡𠯤環、哌啶環、哌𠯤環、嗎啉環、二氫哌喃環、四氫吡喃環、三𠯤環等雜環結構去除1個氫原子而獲得之基團等。The compound having a sulfonamide structure is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (S-2). [Chemical Formula 62] In formula (S-2), R 1 , R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and two or more of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure. It is preferred that R 1 , R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a monovalent organic group. Examples of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 include a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl ether group, an alkyl silyl group, an alkoxysilyl group, an aryl group, an aryl ether group, a carboxyl group, a carbonyl group, an allyl group, a vinyl group, a heterocyclic group, or a group in which two or more of these are combined. As the above-mentioned alkyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferred, and an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferred. Examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, isopropyl, and 2-ethylhexyl. Examples of the cycloalkyl group include cycloalkyl groups having 5 to 10 carbon atoms, and cycloalkyl groups having 6 to 10 carbon atoms are more preferred. Examples of the cycloalkyl group include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl. Examples of the alkoxy group include alkoxy groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and alkoxy groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms are more preferred. Examples of the alkoxy group include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, and pentyloxy. Examples of the alkoxysilyl group include alkoxysilyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and alkoxysilyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms are more preferred. Examples of the alkoxysilyl group include methoxysilyl, ethoxysilyl, propoxysilyl, and butoxysilyl. Examples of the aryl group include 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and 6 to 12 carbon atoms. The aryl group may have a substituent such as an alkyl group. Examples of the aryl group include phenyl, tolyl, xylyl, and naphthyl. Examples of the heterocyclic group include groups obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a heterocyclic structure such as a triazole ring, a pyrrole ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, an imidazole ring, an oxadiazole ring, a thiazole ring, a pyrazole ring, an isoxadiazole ring, an isothiazole ring, a tetrazole ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyridine ring, a piperidine ring, a piperidine ring, a morpholine ring, a dihydropyran ring, a tetrahydropyran ring, and a trihydropyran ring.
其中,R1 為芳基且R2 及R3 分別獨立地為氫原子或烷基之化合物為較佳。Among them, the compound in which R 1 is an aryl group and R 2 and R 3 are independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group is preferred.
作為具有磺醯胺結構之化合物的例子,可以舉出苯磺醯胺、二甲基苯磺醯胺、N-丁基苯磺醯胺、磺胺、鄰甲苯磺醯胺、對甲苯磺醯胺、羥基萘磺醯胺、萘-1-磺醯胺、萘-2-磺醯胺、間硝基苯磺醯胺、對氯苯磺醯胺、甲磺醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲磺醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙磺醯胺、N,N-二乙基甲磺醯胺、N-甲氧基甲磺醯胺、N-十二基甲磺醯胺、N-環己基-1-丁烷磺醯胺、2-胺基乙磺醯胺等。Examples of compounds having a sulfonamide structure include benzenesulfonamide, dimethylbenzenesulfonamide, N-butylbenzenesulfonamide, sulfonamide, o-toluenesulfonamide, p-toluenesulfonamide, hydroxynaphthalenesulfonamide, naphthalene-1-sulfonamide, naphthalene-2-sulfonamide, m-nitrobenzenesulfonamide, p-chlorobenzenesulfonamide, methanesulfonamide, N,N-dimethylmethanesulfonamide, N,N-dimethylethylsulfonamide, N,N-diethylmethanesulfonamide, N-methoxymethanesulfonamide, N-dodecylmethanesulfonamide, N-cyclohexyl-1-butanesulfonamide, and 2-aminoethanesulfonamide.
〔具有硫脲結構之化合物〕 硫脲結構為下述式(T-1)所表示之結構。 [化學式63] 式(T-1)中,R4 及R5 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價的有機基,R4 及R5 可以鍵結而形成環結構,R4 可以與*所鍵結之其他結構鍵結而形成環結構,R5 可以與*所鍵結之其他結構鍵結而形成環結構,*分別獨立地表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。[Compounds having a thiourea structure] The thiourea structure is represented by the following formula (T-1). [Chemical formula 63] In formula (T-1), R4 and R5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, R4 and R5 may be bonded to form a ring structure, R4 may be bonded to another structure to which * is bonded to form a ring structure, R5 may be bonded to another structure to which * is bonded to form a ring structure, and * each independently represents a bonding site to another structure.
R4 及R5 分別獨立地為氫原子為較佳。 作為R4 及R5 的例子,可以舉出氫原子或烷基、環烷基、烷氧基、烷基醚基、烷基甲矽烷基、烷氧基甲矽烷基、芳基、芳基醚基、羧基、羰基、烯丙基、乙烯基、雜環基或將該等中的2個以上組合而成之基團等。 作為上述烷基,碳數1~10的烷基為較佳,碳數1~6的烷基為更佳。作為上述烷基,例如可以舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、異丙基、2-乙基己基等。 作為上述環烷基,碳數5~10的環烷基為較佳,碳數6~10的環烷基為更佳。作為上述環烷基,例如可以舉出環丙基、環丁基、環戊基及環己基等。 作為上述烷氧基,碳數1~10的烷氧基為較佳,碳數1~5的烷氧基為更佳。作為上述烷氧基,可以舉出甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基及戊氧基等。 作為上述烷氧基甲矽烷基,碳數1~10的烷氧基甲矽烷基為較佳,碳數1~4的烷氧基甲矽烷基為更佳。作為上述烷氧基甲矽烷基,可以舉出甲氧基甲矽烷基、乙氧基甲矽烷基、丙氧基甲矽烷基及丁氧基甲矽烷基等。 作為上述芳基,碳數6~20的芳基為較佳,碳數6~12的芳基為更佳。上述芳基可以具有烷基等取代基。作為上述芳基,可以舉出苯基、甲苯基、二甲苯基及萘基等。 作為上述雜環基,可以舉出從三唑環、吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、咪唑環、㗁唑環、噻唑環、吡唑環、異㗁唑環、異噻唑環、四唑環、吡啶環、嗒𠯤環、嘧啶環、吡𠯤環、哌啶環、哌𠯤環、嗎啉環、二氫哌喃環、四氫吡喃環、三𠯤環等雜環結構去除1個氫原子而獲得之基團等。 具有硫脲結構之化合物可以為具有2個以上的硫脲結構之化合物,但是具有1個硫脲結構之化合物為較佳。 R4 and R5 are preferably independently a hydrogen atom. Examples of R4 and R5 include a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl ether group, an alkyl silyl group, an alkoxy silyl group, an aryl group, an aryl ether group, a carboxyl group, a carbonyl group, an allyl group, a vinyl group, a heterocyclic group, or a group formed by combining two or more of them. As the above-mentioned alkyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferred, and an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferred. As the above-mentioned alkyl group, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, an isopropyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, etc. are cited. As the above-mentioned cycloalkyl group, a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms is preferred, and a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferred. Examples of the cycloalkyl group include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl. Examples of the alkoxy group include alkoxy groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and alkoxy groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms are more preferred. Examples of the alkoxy group include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, and pentyloxy. Examples of the alkoxysilyl group include alkoxysilyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and alkoxysilyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms are more preferred. Examples of the alkoxysilyl group include methoxysilyl, ethoxysilyl, propoxysilyl, and butoxysilyl. Examples of the aryl group include aryl groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and aryl groups having 6 to 12 carbon atoms are more preferred. The aryl group may have a substituent such as an alkyl group. Examples of the aryl group include phenyl, tolyl, xylyl, and naphthyl. Examples of the heterocyclic group include groups obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a heterocyclic structure such as a triazole ring, a pyrrole ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrazole ring, a thiazole ring, a pyrazole ring, an iso-pyrazole ring, an isothiazole ring, a tetrazole ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyridine ring, a piperidine ring, a piperidine ring, a morpholine ring, a dihydropyran ring, a tetrahydropyran ring, and a trihydropyran ring. The compound having a thiourea structure may be a compound having two or more thiourea structures, but a compound having one thiourea structure is preferred.
具有硫脲結構之化合物為下述式(T-2)所表示之化合物為較佳。 [化學式64] 式(T-2)中,R4 ~R7 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價的有機基,R4 ~R7 中的至少2個可以相互鍵結而形成環結構。The compound having a thiourea structure is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (T-2). [Chemical Formula 64] In formula (T-2), R 4 to R 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and at least two of R 4 to R 7 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure.
式(T-2)中,R4 及R5 與式(T-1)中的R4 及R5 的含義相同,較佳態樣亦相同。 式(T-2)中,R6 及R7 分別獨立地為1價的有機基為較佳。 式(T-2)中,R6 及R7 中之1價的有機基的較佳態樣與式(T-1)中的R4 及R5 中之1價的有機基的較佳態樣相同。In formula (T-2), R4 and R5 have the same meanings as R4 and R5 in formula (T-1), and preferred embodiments are also the same. In formula (T-2), R6 and R7 are each independently a monovalent organic group, which is preferred. In formula (T-2), the preferred monovalent organic group of R6 and R7 is the same as the preferred monovalent organic group of R4 and R5 in formula (T-1).
作為具有硫脲結構之化合物的例子,可以舉出N-乙醯基硫脲、N-烯丙基硫脲、N-烯丙基-N’-(2-羥基乙基)硫脲、1-金剛烷基硫脲、N-苯甲醯基硫脲、N,N’-二苯基硫脲、1-苄基-苯基硫脲、1,3-二丁基硫脲、1,3-二異丙基硫脲、1,3-二環己基硫脲、1-(3-(三甲氧基甲矽烷基)丙基)-3-甲基硫脲、三甲基硫脲、四甲基硫脲、N,N-二苯基硫脲、乙烯硫脲(2-咪唑啉硫酮)、卡比嗎唑(Carbimazole)、1,3-二甲基-2-硫乙內醯脲等。Examples of compounds having a thiourea structure include N-acetylthiourea, N-allylthiourea, N-allyl-N'-(2-hydroxyethyl)thiourea, 1-adamantylthiourea, N-benzoylthiourea, N,N'-diphenylthiourea, 1-benzyl-phenylthiourea, 1,3-dibutylthiourea, 1,3-diisopropylthiourea, 1,3-dicyclohexylthiourea, 1-(3-(trimethoxysilyl)propyl)-3-methylthiourea, trimethylthiourea, tetramethylthiourea, N,N-diphenylthiourea, ethylenethiourea (2-imidazolinethione), carbimazole, and 1,3-dimethyl-2-thiohydantoin.
〔含量〕 具有磺醯胺結構之化合物及具有硫脲結構之化合物的合計含量相對於本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的總質量為0.05~10質量%為較佳,0.1~5質量%為更佳,0.2~3質量%為進一步較佳。 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物可以僅包含一種選自包括具有磺醯胺結構之化合物及具有硫脲結構之化合物的群組中之化合物,亦可以包含兩種以上。在僅包含一種之情況下,該化合物的含量在上述範圍內,並且在包含兩種以上之情況下,其合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。[Content] The total content of the compound having a sulfonamide structure and the compound having a thiourea structure is preferably 0.05 to 10 mass %, more preferably 0.1 to 5 mass %, and further preferably 0.2 to 3 mass % relative to the total mass of the curable resin composition of the present invention. The curable resin composition of the present invention may contain only one compound selected from the group including compounds having a sulfonamide structure and compounds having a thiourea structure, or may contain two or more. When only one compound is contained, the content of the compound is within the above range, and when two or more compounds are contained, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<遷移抑制劑> 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物還包含遷移抑制劑為較佳。藉由包含遷移抑制劑,能夠有效地抑制來自於金屬層(金屬配線)之金屬離子向硬化性樹脂組成物層內移動。<Migration inhibitor> The curable resin composition of the present invention preferably further comprises a migration inhibitor. By comprising the migration inhibitor, it is possible to effectively inhibit metal ions from the metal layer (metal wiring) from migrating into the curable resin composition layer.
作為遷移抑制劑,並無特別限制,可以舉出具有雜環(吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、咪唑環、三唑環、㗁唑環、噻唑環、吡唑環、異㗁唑環、異噻唑環、四唑環、吡啶環、嗒𠯤環、嘧啶環、吡𠯤環、哌啶環、哌𠯤環、嗎啉環、2H-吡喃環及6H-吡喃環、三𠯤環)之化合物、具有硫脲類及氫硫基之化合物、受阻苯酚系化合物、水楊酸衍生物系化合物、醯肼衍生物系化合物。尤其,可以較佳地使用1,2,4-三唑、苯并三唑、5-甲基苯并三唑、3-胺基-1,2,4-三唑、3,5-二胺基-1,2,4-三唑等三唑系化合物、1H-四唑、5-苯基四唑、5-胺基-1H-四唑等四唑系化合物、嘌呤、腺嘌呤、鳥嘌呤等嘌呤系化合物。 在該等之中,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物還包含選自包括5-甲基苯并三唑、3-胺基-1,2,4-三唑、3,5-二胺基-1,2,4-三唑及5-胺基-1H-四唑的群組中之至少一種化合物作為遷移抑制劑之態樣亦為本發明的較佳態樣之一。 從改良與金屬配線的密接性的觀點考慮,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含具有胺基之化合物作為遷移抑制劑為較佳,包含具有雜環和胺基之化合物為更佳,包含具有選自包括咪唑環、三唑環、㗁唑環、噻唑環、吡唑環、異㗁唑環、異噻唑環、四唑環、吡啶環、嗒𠯤環、嘧啶環、吡𠯤環、哌啶環、哌𠯤環及三𠯤環的群組中之一種以上的雜環和胺基之化合物為進一步較佳,包含具有胺基之唑系化合物為特佳,包含具有胺基之三唑系化合物或具有胺基之四唑系化合物為最佳。The migration inhibitor is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include compounds having a heterocyclic ring (pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, triazole ring, oxadiazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, isoxadiazole ring, isothiazole ring, tetrazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridine ring, piperidine ring, piperidine ring, morpholine ring, 2H-pyran ring, 6H-pyran ring, trioxadiazole ring), compounds having thiourea and thiohydrin, hindered phenol-based compounds, salicylic acid derivative-based compounds, and hydrazide derivative-based compounds. In particular, triazole compounds such as 1,2,4-triazole, benzotriazole, 5-methylbenzotriazole, 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole, 3,5-diamino-1,2,4-triazole, tetrazole compounds such as 1H-tetrazole, 5-phenyltetrazole, 5-amino-1H-tetrazole, purine compounds such as purine, adenine, and guanine can be preferably used. Among them, the curable resin composition of the present invention further includes at least one compound selected from the group including 5-methylbenzotriazole, 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole, 3,5-diamino-1,2,4-triazole and 5-amino-1H-tetrazole as a migration inhibitor, which is also one of the preferred embodiments of the present invention. From the viewpoint of improving the adhesion to metal wiring, the curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a compound having an amino group as a migration inhibitor, more preferably contains a compound having a heterocyclic ring and an amino group, further preferably contains a compound having one or more heterocyclic rings selected from the group consisting of an imidazole ring, a triazole ring, a pyrazole ring, a thiazole ring, a pyrazole ring, an isothiazole ring, a tetrazole ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyridine ring, a piperidine ring, a piperidine ring and a triazole ring and an amino group, particularly preferably contains an azole compound having an amino group, and most preferably contains a triazole compound having an amino group or a tetrazole compound having an amino group.
或者,亦能夠使用捕捉鹵素離子等陰離子之離子捕捉劑。Alternatively, an ion scavenger that captures anions such as halogen ions may be used.
作為其他遷移抑制劑,能夠使用日本特開2013-015701號公報的0094段中所記載的防銹劑、日本特開2009-283711號公報的0073~0076段中所記載的化合物、日本特開2011-059656號公報的0052段中所記載的化合物、日本特開2012-194520號公報的0114、0116及0118段中所記載的化合物、國際公開第2015/199219號的0166段中所記載的化合物等。As other migration inhibitors, the rust inhibitor described in paragraph 0094 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-015701, the compounds described in paragraphs 0073 to 0076 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2009-283711, the compound described in paragraph 0052 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-059656, the compounds described in paragraphs 0114, 0116 and 0118 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-194520, the compound described in paragraph 0166 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, etc. can be used.
作為遷移抑制劑的具體例,可以舉出下述化合物。As specific examples of the migration inhibitor, the following compounds can be cited.
[化學式65] [Chemical formula 65]
在硬化性樹脂組成物具有遷移抑制劑之情況下,遷移抑制劑的含量相對於硬化性樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.01~5.0質量%為較佳,0.05~2.0質量%為更佳,0.1~1.0質量%為進一步較佳。When the curable resin composition contains a migration inhibitor, the content of the migration inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 5.0 mass %, more preferably 0.05 to 2.0 mass %, and even more preferably 0.1 to 1.0 mass % relative to the total solid content of the curable resin composition.
遷移抑制劑可以僅為一種,亦可以為兩種以上。在遷移抑制劑為兩種以上之情況下,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The migration inhibitor may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more kinds of migration inhibitors, it is preferred that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<聚合抑制劑> 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含聚合抑制劑為較佳。<Polymerization inhibitor> The curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerization inhibitor.
作為聚合抑制劑,例如可以較佳地使用氫醌、鄰甲氧基苯酚、對甲氧基苯酚、二-第三丁基-對甲酚、五倍子酚、對第三丁基鄰苯二酚、1,4-苯醌、二苯基-對苯醌、4,4’-硫代雙(3-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、N-亞硝基苯基羥胺第一鈰鹽、2,2’-亞甲基雙(4-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、N-亞硝基-N-苯基羥胺鋁鹽、啡噻𠯤、N-亞硝基二苯胺、N-苯基萘胺、乙二胺四乙酸、1,2-環己烷二胺四乙酸、乙二醇醚二胺四乙酸、2,6-二-第三丁基-4-甲基苯酚、5-亞硝基-8-羥基喹啉、1-亞硝基-2-萘酚、2-亞硝基-1-萘酚、2-亞硝基-5-(N-乙基-N-磺基丙基胺基)苯酚、N-亞硝基-N-(1-萘基)羥胺銨鹽、雙(4-羥基-3,5-第三丁基)苯基甲烷、1,3,5-三(4-第三丁基-3-羥基-2,6-二甲基苄基)-1,3,5-三𠯤-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-三酮、4‐羥基-2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶1-氧基自由基、啡噻𠯤、1,1-二苯基-2-苦味基肼、二丁基二硫代胺基甲酸銅(II)、硝基苯、N-亞硝基-N-苯基羥胺鋁鹽、N-亞硝基-N-苯基羥胺銨鹽、2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶1-氧自由基、啡㗁𠯤等。又,亦能夠使用日本特開2015-127817號公報的0060段中所記載的聚合抑制劑及國際公開第2015/125469號的0031~0046段中所記載的化合物。As the polymerization inhibitor, for example, hydroquinone, o-methoxyphenol, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, gallol, p-tert-butyl-o-catechol, 1,4-benzoquinone, diphenyl-p-benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), N-nitrosophenylhydroxylamine first barium salt, 2,2'-methylenebis(4- Methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt, phenothiocyanate, N-nitrosodiphenylamine, N-phenylnaphthylamine, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, 1,2-cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, glycol ether diaminetetraacetic acid, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol, 5-nitroso-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-nitroso-2-naphthol, 2-nitroso- 1-naphthol, 2-nitroso-5-(N-ethyl-N-sulfopropylamino)phenol, N-nitroso-N-(1-naphthyl)hydroxylamine ammonium salt, bis(4-hydroxy-3,5-tert-butyl)phenylmethane, 1,3,5-tris(4-tert-butyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylbenzyl)-1,3,5-tris(2,4 ... H)-trione, 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidinium 1-oxyl radical, phenanthridine, 1,1-diphenyl-2-picrylhydrazine, dibutyldithiocarbamate copper (II), nitrobenzene, N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt, N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine ammonium salt, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidinium 1-oxyl radical, phenanthridine, etc. In addition, the polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0060 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-127817 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0046 of International Publication No. 2015/125469 can also be used.
又,能夠使用下述化合物(Me為甲基)。Furthermore, the following compounds (Me is methyl group) can be used.
[化學式66] [Chemical formula 66]
在本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物具有聚合抑制劑之情況下,例如可以舉出聚合抑制劑的含量相對於本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.01~20.0質量%之態樣,0.01~5質量%為較佳,0.02~3質量%為更佳,0.05~2.5質量%為進一步較佳。又,在要求硬化性樹脂組成物溶液的保存穩定性之情況下,亦可以較佳地舉出0.02~15.0質量%之態樣,在該種情況下,更佳為0.05~10.0質量%。When the curable resin composition of the present invention contains a polymerization inhibitor, for example, the content of the polymerization inhibitor is 0.01 to 20.0 mass % relative to the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention, preferably 0.01 to 5 mass %, more preferably 0.02 to 3 mass %, and even more preferably 0.05 to 2.5 mass %. Furthermore, when the storage stability of the curable resin composition solution is required, the content is preferably 0.02 to 15.0 mass %, and in this case, it is more preferably 0.05 to 10.0 mass %.
聚合抑制劑可以僅為一種,亦可以為兩種以上。在聚合抑制劑為兩種以上之情況下,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The polymerization inhibitor may be one or more than one. When there are two or more polymerization inhibitors, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<金屬接著性改良劑> 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含用於提高與電極或配線等中所使用之金屬材料的接著性之金屬接著性改良劑為較佳。作為金屬接著性改良劑,可以舉出矽烷偶合劑、鋁系接著助劑、鈦系接著助劑、具有磺醯胺結構之化合物及具有硫基脲結構之化合物、磷酸衍生物化合物、β酮酸酯(β keto ester)化合物、胺基化合物等。 在該等之中,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含矽烷偶合劑、鋁系接著助劑、鈦系接著助劑、具有磺醯胺結構之化合物及具有硫脲結構之化合物、磷酸衍生物化合物、β-酮酸酯化合物、胺基化合物等為較佳。<Metal Adhesion Improver> The curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a metal adhesion improver for improving adhesion to metal materials used in electrodes or wiring. Examples of metal adhesion improvers include silane coupling agents, aluminum-based adhesion promoters, titanium-based adhesion promoters, compounds having a sulfonamide structure and compounds having a thiourea structure, phosphoric acid derivative compounds, β-ketoester compounds, and amino compounds. Among them, the curable resin composition of the present invention preferably comprises a silane coupling agent, an aluminum-based bonding aid, a titanium-based bonding aid, a compound having a sulfonamide structure, a compound having a thiourea structure, a phosphoric acid derivative compound, a β-ketoester compound, an amino compound, etc.
作為矽烷偶合劑的例子,可以舉出國際公開第2015/199219號的0167段中所記載的化合物、日本特開2014-191002號公報的0062~0073段中所記載的化合物、國際公開第2011/080992號的0063~0071段中所記載的化合物、日本特開2014-191252號公報的0060~0061段中所記載的化合物、日本特開2014-041264號公報的0045~0052段中所記載的化合物、國際公開第2014/097594號的0055段中所記載的化合物。又,如日本特開2011-128358號公報的0050~0058段中所記載,使用兩種以上的不同之矽烷偶合劑亦為較佳。又,矽烷偶合劑使用下述化合物亦為較佳。以下式中,Et表示乙基。Examples of silane coupling agents include compounds described in paragraph 0167 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, compounds described in paragraphs 0062 to 0073 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-191002, compounds described in paragraphs 0063 to 0071 of International Publication No. 2011/080992, compounds described in paragraphs 0060 to 0061 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-191252, compounds described in paragraphs 0045 to 0052 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-041264, and compounds described in paragraph 0055 of International Publication No. 2014/097594. Furthermore, as described in paragraphs 0050 to 0058 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-128358, it is also preferable to use two or more different silane coupling agents. Furthermore, it is also preferable to use the following compounds as silane coupling agents. In the following formula, Et represents an ethyl group.
[化學式67] [Chemical formula 67]
作為其他矽烷偶合劑,例如可以舉出乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、對苯乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-2-(胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、N-2-(胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-三乙氧基甲矽烷基-N-(1,3-二甲基-亞丁基)丙胺、N-苯基-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、三-(三甲氧基甲矽烷基丙基)異氰脲酸酯、3-脲基丙基三烷氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-異氰酸酯丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-三甲氧基甲矽烷基丙基丁二酸酐。該等能夠單獨使用一種或者組合使用兩種以上。As other silane coupling agents, for example, vinyl trimethoxysilane, vinyl triethoxysilane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyl trimethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropyl methyl dimethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropyl trimethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropyl methyl diethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropyl triethoxysilane, p-phenylenediyl trimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyl methyl dimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyl trimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyl methyl diethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyl triethoxysilane, 3-acryloxy Propyl trimethoxysilane, N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyl methyldimethoxysilane, N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyl trimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyl trimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyl triethoxysilane, 3-triethoxysilyl-N-(1,3-dimethyl-butylene)propylamine, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyl trimethoxysilane, tris-(trimethoxysilylpropyl) isocyanurate, 3-ureidopropyl trialkoxysilane, 3-butylenepropyl methyldimethoxysilane, 3-butylenepropyl trimethoxysilane, 3-isocyanate propyl triethoxysilane, 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl succinic anhydride. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
又,作為金屬接著性改良劑,亦能夠使用日本特開2014-186186號公報的0046~0049段中所記載的化合物、日本特開2013-072935號公報的0032~0043段中所記載的硫化物系化合物。Furthermore, as the metal adhesion improver, the compounds described in paragraphs 0046 to 0049 of JP-A-2014-186186 and the sulfide compounds described in paragraphs 0032 to 0043 of JP-A-2013-072935 can also be used.
〔鋁系接著助劑〕 作為鋁系接著助劑,例如可以舉出三(乙醯乙酸乙基)鋁、三(乙醯丙酮)鋁、乙醯乙酸乙基鋁二異丙酯等。[Aluminum-based bonding aid] As aluminum-based bonding aids, for example, tris(ethyl acetylacetate)aluminum, tris(acetylacetone)aluminum, ethyl acetylacetate aluminum diisopropyl, etc. can be cited.
金屬接著性改良劑的含量相對於特定樹脂100質量份,較佳為0.1~30質量份,更佳為在0.5~15質量份的範圍內,進一步較佳為在0.5~5質量份的範內圍內。藉由設為上述下限值以上,圖案與金屬層的接著性變得良好,藉由設為上述上限值以下,圖案的耐熱性、機械特性變得良好。金屬接著性改良劑可以僅為一種,亦可以為兩種以上。在使用兩種以上之情況下,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the metal adhesion improver is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 15 parts by mass, and further preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the specific resin. By setting it to above the above lower limit, the adhesion between the pattern and the metal layer becomes good, and by setting it to below the above upper limit, the heat resistance and mechanical properties of the pattern become good. The metal adhesion improver can be only one kind or two or more kinds. When using two or more kinds, it is better that the total is within the above range.
<金屬接著性改良劑> 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含用於提高與電極或配線等中所使用之金屬材料的接著性之金屬接著性改良劑為較佳。作為金屬接著性改良劑,亦能夠使用日本特開2014-186186號公報的0046~0049段中所記載的化合物、日本特開2013-072935號公報的0032~0043段中所記載的硫化物系化合物。<Metallic Adhesion Improver> The curable resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a metallic adhesion improver for improving adhesion to metal materials used in electrodes or wiring. As the metallic adhesion improver, compounds described in paragraphs 0046 to 0049 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2014-186186 and sulfide compounds described in paragraphs 0032 to 0043 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2013-072935 can also be used.
金屬接著性改良劑的含量相對於含有雜環之聚合物前驅物100質量份,較佳為0.1~30質量份,更佳為在0.5~15質量份的範圍內,進一步較佳為在0.5~5質量份的範內圍內。藉由設為上述下限值以上,硬化步驟後的硬化膜與金屬層的接著性變得良好,藉由設為上述上限值以下,硬化步驟後的硬化膜的耐熱性、機械特性變得良好。金屬接著性改良劑可以僅為一種,亦可以為兩種以上。在使用兩種以上之情況下,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the metal adhesion improver is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 15 parts by mass, and further preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the polymer precursor containing the heterocyclic ring. By setting it to be above the above lower limit, the adhesion between the cured film and the metal layer after the curing step becomes good, and by setting it to be below the above upper limit, the heat resistance and mechanical properties of the cured film after the curing step become good. The metal adhesion improver may be only one kind or may be two or more kinds. When two or more kinds are used, it is preferred that the total is within the above range.
<其他添加劑> 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物在可以獲得本發明的效果之範圍內依據需要能夠配合各種添加物,例如增感劑、鏈轉移劑、界面活性劑、高級脂肪酸衍生物、無機粒子、硬化劑、硬化觸媒、填充劑、抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗凝聚劑等。在配合該等添加劑之情況下,其合計配合量設為硬化性樹脂組成物的固體成分的3質量%以下為較佳。<Other additives> The curable resin composition of the present invention can be formulated with various additives as needed within the scope of obtaining the effects of the present invention, such as sensitizers, chain transfer agents, surfactants, higher fatty acid derivatives, inorganic particles, curing agents, curing catalysts, fillers, antioxidants, ultraviolet absorbers, anti-agglomeration agents, etc. When such additives are formulated, the total amount thereof is preferably set to be less than 3% by weight of the solid content of the curable resin composition.
〔增感劑〕 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物可以包含增感劑。增感劑吸收特定的活性放射線而成為電子激發狀態。成為電子激發狀態之增感劑與熱硬化促進劑、熱自由基聚合起始劑、光自由基聚合起始劑等接觸而產生電子轉移、能量轉移、發熱等作用。藉此,熱硬化促進劑、熱自由基聚合起始劑、光自由基聚合起始劑引起化學變化而分解,從而生成自由基、酸或鹼。 例如,能夠使用乙醇胺系、二苯甲酮系、米其勒酮系、香豆素系、吡唑偶氮系、苯胺基偶氮系、三苯基甲烷系、蒽醌系、蒽系、蒽吡啶酮系、亞苄基系、氧雜菁系、吡唑并三唑偶氮系、吡啶酮偶氮系、花青系、啡噻𠯤系、吡咯并吡唑偶氮次甲基系、口山口星系、酞菁系、苯并吡喃系、靛藍系等化合物。 作為增感劑,例如可以舉出米其勒酮、4,4’-雙(二乙胺基)二苯甲酮、2,5-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)環戊烷、2,6-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)環己酮、2,6-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)-4-甲基環己酮、4,4’-雙(二甲基胺基)查耳酮、4,4’-雙(二乙胺基)查耳酮、對二甲基胺基苯亞烯丙基二氫茚酮、對二甲基胺基亞苄基二氫茚酮、2-(對二甲基胺基苯基亞聯苯基)-苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯基亞乙烯基)苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯基亞乙烯基)異萘并噻唑、1,3-雙(4’-二甲基胺基亞苄基)丙酮、1,3-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)丙酮、3,3’-羰基-雙(7-二乙胺基香豆素)、3-乙醯基-7-二甲基胺基香豆素、3-乙氧基羰基-7-二甲基胺基香豆素、3-苄氧基羰基-7-二甲基胺基香豆素、3-甲氧基羰基-7-二乙胺基香豆素、3-乙氧基羰基-7-二乙胺基香豆素、N-苯基-N’-乙基乙醇胺、N-苯基二乙醇胺、N-對甲苯基二乙醇胺、N-苯基乙醇胺、4-嗎啉基二苯甲酮、二甲基胺基苯甲酸異戊酯、二乙胺基苯甲酸異戊酯、2-巰基苯并咪唑、1-苯基-5-巰基四唑、2-巰基苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯乙烯基)苯并㗁唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯乙烯基)苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯乙烯基)萘并(1,2-d)噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯甲醯基)苯乙烯、二苯基乙醯胺、苯甲醯苯胺、N-甲基乙醯苯胺、3’,4’-二甲基乙醯苯胺等。 作為增感劑,亦可以使用增感色素。 關於增感色素的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2016-027357號公報的0161~0163段的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。[Sensitizer] The curable resin composition of the present invention may contain a sensitizer. The sensitizer absorbs specific active radiation and becomes an electronically excited state. The sensitizer in the electronically excited state comes into contact with a thermal curing accelerator, a thermal free radical polymerization initiator, a photo-free radical polymerization initiator, etc., and produces electron transfer, energy transfer, heat, etc. Thereby, the thermal curing accelerator, the thermal free radical polymerization initiator, and the photo-free radical polymerization initiator cause chemical changes and decompose, thereby generating free radicals, acids or bases. For example, compounds such as ethanolamine, benzophenone, michler's ketone, coumarin, pyrazole azo, anilino azo, triphenylmethane, anthraquinone, anthracene, anthrapyridone, benzylidene, oxocyanine, pyrazolotriazole azo, pyridone azo, cyanine, phenathiophene, pyrrolopyrazole azo methine, phthalocyanine, benzopyran, and indigo can be used. Examples of the sensitizer include michler's ketone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, 2,5-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene)cyclopentane, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene)cyclohexanone, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene)-4-methylcyclohexanone, 4,4'-bis(dimethylamino)chalcone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)chalcone, p-dimethylaminophenylallylidenedihydroindanone, p-Dimethylaminobenzylidenedihydroindanone, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylbiphenylene)-benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylvinylene)benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylvinylene)isonaphthothiazole, 1,3-bis(4'-dimethylaminobenzylidene)acetone, 1,3-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene)acetone, 3,3'-carbonyl-bis(7-diethylaminocoumarin), 3-acetyl-7-dimethyl Aminocumarin, 3-ethoxycarbonyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-benzyloxycarbonyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-methoxycarbonyl-7-diethylaminocoumarin, 3-ethoxycarbonyl-7-diethylaminocoumarin, N-phenyl-N'-ethylethanolamine, N-phenyldiethanolamine, N-p-tolyldiethanolamine, N-phenylethanolamine, 4-pyrrolidone, isoamyl dimethylaminobenzoate, isoamyl diethylaminobenzoate Amyl ester, 2-benzimidazole, 1-phenyl-5-benzyltetrazolyl, 2-benzthiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyryl)benzoxazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyryl)benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyryl)naphtho(1,2-d)thiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminobenzyl)styrene, diphenylacetamide, benzanilide, N-methylacetanilide, 3',4'-dimethylacetanilide, etc. As the sensitizer, a sensitizing dye can also be used. For details of the sensitizing dye, reference can be made to paragraphs 0161 to 0163 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-027357, which is incorporated into this specification.
在本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物包含增感劑之情況下,增感劑的含量相對於本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.01~20質量%為較佳,0.1~15質量%為更佳,0.5~10質量%為進一步較佳。增感劑可以單獨使用一種,亦可以同時使用兩種以上。When the curable resin composition of the present invention contains a sensitizer, the content of the sensitizer is preferably 0.01 to 20 mass %, more preferably 0.1 to 15 mass %, and even more preferably 0.5 to 10 mass % relative to the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention. The sensitizer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
〔鏈轉移劑〕 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物可以含有鏈轉移劑。鏈轉移劑例如在高分子詞典第三版(高分子學會編,2005年)第683-684頁中被定義。作為鏈轉移劑,例如可以使用在分子內具有-S-S-、-SO2 -S-、-N-O-、SH、PH、SiH、及GeH之化合物群組、具有用於RAFT(Reversible Addition Fragmentation chain Transfer:可逆加成鏈轉移聚合)聚合之硫羰硫基之二硫代苯甲酸酯、三硫代碳酸酯、二硫代胺基甲酸酯、黃原酸酯(Xanthate)化合物等。該等能夠將氫供應給低活性的自由基而生成自由基,或者在氧化之後藉由去質子而生成自由基。尤其,可以較佳地使用硫醇化合物。[Chain transfer agent] The curable resin composition of the present invention may contain a chain transfer agent. Chain transfer agents are defined, for example, in the third edition of the Polymer Dictionary (edited by the Polymer Society, 2005), pages 683-684. As chain transfer agents, for example, a compound group having -SS-, -SO 2 -S-, -NO-, SH, PH, SiH, and GeH in the molecule, dithiobenzoate, trithiocarbonate, dithiocarbamate, xanthate compounds having a thiocarbonylthio group for RAFT (Reversible Addition Fragmentation chain Transfer) polymerization, etc. can be used. These can generate free radicals by donating hydrogen to low-activity free radicals, or generate free radicals by deprotonation after oxidation. In particular, thiol compounds can be preferably used.
又,鏈轉移劑亦能夠使用國際公開第2015/199219號的0152~0153段中所記載的化合物。Furthermore, the chain transfer agent may also include compounds described in paragraphs 0152 to 0153 of International Publication No. 2015/199219.
在本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物具有鏈轉移劑之情況下,鏈轉移劑的含量相對於本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的總固體成分100質量份為0.01~20質量份為較佳,1~10質量份為更佳,1~5質量份為進一步較佳。鏈轉移劑可以僅為一種,亦可以為兩種以上。在鏈轉移劑為兩種以上之情況下,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。When the curable resin composition of the present invention contains a chain transfer agent, the content of the chain transfer agent is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass, and even more preferably 1 to 5 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention. The chain transfer agent may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more kinds of chain transfer agents, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
〔界面活性劑〕 從進一步提高塗佈性之觀點考慮,在本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物中可以添加各種類型的界面活性劑。作為界面活性劑,能夠使用氟系界面活性劑、非離子系界面活性劑、陽離子系界面活性劑、陰離子系界面活性劑、矽酮系界面活性劑等各種界面活性劑。又,下述界面活性劑亦為較佳。下述式中,表示主鏈的重複單元之括號表示各重複單元的含量(莫耳%),表示側鏈的重複單元之括號表示各重複單元的重複數。 [化學式68] 又,界面活性劑亦能夠使用國際公開第2015/199219號的0159~0165段中所記載的化合物。 關於氟系界面活性劑,亦能夠將在側鏈中具有乙烯性不飽和基之含氟聚合物用作氟系界面活性劑。作為具體例,可以舉出日本特開2010-164965號公報的0050~0090段及0289~0295段中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。又,作為市售品,例如可以舉出DIC CORPORATION製造的MEGAFACE RS-101、RS-102、RS-718K等。[Surfactant] From the viewpoint of further improving the coating properties, various types of surfactants can be added to the curable resin composition of the present invention. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as fluorine-based surfactants, non-ionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, silicone-based surfactants, etc. can be used. In addition, the following surfactants are also preferred. In the following formula, the parentheses representing the repeating units of the main chain represent the content (molar %) of each repeating unit, and the parentheses representing the repeating units of the side chain represent the number of repetitions of each repeating unit. [Chemical Formula 68] Furthermore, the surfactant can also use the compounds described in paragraphs 0159 to 0165 of International Publication No. 2015/199219. Regarding the fluorine-based surfactant, a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain can also be used as a fluorine-based surfactant. As a specific example, the compounds described in paragraphs 0050 to 0090 and paragraphs 0289 to 0295 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2010-164965 can be cited, and the contents are incorporated into this specification. Moreover, as commercially available products, for example, MEGAFACE RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K, etc. manufactured by DIC CORPORATION can be cited.
氟系界面活性劑中的氟含有率為3~40質量%為較佳,更佳為5~30質量%,特佳為7~25質量%。在塗佈膜的厚度的均勻性或省液性的觀點上,氟含有率在該範圍內的氟系界面活性劑為有效,在組成物中之溶解性亦良好。The fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably 3 to 40 mass %, more preferably 5 to 30 mass %, and particularly preferably 7 to 25 mass %. From the perspective of uniformity of the coating thickness or liquid saving, a fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective and has good solubility in the composition.
作為矽酮系界面活性劑,例如可以舉出Toray Silicone DC3PA、Toray Silicone SH7PA、Toray Silicone DC11PA、Toray Silicone SH21PA、Toray Silicone SH28PA、Toray Silicone SH29PA、Toray Silicone SH30PA、Toray Silicone SH8400(以上為Dow Corning Toray Co.,Ltd.製造)、TSF-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上為Momentive Performance Materials Inc.製造)、KP341、KF6001、KF6002(以上為Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、BYK307、BYK323、BYK330(以上為BYK Chemie GmbH製造)等。Examples of the silicone-based surfactant include Toray Silicone DC3PA, Toray Silicone SH7PA, Toray Silicone DC11PA, Toray Silicone SH21PA, Toray Silicone SH28PA, Toray Silicone SH29PA, Toray Silicone SH30PA, and Toray Silicone SH8400 (all manufactured by Dow Corning Toray Co., Ltd.), TSF-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, and TSF-4452 (all manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials Inc.), KP341, KF6001, and KF6002 (all manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), and BYK307, BYK323, and BYK330 (all manufactured by BYK Chemie GmbH).
作為烴系界面活性劑,例如可以舉出PIONIN A-76、New Kalgen FS-3PG、PIONIN B-709、PIONIN B-811-N、PIONIN D-1004、PIONIN D-3104、PIONIN D-3605、PIONIN D-6112、PIONIN D-2104-D、PIONIN D-212、PIONIN D-931、PIONIN D-941、PIONIN D-951、PIONIN E-5310、PIONIN P-1050-B、PIONIN P-1028-P、PIONIN P-4050-T等(以上為Takemoto Oil & Fat Co.,Ltd.製造)等。Examples of hydrocarbon-based surfactants include PIONIN A-76, New Kalgen FS-3PG, PIONIN B-709, PIONIN B-811-N, PIONIN D-1004, PIONIN D-3104, PIONIN D-3605, PIONIN D-6112, PIONIN D-2104-D, PIONIN D-212, PIONIN D-931, PIONIN D-941, PIONIN D-951, PIONIN E-5310, PIONIN P-1050-B, PIONIN P-1028-P, and PIONIN P-4050-T (all manufactured by Takemoto Oil & Fat Co., Ltd.).
作為非離子型界面活性劑,例示出甘油、三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷以及該等的乙氧基化物及丙氧基化物(例如,甘油丙氧基化物、甘油乙氧基化物等)、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂基醚、聚氧乙烯油基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、山梨糖醇酐脂肪酸酯等。作為市售品,可以舉出Pluronic L10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2(BASF公司製造)、Tetronic 304、701、704、901、904、150R1(BASF公司製造)、Solsperse 20000(Lubrizol Japan Ltd.製造)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造)、PIONIN D-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(TAKEMOTO OIL & FAT CO.,LTD製造)、OLFIN E1010、Surfynol 104、400、440(Nissin Chemical co.,ltd.製造)等。Examples of the nonionic surfactant include glycerin, trihydroxymethylpropane, trihydroxymethylethane, and ethoxylates and propoxylates thereof (e.g., glycerin propoxylate, glycerin ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, and sorbitan fatty acid esters. Commercially available products include Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, and 25R2 (manufactured by BASF), Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, and 150R1 (manufactured by BASF), Solsperse 20000 (manufactured by Lubrizol Japan Ltd.), NCW-101, NCW-1001, and NCW-1002 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation), PIONIN D-6112, D-6112-W, and D-6315 (manufactured by TAKEMOTO OIL & FAT CO., LTD.), OLFIN E1010, and Surfynol 104, 400, and 440 (manufactured by Nissin Chemical Co., Ltd.), and the like.
作為陽離子型界面活性劑,具體而言,可以舉出有機矽氧烷聚合物KP341(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、(甲基)丙烯酸系(共)聚合物Polyflow No.75、No.77、No.90、No.95(Kyoeisha chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、W001(Yusho Co.,Ltd.製造)等。Specific examples of the cationic surfactant include organosiloxane polymer KP341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), (meth)acrylic (co)polymer Polyflow No.75, No.77, No.90, No.95 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), and W001 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.).
作為陰離子型界面活性劑,具體而言,可以舉出W004、W005、W017(Yusho Co.,Ltd.製造)、SANDET BL(SANYO KASEI CO.,LTD.製造)等。Specific examples of the anionic surfactant include W004, W005, and W017 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.), and SANDET BL (manufactured by Sanyo Kasei Co., Ltd.).
在本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物具有界面活性劑之情況下,界面活性劑的含量相對於本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.001~2.0質量%為較佳,更佳為0.005~1.0質量%。界面活性劑可以僅為一種,亦可以為兩種以上。在界面活性劑為兩種以上之情況下,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。When the curable resin composition of the present invention contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001 to 2.0 mass % relative to the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention, and more preferably 0.005 to 1.0 mass %. The surfactant may be only one kind or two or more kinds. When there are two or more kinds of surfactants, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
〔高級脂肪酸衍生物〕 為了防止由氧引起之聚合阻礙,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物可以添加如二十二酸或二十二酸醯胺那樣的高級脂肪酸衍生物以使其在塗佈後進行乾燥過程中不均勻地分布於硬化性樹脂組成物的表面上。[Higher fatty acid derivatives] In order to prevent polymerization hindrance caused by oxygen, the curable resin composition of the present invention may add a higher fatty acid derivative such as behenic acid or behenic acid amide so that it is unevenly distributed on the surface of the curable resin composition during the drying process after coating.
又,高級脂肪酸衍生物亦能夠使用國際公開第2015/199219號的0155段中所記載的化合物。Furthermore, as the higher fatty acid derivatives, the compounds described in paragraph 0155 of International Publication No. 2015/199219 can also be used.
在本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物具有高級脂肪酸衍生物之情況下,高級脂肪酸衍生物的含量相對於本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的總固體成分為0.1~10質量%為較佳。高級脂肪酸衍生物可以僅為一種,亦可以為兩種以上。在高級脂肪酸衍生物為兩種以上之情況下,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。When the curable resin composition of the present invention contains a higher fatty acid derivative, the content of the higher fatty acid derivative is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass relative to the total solid content of the curable resin composition of the present invention. The higher fatty acid derivative may be only one type or two or more types. When there are two or more types of higher fatty acid derivatives, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
〔無機粒子〕 本發明的樹脂組成物可以包含無機粒子。作為無機粒子,具體而言,能夠包含碳酸鈣、磷酸鈣、二氧化矽、高嶺土、滑石、二氧化鈦、氧化鋁、硫酸鋇、氟化鈣、氟化鋰、沸石、硫化鉬、玻璃等。[Inorganic particles] The resin composition of the present invention may contain inorganic particles. Specifically, the inorganic particles may include calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, silicon dioxide, kaolin, talc, titanium dioxide, aluminum oxide, barium sulfate, calcium fluoride, lithium fluoride, zeolite, molybdenum sulfide, glass, etc.
作為上述無機粒子的平均粒徑為0.01~2.0μm為較佳,0.02~1.5μm為更佳,0.03~1.0μm為進一步較佳,0.04~0.5μm為特佳。 若上述無機粒子的平均粒徑小於0.01μm,則有時上述硬化膜的機械特性會劣化。又,若上述無機粒子的平均粒徑超過2.0μm,則有時解析度因曝光光的散射而下降。The average particle size of the inorganic particles is preferably 0.01 to 2.0 μm, more preferably 0.02 to 1.5 μm, further preferably 0.03 to 1.0 μm, and particularly preferably 0.04 to 0.5 μm. If the average particle size of the inorganic particles is less than 0.01 μm, the mechanical properties of the cured film may deteriorate. If the average particle size of the inorganic particles exceeds 2.0 μm, the resolution may decrease due to scattering of exposure light.
〔紫外線吸收劑〕 本發明的組成物可以包含紫外線吸收劑。作為紫外線吸收劑,能夠使用水楊酸酯系、二苯甲酮系、苯并三唑系、取代丙烯腈系、三𠯤系等紫外線吸收劑。 作為水楊酸酯系紫外線吸收劑的例子,可以舉出水楊酸苯酯、水楊酸對辛基苯酯、水楊酸對第三丁基苯酯等,作為二苯甲酮系紫外線吸收劑的例子,可以舉出2,2’-二羥基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮、2,2’-二羥基-4,4’-二甲氧基二苯甲酮、2,2’,4,4’-四羥基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮、2,4-二羥基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-辛氧基二苯甲酮等。又,作為苯并三唑系紫外線吸收劑的例子,可以舉出2-(2’-羥基-3’,5’-二-第三丁基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-第三丁基-5’-甲基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-第三戊基-5’-異丁基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-異丁基-5’-甲基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-異丁基-5’-丙基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’,5’-二-第三丁基苯基)苯并三唑、2-(2’-羥基-5’-甲基苯基)苯并三唑、2-[2’-羥基-5’-(1,1,3,3-四甲基)苯基]苯并三唑等。[Ultraviolet absorber] The composition of the present invention may contain an ultraviolet absorber. As the ultraviolet absorber, salicylate-based, benzophenone-based, benzotriazole-based, substituted acrylonitrile-based, tris(III)-based ultraviolet absorbers can be used. Examples of salicylate-based ultraviolet absorbers include phenyl salicylate, p-octylphenyl salicylate, and p-tert-butylphenyl salicylate. Examples of benzophenone-based ultraviolet absorbers include 2,2'-dihydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2,2'-dihydroxy-4,4'-dimethoxybenzophenone, 2,2',4,4'-tetrahydroxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2,4-dihydroxybenzophenone, and 2-hydroxy-4-octyloxybenzophenone. Examples of benzotriazole-based ultraviolet absorbers include 2-(2'-hydroxy-3',5'-di-tert-butylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-tert-butyl-5'-methylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-tert-pentyl-5'-isobutylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, and 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-tert-pentyl-5'-isobutylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole. 2-(2'-hydroxy-3',5'-di-tert-butylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-5'-methylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-[2'-hydroxy-5'-(1,1,3,3-tetramethyl)phenyl]benzotriazole, etc.
作為取代丙烯腈系紫外線吸收劑的例子,可以舉出2-氰基-3,3-二苯基丙烯酸乙酯、2-氰基-3,3-二苯基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯等。進而,作為三𠯤系紫外線吸收劑的例子,可以舉出2-[4-[(2-羥基-3-十二烷氧基丙基)氧基]-2-羥基苯基]-4,6-雙(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2-[4-[(2-羥基-3-十三烷氧基丙基)氧基]-2-羥基苯基]-4,6-雙(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2-(2,4-二羥基苯基)-4,6-雙(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤等單(羥基苯基)三𠯤化合物;2,4-雙(2-羥基-4-丙氧基苯基)-6-(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4-雙(2-羥基-3-甲基-4-丙氧基苯基)-6-(4-甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4-雙(2-羥基-3-甲基-4-己氧基苯基)-6-(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤等雙(羥基苯基)三𠯤化合物;2,4-雙(2-羥基-4-丁氧基苯基)-6-(2,4-二丁氧基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4,6-三(2-羥基-4-辛氧基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4,6-三[2-羥基-4-(3-丁氧基-2-羥基丙氧基)苯基]-1,3,5-三𠯤等三(羥基苯基)三𠯤化合物等。Examples of substituted acrylonitrile-based ultraviolet absorbers include ethyl 2-cyano-3,3-diphenylacrylate and 2-ethylhexyl 2-cyano-3,3-diphenylacrylate. Examples of tris(iodine-based ultraviolet absorbers include 2-[4-[(2-hydroxy-3-dodecyloxypropyl)oxy]-2-hydroxyphenyl]-4,6-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-tris(iodine-based ultraviolet absorbers), 2-[4-[(2-hydroxy-3-tridecyloxypropyl)oxy]-2-hydroxyphenyl]-4,6 -bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-trisinium, 2-(2,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-trisinium and other mono(hydroxyphenyl)trisinium compounds; 2,4-bis(2-hydroxy-4-propoxyphenyl)-6-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-trisinium, Bis(hydroxyphenyl)triol compounds such as 2,4-bis(2-hydroxy-3-methyl-4-propoxyphenyl)-6-(4-methylphenyl)-1,3,5-triol, 2,4-bis(2-hydroxy-3-methyl-4-hexyloxyphenyl)-6-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-triol; 2,4-bis(2-hydroxy-4- tris(hydroxyphenyl)tris(iota) compounds such as 2,4-dibutoxyphenyl)-6-(2,4-dibutoxyphenyl)-1,3,5-tris(iota), 2,4,6-tris(2-hydroxy-4-octyloxyphenyl)-1,3,5-tris(iota), and 2,4,6-tris[2-hydroxy-4-(3-butoxy-2-hydroxypropoxy)phenyl]-1,3,5-tris(iota).
在本發明中,上述各種紫外線吸收劑可以單獨使用一種,亦可以組合使用兩種以上。 本發明的組成物可以包含紫外線吸收劑或不包含紫外線吸收劑,但是在包含紫外線吸收劑之情況下,紫外線吸收劑的含量相對於本發明的組成物的總固體成分質量為0.001質量%以上且1質量%以下為較佳,0.01質量%以上且0.1質量%以下為更佳。In the present invention, the above-mentioned various ultraviolet absorbers may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The composition of the present invention may contain an ultraviolet absorber or not contain an ultraviolet absorber, but when containing an ultraviolet absorber, the content of the ultraviolet absorber is preferably 0.001 mass % or more and 1 mass % or less, and more preferably 0.01 mass % or more and 0.1 mass % or less relative to the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
〔有機鈦化合物〕 本實施形態的樹脂組成物可以含有有機鈦化合物。藉由樹脂組成物含有有機鈦化合物,即使在低溫下進行硬化之情況下,亦能夠形成耐藥品性優異之樹脂層。[Organic titanium compound] The resin composition of this embodiment may contain an organic titanium compound. When the resin composition contains an organic titanium compound, a resin layer having excellent chemical resistance can be formed even when hardening is performed at a low temperature.
作為能夠使用之有機鈦化合物,可以舉出在鈦原子上經由共價鍵或離子鍵鍵結有有機基者。 將有機鈦化合物的具體例示於以下的I)~VII): I)鈦螯合化合物:其中,由於負型感光性樹脂組成物的保存穩定性良好且可以獲得良好的硬化圖案,因此具有2個以上的烷氧基之鈦螯合化合物為更佳。具體例為雙(三乙醇胺)二異丙氧基鈦、雙(2,4-戊二酸酯)二(正丁氧基)鈦、雙(2,4-戊二酸酯)二異丙氧基鈦、雙(四甲基庚二酸酯)二異丙氧基鈦、雙(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)二異丙氧基鈦等。 II)四烷氧基鈦化合物:例如為四(正丁氧基)鈦、四乙氧基鈦、四(2-乙基己氧基)鈦、四異丁氧基鈦、四異丙氧基鈦、四甲氧基鈦、四甲氧基丙氧基鈦、四甲基苯氧基鈦、四(正壬氧基)鈦、四(正丙氧基)鈦、四硬脂醯氧基鈦、四[雙{2,2-(烯丙氧基甲基)丁氧基}]鈦等。 III)二茂鈦化合物:例如為五甲基環戊二烯基三甲醇鈦、雙(η5-2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)雙(2,6-二氟苯基)鈦、雙(η5-2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)雙(2,6-二氟-3-(1H-吡咯-1-基)苯基)鈦等。 IV)單烷氧基鈦化合物:例如為三(二辛基磷酸酯)異丙氧基鈦、三(十二烷基苯磺酸酯)異丙氧基鈦等。 V)氧化鈦化合物:例如為雙(戊二酸酯)氧化鈦、雙(四甲基庚二酸酯)氧化鈦、酞菁氧化鈦等。 VI)四乙醯丙酮鈦化合物:例如為四乙醯丙酮鈦等。 VII)鈦酸酯偶合劑:例如為異丙基三(十二烷基)苯磺醯基鈦酸酯等。As the organic titanium compound that can be used, there can be cited those having an organic group bonded to the titanium atom via a covalent bond or an ionic bond. Specific examples of the organic titanium compound are shown in the following I) to VII): I) Titanium chelate compound: Among them, since the storage stability of the negative photosensitive resin composition is good and a good curing pattern can be obtained, a titanium chelate compound having two or more alkoxy groups is more preferred. Specific examples include titanium bis(triethanolamine)diisopropoxide, titanium bis(2,4-pentanedioate)di(n-butoxy), titanium bis(2,4-pentanedioate)diisopropoxide, titanium bis(tetramethyl pimelate)diisopropoxide, titanium bis(ethyl acetoacetate)diisopropoxide, etc. II) Tetraalkoxy titanium compounds: for example, tetra(n-butoxy)titanium, tetraethoxytitanium, tetra(2-ethylhexyloxy)titanium, tetraisobutoxytitanium, tetraisopropoxytitanium, tetramethoxytitanium, tetramethoxypropoxytitanium, tetramethylphenoxytitanium, tetra(n-nonyloxy)titanium, tetra(n-propoxy)titanium, tetrastearyloxytitanium, tetra[bis{2,2-(allyloxymethyl)butoxy}]titanium, etc. III) Titanium cyclopentadienyl trimethoxide, for example, titanium pentamethylcyclopentadienyl trimethoxide, bis(η5-2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluorophenyl)titanium, bis(η5-2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluoro-3-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)phenyl)titanium, etc. IV) Titanium monoalkoxy compounds: for example, titanium tris(dioctyl phosphate) isopropoxy, titanium tris(dodecylbenzene sulfonate) isopropoxy, etc. V) Titanium oxide compounds: for example, titanium bis(glutarate) oxide, titanium bis(tetramethylpimelate) oxide, titanium phthalocyanine oxide, etc. VI) Titanium tetraacetylacetonate compounds: for example, titanium tetraacetylacetonate, etc. VII) Titanium ester coupling agent: for example, isopropyl tri(dodecyl)benzenesulfonyl titanium ester, etc.
其中,作為有機鈦化合物,從發揮更加良好的耐藥品性之觀點考慮,選自包括上述I)鈦螯合化合物、II)四烷氧基鈦化合物及III)二茂鈦化合物的群組中之至少一種化合物為較佳。尤其,雙(乙基乙醯乙酸酯)二異丙氧基鈦、四(正丁氧基)鈦及雙(η5-2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)雙(2,6-二氟-3-(1H-吡咯-1-基)苯基)鈦為較佳。Among them, as an organic titanium compound, from the viewpoint of exerting better drug resistance, at least one compound selected from the group including I) titanium chelate compounds, II) tetraalkoxy titanium compounds and III) dioctenyl titanium compounds is preferred. In particular, bis(ethylacetyl acetate)diisopropoxytitanium, tetra(n-butoxy)titanium and bis(η5-2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluoro-3-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)phenyl)titanium are preferred.
在配合有機鈦化合物之情況下,其配合量相對於環化樹脂的前驅物100質量份為0.05~10質量份為較佳,更佳為0.1~2質量份。在配合量為0.05質量份以上之情況下,在所獲得之硬化圖案中顯現良好的耐熱性及耐藥品性,另一方面,在配合量為10質量份以下之情況下,組成物的保存穩定性優異。When the organic titanium compound is added, the amount thereof is preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 2 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the precursor of the cyclized resin. When the amount is 0.05 parts by mass or more, the obtained hardened pattern exhibits good heat resistance and chemical resistance, while when the amount is 10 parts by mass or less, the storage stability of the composition is excellent.
〔抗氧化劑〕 本發明的組成物可以包含抗氧化劑。藉由含有抗氧化劑作為添加劑,能夠提高硬化後的膜的伸長率特性或與金屬材料的密接性。作為抗氧化劑,可以舉出酚化合物、亞磷酸酯化合物、硫醚化合物等。作為酚化合物,能夠使用作為酚系抗氧化劑而已知之任意的酚化合物。作為較佳的酚化合物,可以舉出受阻酚化合物。在與酚性羥基鄰接之部位(鄰位)具有取代基之化合物為較佳。作為前述取代基,碳數1~22的經取代或未經取代的烷基為較佳。又,抗氧化劑為在同一分子內具有酚基和亞磷酸酯基之化合物亦為較佳。又,抗氧化劑亦可以較佳地使用磷系抗氧化劑。作為磷系抗氧化劑,可以舉出三[2-[[2,4,8,10-四(1,1-二甲基乙基)二苯并[d,f][1,3,2]二㗁磷雜庚英(dioxaphosphepin)-6-基]氧基]乙基]胺、三[2-[(4,6,9,11-四-第三丁基二苯并[d,f][1,3,2]二㗁磷雜庚英-2-基)氧基]乙基]胺、雙(2,4-二-第三丁基-6-甲基苯酚)亞磷酸乙酯等。作為抗氧化劑的市售品,例如可以舉出ADKSTAB AO-20、ADKSTAB AO-30、ADKSTAB AO-40、ADKSTAB AO-50、ADKSTAB AO-50F、ADKSTAB AO-60、ADKSTAB AO-60G、ADKSTAB AO-80、ADKSTAB AO-330(以上為ADEKA CORPORATION製造)等。又,抗氧化劑亦能夠使用日本專利第6268967號公報的段落號0023~0048中所記載之化合物。又,本發明的組成物依據需要可以含有潛在抗氧化劑。作為潛在抗氧化劑,可以舉出作為抗氧化劑而發揮作用之部位被保護基保護之化合物,且藉由在100~250℃下加熱或者在酸/鹼觸媒存在下於80~200℃下加熱而保護基脫離從而作為抗氧化劑而發揮作用之化合物。作為潛在抗氧化劑,可以舉出國際公開第2014/021023號、國際公開第2017/030005號、日本特開2017-008219號公報中所記載之化合物。作為潛在抗氧化劑的市售品,可以舉出ADEKA ARKLS GPA-5001(ADEKA CORPORATION製造)等。作為較佳的抗氧化劑的例子,可以舉出2,2-硫代雙(4-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、2,6-二第三丁基苯酚及通式(3)所表示之化合物。[Antioxidant] The composition of the present invention may contain an antioxidant. By containing an antioxidant as an additive, the elongation characteristics of the film after curing or the adhesion to the metal material can be improved. As the antioxidant, phenol compounds, phosphite compounds, thioether compounds, etc. can be cited. As the phenol compound, any phenol compound known as a phenolic antioxidant can be used. As a preferred phenol compound, a hindered phenol compound can be cited. Compounds having a substituent at a position adjacent to a phenolic hydroxyl group (adjacent position) are preferred. As the aforementioned substituent, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferred. In addition, the antioxidant is also preferably a compound having a phenol group and a phosphite group in the same molecule. Furthermore, the antioxidant may preferably be a phosphorus-based antioxidant. Examples of the phosphorus-based antioxidant include tris[2-[[2,4,8,10-tetrakis(1,1-dimethylethyl)dibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-6-yl]oxy]ethyl]amine, tris[2-[(4,6,9,11-tetrakis-tert-butyldibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-2-yl)oxy]ethyl]amine, and bis(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenol)ethyl phosphite. As commercially available antioxidants, for example, ADKSTAB AO-20, ADKSTAB AO-30, ADKSTAB AO-40, ADKSTAB AO-50, ADKSTAB AO-50F, ADKSTAB AO-60, ADKSTAB AO-60G, ADKSTAB AO-80, ADKSTAB AO-330 (all manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) etc. can be cited. In addition, the antioxidant can also use the compounds described in paragraphs 0023 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967. In addition, the composition of the present invention can contain a potential antioxidant as needed. As potential antioxidants, there can be mentioned compounds in which the site that functions as an antioxidant is protected by a protecting group, and the protecting group is released by heating at 100 to 250°C or heating at 80 to 200°C in the presence of an acid/base catalyst, thereby functioning as an antioxidant. As potential antioxidants, there can be mentioned compounds described in International Publication No. 2014/021023, International Publication No. 2017/030005, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 2017-008219. As commercially available products of potential antioxidants, there can be mentioned ADEKA ARKLS GPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) and the like. Preferred examples of antioxidants include 2,2-thiobis(4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,6-di-tert-butylphenol and compounds represented by the general formula (3).
[化學式69] [Chemical formula 69]
通式(3)中,R5 表示氫原子或碳數2以上的烷基,R6 表示碳數2以上的伸烷基。R7 表示碳數2以上的伸烷基、包含O原子及N原子中的至少任一種之1~4價的有機基。k表示1~4的整數。In the general formula (3), R5 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms, R6 represents an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms, R7 represents an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms, or a monovalent to tetravalent organic group containing at least one of an O atom and a N atom. k represents an integer of 1 to 4.
通式(3)所表示之化合物抑制樹脂的脂肪族基或酚性羥基的氧化劣化。又,藉由對金屬材料的防銹作用,能夠抑制金屬氧化。The compound represented by the general formula (3) inhibits the oxidative degradation of the aliphatic group or the phenolic hydroxyl group of the resin. In addition, it can inhibit the oxidation of the metal by its rust-proofing effect on the metal material.
由於能夠同時作用於樹脂和金屬材料,因此k為2~4的整數為更佳。作為R7 ,可以舉出烷基、環烷基、烷氧基、烷基醚基、烷基甲矽烷基、烷氧基甲矽烷基、芳基、芳基醚基、羧基、羰基、烯丙基、乙烯基、雜環基、-O-、-NH-、-NHNH-、將該等組合而成者等,並且還可以具有取代基。其中,從在顯影液中的溶解性或金屬密接性的觀點而言,具有烷基醚、-NH-為較佳,從與樹脂的相互作用和基於金屬錯合形成之金屬密接性的觀點而言,-NH-為更佳。Since it can act on the resin and the metal material simultaneously, k is preferably an integer of 2 to 4. R 7 includes an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl ether group, an alkyl silyl group, an alkoxy silyl group, an aryl group, an aryl ether group, a carboxyl group, a carbonyl group, an allyl group, a vinyl group, a heterocyclic group, -O-, -NH-, -NHNH-, a combination thereof, and the like, and may further have a substituent. Among them, from the viewpoint of solubility in a developer or metal adhesion, alkyl ether and -NH- are preferred, and from the viewpoint of interaction with the resin and metal adhesion by metal complex formation, -NH- is more preferred.
作為下述通式(3)所表示之化合物的例子,可以舉出以下者,但是並不限於下述結構。Examples of the compound represented by the following general formula (3) include the following, but are not limited to the following structure.
[化學式70] [Chemical formula 70]
[化學式71] [Chemical formula 71]
[化學式72] [Chemical formula 72]
[化學式73] [Chemical formula 73]
抗氧化劑的添加量相對於樹脂為0.1~10質量份為較佳,0.5~5質量份為更佳。在添加量少於0.1質量份之情況下,難以獲得提高信賴性試驗後的伸長率特性或對金屬材料的密接性之效果,並且在多於10質量份之情況下,有可能藉由與光敏劑的相互作用而導致樹脂組成物的靈敏度下降。抗氧化劑可以僅使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。在使用兩種以上之情況下,該等的合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。The amount of antioxidant added is preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by weight relative to the resin, and more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by weight. When the amount added is less than 0.1 parts by weight, it is difficult to obtain the effect of improving the elongation characteristics after the reliability test or the adhesion to the metal material, and when it is more than 10 parts by weight, the sensitivity of the resin composition may decrease due to the interaction with the photosensitizer. Only one antioxidant may be used, or two or more antioxidants may be used. When two or more antioxidants are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<關於其他含有物質的限制> 從塗佈面性狀的觀點考慮,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的水分含量小於5質量%為較佳,小於1質量%為更佳,小於0.6質量%為進一步較佳。作為維持水分的含量之方法,可以舉出在保管條件下之濕度的調整、收容容器的孔隙率降低等。<Restrictions on other contained substances> From the perspective of coating surface properties, the water content of the curable resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5% by mass, more preferably less than 1% by mass, and even more preferably less than 0.6% by mass. Methods for maintaining the water content include adjusting the humidity under storage conditions, reducing the porosity of the storage container, etc.
從絕緣性的觀點考慮,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的金屬含量小於5質量ppm(parts per million:百萬分率)為較佳,小於1質量ppm為更佳,小於0.5質量ppm為進一步較佳。作為金屬,可以舉出鈉、鉀、鎂、鈣、鐵、鉻、鎳等。在包含複數種金屬之情況下,該等金屬的合計在上述範圍內為較佳。From the perspective of insulation, the metal content of the hardening resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5 mass ppm (parts per million), more preferably less than 1 mass ppm, and even more preferably less than 0.5 mass ppm. Examples of the metal include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, chromium, and nickel. When multiple metals are included, the total of the metals is preferably within the above range.
又,作為減少意外包含於本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物中之金屬雜質之方法,可以舉出如下等方法:選擇金屬含量少的原料作為構成本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物之原料;對構成本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物之原料進行過濾器過濾;在裝置內用聚四氟乙烯等進行加襯(lining)而在盡可能抑制污染之條件下進行蒸餾等。In addition, as a method for reducing the metal impurities accidentally contained in the hardening resin composition of the present invention, the following methods can be cited: selecting a raw material with a low metal content as a raw material constituting the hardening resin composition of the present invention; filtering the raw material constituting the hardening resin composition of the present invention with a filter; lining with polytetrafluoroethylene or the like in an apparatus and distilling under conditions that suppress contamination as much as possible, etc.
在本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物中,若考慮作為半導體材料的用途,則從配線腐蝕性的觀點考慮,鹵素原子的含量小於500質量ppm為較佳,小於300質量ppm為更佳,小於200質量ppm為進一步較佳。其中,以鹵素離子的狀態存在者為小於5質量ppm為較佳,小於1質量ppm為更佳,小於0.5質量ppm為進一步較佳。作為鹵素原子,可以舉出氯原子及溴原子。氯原子及溴原子或氯離子及溴離子的合計分別在上述範圍內為較佳。 作為調節鹵素原子的含量之方法,可以較佳地舉出離子交換處理等。In the curable resin composition of the present invention, if the use as a semiconductor material is considered, the content of halogen atoms is preferably less than 500 mass ppm, less than 300 mass ppm, and less than 200 mass ppm from the viewpoint of wiring corrosion. Among them, the content of halogen ions is preferably less than 5 mass ppm, less than 1 mass ppm, and less than 0.5 mass ppm. As halogen atoms, chlorine atoms and bromine atoms can be cited. It is preferred that the total of chlorine atoms and bromine atoms or chlorine ions and bromine ions are respectively within the above range. As a method for adjusting the content of halogen atoms, ion exchange treatment can be preferably cited.
作為本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物的收容容器,能夠使用以往公知的收容容器。又,作為收容容器,以抑制雜質混入原材料或硬化性樹脂組成物中為目的,使用將容器內壁由6種6層的樹脂構成之多層瓶或用6種樹脂形成7層結構之瓶亦為較佳。作為這樣的容器,例如可以舉出日本特開2015-123351號公報中所記載的容器。As a container for storing the curable resin composition of the present invention, a conventionally known container can be used. In addition, as a container, in order to suppress the mixing of impurities into the raw materials or the curable resin composition, it is also preferable to use a multi-layer bottle having an inner wall composed of six types of six layers of resin or a bottle having a seven-layer structure formed of six types of resin. As such a container, for example, the container described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2015-123351 can be cited.
<硬化性樹脂組成物的用途> 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物用於再配線層用層間絕緣膜的形成為較佳。 又,除此以外,亦能夠用於半導體元件的絕緣膜的形成或應力緩衝膜的形成等。<Application of the curable resin composition> The curable resin composition of the present invention is preferably used for forming an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer. In addition, it can also be used for forming an insulating film of a semiconductor element or forming a stress buffer film, etc.
本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物用於在收容容器內至少提供一次-15~16℃的冷藏之保管,上述冷藏時的硬化性樹脂組成物的填充率相對於上述收容容器的總收容容積為50~90%為較佳。 推測即使在這樣的保管之後,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物亦可以獲得膜厚均勻性優異之樹脂膜。 作為上述收容容器,可以舉出上述收容容器。 上述冷藏溫度為1~12℃為較佳,3~10℃為更佳。 上述供於冷藏之時間(在供於複數次冷藏之情況下,複數次冷藏的合計時間)為1小時~100天為較佳,12小時~30天為更佳。 上述保管在遮光條件下進行為較佳。 上述填充率作為相對於上述收容容器的總收容容積之硬化性樹脂組成物的總體積而計算出,50~99%為較佳,70~90%為更佳。The hardening resin composition of the present invention is used for storage at least once in a storage container at -15 to 16°C, and the filling rate of the hardening resin composition during the above-mentioned cold storage is preferably 50 to 90% relative to the total storage volume of the above-mentioned storage container. It is estimated that even after such storage, the hardening resin composition of the present invention can obtain a resin film with excellent film thickness uniformity. As the above-mentioned storage container, the above-mentioned storage container can be cited. The above-mentioned cold storage temperature is preferably 1 to 12°C, and 3 to 10°C is more preferably. The above-mentioned cold storage time (when it is provided for multiple cold storages, the total time of multiple cold storages) is preferably 1 hour to 100 days, and 12 hours to 30 days is more preferably. The above storage is preferably carried out under light-shielding conditions. The above filling rate is calculated as the total volume of the curable resin composition relative to the total storage volume of the above storage container, and 50 to 99% is preferred, and 70 to 90% is more preferred.
<硬化性樹脂組成物的製備> 本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物能夠藉由混合上述各成分來製備。混合方法並無特別限定,能夠利用以往公知的方法來進行。<Preparation of hardening resin composition> The hardening resin composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components. The mixing method is not particularly limited and can be performed using a conventionally known method.
又,以去除硬化性樹脂組成物中的灰塵或微粒等異物為目的,進行使用過濾器之過濾為較佳。關於過濾器孔徑,例如可以舉出5μm以下之態樣,1μm以下為較佳,0.5μm以下為更佳,0.1μm以下為進一步較佳。過濾器的材質為聚四氟乙烯、聚乙烯或尼龍為較佳。過濾器可以使用利用有機溶劑預先進行了洗淨者。在過濾器過濾步驟中,可以將複數種過濾器串聯或並聯連接使用。在使用複數種過濾器之情況下,可以將孔徑或材質不同之過濾器組合使用。又,可以將各種材料過濾複數次。在過濾複數次之情況下,可以為循環過濾。又,可以藉由加壓而進行過濾。在加壓並進行過濾之情況下,進行加壓之壓力例如可以舉出0.01MPa以上且1.0MPa以下之態樣,0.03MPa以上且0.9MPa以下為較佳,0.05MPa以上且0.7MPa以下為更佳,0.05MPa以上且0.3MPa以下為進一步較佳。 除了使用過濾器之過濾以外,亦可以進行使用吸附材料之雜質的去除處理。亦可以將過濾器過濾和使用吸附材料之雜質去除處理進行組合。作為吸附材料,能夠使用公知的吸附材料。例如,可以舉出矽膠、沸石等無機系吸附材料、活性碳等有機系吸附材料。Furthermore, it is preferred to perform filtering using a filter for the purpose of removing foreign matter such as dust or particles in the curable resin composition. Regarding the pore size of the filter, for example, 5 μm or less can be cited, 1 μm or less is preferred, 0.5 μm or less is more preferred, and 0.1 μm or less is further preferred. The material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon. The filter can be used after being pre-cleaned with an organic solvent. In the filter filtering step, a plurality of filters can be connected in series or in parallel. When using a plurality of filters, filters with different pore sizes or materials can be used in combination. In addition, various materials can be filtered multiple times. When filtering multiple times, it can be cycle filtering. In addition, filtering can be performed by pressurization. When filtering is performed by pressurization, the pressure of pressurization can be, for example, 0.01MPa or more and 1.0MPa or less, 0.03MPa or more and 0.9MPa or less is preferred, 0.05MPa or more and 0.7MPa or less is more preferred, and 0.05MPa or more and 0.3MPa or less is further preferred. In addition to filtering using a filter, impurity removal using an adsorbent can also be performed. Filtering using a filter and impurity removal using an adsorbent can also be combined. As the adsorbent, a known adsorbent can be used, for example, inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon.
(樹脂膜、硬化膜、積層體、半導體元件及該等的製造方法) 接著,對樹脂膜、硬化膜、積層體、半導體元件及該等的製造方法進行說明。(Resin film, cured film, laminate, semiconductor element, and method for manufacturing the same) Next, the resin film, cured film, laminate, semiconductor element, and method for manufacturing the same are described.
本發明的樹脂膜將本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物適用於基材而成。 作為適用方法及基材的種類,並無特別限定,但是可以較佳地舉出後述膜形成步驟中之適用方法及基材。 作為樹脂膜的膜厚,能夠將後述硬化膜的膜厚設為在後述範圍內之膜厚。例如,關於樹脂膜的膜厚,只要考慮由硬化引起之收縮等來決定即可。The resin film of the present invention is formed by applying the curable resin composition of the present invention to a substrate. There are no particular limitations on the application method and the type of substrate, but the application method and substrate in the film formation step described later can be preferably cited. As for the film thickness of the resin film, the film thickness of the cured film described later can be set to a film thickness within the range described later. For example, the film thickness of the resin film can be determined by considering the shrinkage caused by curing.
本發明的硬化膜將本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物或本發明的樹脂膜硬化而成。本發明的硬化膜的膜厚例如能夠設為0.5μm以上,亦能夠設為1μm以上。又,作為上限值,能夠設為100μm以下,亦能夠設為30μm以下。The cured film of the present invention is formed by curing the curable resin composition of the present invention or the resin film of the present invention. The film thickness of the cured film of the present invention can be set to 0.5 μm or more, or 1 μm or more, and the upper limit can be set to 100 μm or less, or 30 μm or less.
可以將本發明的硬化膜積層2層以上、進而積層3~7層而形成積層體。本發明的積層體為包括2層以上的硬化膜且在任意的上述硬化膜彼此之間包括金屬層之態樣為較佳。例如,作為較佳者可以舉出至少包括依次積層有第一硬化膜、金屬層、第二硬化膜這3個層之層結構之積層體。上述第一硬化膜及上述第二硬化膜均為本發明的硬化膜,作為較佳者,例如可以舉出上述第一硬化膜及上述第二硬化膜中的任一者為將本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物硬化而成之膜的態樣。用於上述第一硬化膜的形成之本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物和用於上述第二硬化膜的形成之本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物可以為組成相同之組成物,亦可以為組成不同之組成物。本發明的積層體中之金屬層可以較佳地用作再配線層等的金屬配線。The cured film of the present invention can be stacked in 2 or more layers, and further stacked in 3 to 7 layers to form a laminate. The laminate of the present invention is preferably a laminate including 2 or more cured films and a metal layer between any of the above-mentioned cured films. For example, a laminate having a layered structure including at least three layers stacked in sequence, namely, a first cured film, a metal layer, and a second cured film, can be cited as a preferred example. The above-mentioned first cured film and the above-mentioned second cured film are both the cured films of the present invention. As a preferred example, for example, any one of the above-mentioned first cured film and the above-mentioned second cured film can be cited as a film formed by curing the curable resin composition of the present invention. The curable resin composition of the present invention used for forming the first cured film and the curable resin composition of the present invention used for forming the second cured film may have the same composition or different compositions. The metal layer in the laminate of the present invention can be preferably used as metal wiring such as a redistribution layer.
作為能夠適用本發明的硬化膜之領域,可以舉出半導體元件的絕緣膜、再配線層用層間絕緣膜、應力緩衝膜等。除此以外,可以舉出藉由蝕刻而對密封膜、基板材料(可撓性印刷板的基底膜或覆蓋膜、層間絕緣膜)或如上所述之實際安裝用途的絕緣膜形成圖案等。關於該等的用途,例如能夠參閱SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY CO.,LTD.“聚醯亞胺的高功能化與應用技術”2008年4月、柿本雅明/監修、CMC Technical library“聚醯亞胺材料的基礎與開發”2011年11月發行、日本聚醯亞胺/芳香族系高分子研究會編“最新聚醯亞胺 基礎與應用”NTS Inc.,2010年8月等。Examples of fields to which the cured film of the present invention can be applied include insulating films for semiconductor elements, interlayer insulating films for redistribution layers, stress buffer films, etc. In addition, examples include patterning of sealing films, substrate materials (base films or cover films of flexible printed boards, interlayer insulating films), or insulating films for actual mounting purposes such as those described above by etching. For the use of these, for example, you can refer to SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD. "Advanced Functionality and Application Technology of Polyimide" April 2008, supervised by Masaaki Kakimoto, CMC Technical Library "Basics and Development of Polyimide Materials" November 2011, Japan Polyimide/Aromatic Polymer Research Association "Latest Polyimide Fundamentals and Applications" NTS Inc., August 2010, etc.
又,本發明中之硬化膜亦能夠用於膠板印刷版或網版印刷版等印刷版的製造、在成形組件的蝕刻中的使用、電子學、尤其是微電子學中之保護漆及介電層的製造等。Furthermore, the cured film of the present invention can also be used in the manufacture of printing plates such as offset printing plates or screen printing plates, in the etching of molded components, in the manufacture of protective varnishes and dielectric layers in electronics, especially microelectronics, and the like.
本發明的硬化膜的製造方法(以下,亦簡稱為“本發明的製造方法”。)包括將本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物適用於基材而形成膜(樹脂膜)之膜形成步驟為較佳。 本發明的硬化膜的製造方法包括上述膜形成步驟以及對上述膜進行曝光之曝光步驟及對上述膜進行顯影之顯影步驟為較佳。 又,本發明的硬化膜的製造方法包括上述膜形成步驟及依據需要包括上述顯影步驟且包括在50~450℃下對上述膜進行加熱之加熱步驟為更佳。 具體而言,包括以下的(a)~(d)的步驟亦為較佳。 (a)將硬化性樹脂組成物適用於基材而形成膜(硬化性樹脂組成物層)之膜形成步驟 (b)在膜形成步驟之後,對膜進行曝光之曝光步驟 (c)對經曝光之上述膜進行顯影之顯影步驟 (d)在50~450℃下對經顯影之上述膜進行加熱之加熱步驟 藉由在上述加熱步驟中進行加熱,能夠使藉由曝光而硬化之樹脂層進一步硬化。在該加熱步驟中,例如上述熱鹼產生劑分解而可以獲得足夠的硬化性。The method for producing a cured film of the present invention (hereinafter, also referred to as "the method for producing the present invention") preferably includes a film forming step of applying the curable resin composition of the present invention to a substrate to form a film (resin film). The method for producing a cured film of the present invention preferably includes the film forming step, an exposure step of exposing the film, and a development step of developing the film. Furthermore, the method for producing a cured film of the present invention preferably includes the film forming step and, if necessary, the development step and a heating step of heating the film at 50 to 450°C. Specifically, it is also preferred to include the following steps (a) to (d). (a) a film forming step of applying a curable resin composition to a substrate to form a film (curable resin composition layer) (b) an exposure step of exposing the film after the film forming step (c) a developing step of developing the exposed film (d) a heating step of heating the developed film at 50 to 450°C By heating in the heating step, the resin layer cured by exposure can be further cured. In the heating step, for example, the hot alkali generator decomposes to obtain sufficient curability.
本發明的較佳實施形態之積層體的製造方法包括本發明的硬化膜的製造方法。本實施形態的積層體的製造方法按照上述硬化膜的製造方法形成硬化膜之後,進而再次進行(a)的步驟或(a)~(c)的步驟或(a)~(d)的步驟。尤其,將上述各步驟依序進行複數次,例如2~5次(亦即,合計為3~6次)為較佳。藉由如此積層硬化膜,能夠形成積層體。在本發明中,尤其在設置有硬化膜之部分上或硬化膜之間或設置有硬化膜之部分上和硬化膜之間設置金屬層為較佳。另外,在製造積層體時,無需反覆進行(a)~(d)的所有步驟,如上所述,藉由至少進行複數次(a)、較佳為(a)~(c)或(a)~(d)的步驟,能夠獲得硬化膜的積層體。The method for manufacturing a laminated body of a preferred embodiment of the present invention includes the method for manufacturing a cured film of the present invention. After forming a cured film according to the above-mentioned method for manufacturing a cured film, the method for manufacturing a laminated body of the present embodiment further performs step (a) again or steps (a) to (c) or steps (a) to (d). In particular, it is preferred to perform the above-mentioned steps in sequence a plurality of times, for example 2 to 5 times (that is, 3 to 6 times in total). By laminating the cured film in this way, a laminated body can be formed. In the present invention, it is preferred to provide a metal layer on a portion provided with a cured film or between the cured films or on a portion provided with a cured film and between the cured films. In addition, when manufacturing a laminate, it is not necessary to repeat all steps (a) to (d). As described above, a laminate of a cured film can be obtained by performing at least (a), preferably (a) to (c) or (a) to (d) a plurality of times.
<膜形成步驟(層形成步驟)> 本發明的較佳實施形態之製造方法包括將硬化性樹脂組成物適用於基材而形成膜(層狀)之膜形成步驟(層形成步驟)。 依據膜形成步驟,可以獲得本發明的樹脂膜。<Film-forming step (layer-forming step)> The manufacturing method of the preferred embodiment of the present invention includes a film-forming step (layer-forming step) of applying a curable resin composition to a substrate to form a film (layer). According to the film-forming step, the resin film of the present invention can be obtained.
基材的種類能夠依據用途適當地規定,可以為矽、氮化矽、多晶矽、氧化矽、非晶矽等半導體製作基材、石英、玻璃、光學膜、陶瓷材料、蒸鍍膜、磁性膜、反射膜、Ni、Cu、Cr、Fe等金屬基材、紙、SOG(Spin On Glass:旋塗式玻璃)、TFT(薄膜電晶體)陣列基材、電漿顯示面板(PDP)的電極板等,並不受特別制約。又,可以在該等基材的表面上設置有密接層或氧化層等層。在本發明中,尤其為半導體製作基材為較佳,矽基材、Cu基材、模製(mold)樹脂基材為更佳。 又,可以在該等基材的表面上設置有由六甲基二矽氮烷(HMDS)等形成之密接層或氧化層等層。 又,作為基材,例如可以使用板狀的基材(基板)。 基材的形狀並無特別限定,可以為圓形,亦可以為矩形,但是矩形為較佳。 作為基材的尺寸,只要為圓形,則例如直徑為100~450mm,較佳為200~450mm。只要為矩形,則例如短邊的長度為100~1000mm,較佳為200~700mm。The type of substrate can be appropriately specified according to the purpose, and can be semiconductor substrates such as silicon, silicon nitride, polycrystalline silicon, silicon oxide, amorphous silicon, quartz, glass, optical film, ceramic material, evaporated film, magnetic film, reflective film, metal substrates such as Ni, Cu, Cr, Fe, paper, SOG (Spin On Glass), TFT (Thin Film Transistor) array substrate, electrode plate of plasma display panel (PDP), etc., without special restrictions. In addition, a layer such as a close contact layer or an oxide layer can be provided on the surface of such substrates. In the present invention, a semiconductor substrate is particularly preferred, and a silicon substrate, a Cu substrate, and a molded resin substrate are more preferred. In addition, a bonding layer or an oxide layer formed of hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) or the like may be provided on the surface of the substrate. In addition, as the substrate, for example, a plate-shaped substrate (substrate) may be used. The shape of the substrate is not particularly limited, and may be circular or rectangular, but a rectangular shape is preferred. As for the size of the substrate, as long as it is circular, for example, the diameter is 100 to 450 mm, preferably 200 to 450 mm. As long as it is rectangular, for example, the length of the short side is 100 to 1000 mm, preferably 200 to 700 mm.
又,在樹脂層的表面上或金屬層的表面上形成硬化性樹脂組成物層之情況下,樹脂層或金屬層成為基材。Furthermore, when a curable resin composition layer is formed on the surface of the resin layer or on the surface of the metal layer, the resin layer or the metal layer becomes a base material.
作為將硬化性樹脂組成物適用於基材之方法,塗佈為較佳。As a method of applying the curable resin composition to the base material, coating is preferred.
具體而言,作為所適用之方法,可以例示出浸塗法、氣刀塗佈法、簾式塗佈法、線棒塗佈法、凹版塗佈法、擠出塗佈法、噴塗法、旋塗法、狹縫塗佈法及噴墨法等。從硬化性樹脂組成物層的厚度的均勻性的觀點考慮,更佳為旋塗法、狹縫塗佈法、噴塗法、噴墨法。藉由依據方法適當地調整固體成分濃度或塗佈條件,能夠獲得所期望之厚度的樹脂層。又,亦能夠依據基材的形狀適當地選擇塗佈方法,若為晶圓等圓形基材,則旋塗法或噴塗法、噴墨法等為較佳,若為矩形基材,則狹縫塗佈法或噴塗法、噴墨法等為較佳。在旋塗法的情況下,例如可以舉出以300~3,500rpm的轉速適用10~180秒鐘,能夠以500~2,000rpm的轉速適用10秒鐘~1分鐘左右。 又,亦能夠適用將預先藉由上述賦予方法賦予並形成於臨時支撐體上之塗膜轉印到基材上之方法。又,為了獲得膜厚的均勻性,亦能夠將複數種轉速進行組合而塗佈。 關於轉印方法,在本發明中亦可以較佳地使用日本特開2006-023696號公報的0023段、0036~0051段或日本特開2006-047592號公報的0096~0108段中所記載的製作方法。 又,在基材的端部可以進行去除多餘的膜之步驟。作為這樣的步驟的例子,可以舉出邊緣珠狀殘餘物沖洗(EBR)、氣刀(air knife)、背面沖洗(back rinse)等。 又,亦可以採用如下預濕步驟:將樹脂組成物塗佈於基材之前,對基材塗佈各種溶劑,提高基材的潤濕性之後,塗佈樹脂組成物。Specifically, as the applicable method, there can be exemplified dip coating, air knife coating, curtain coating, wire rod coating, gravure coating, extrusion coating, spray coating, spin coating, slit coating, and inkjet coating. From the viewpoint of uniformity of the thickness of the curable resin composition layer, spin coating, slit coating, spray coating, and inkjet coating are more preferred. By appropriately adjusting the solid component concentration or coating conditions according to the method, a resin layer of a desired thickness can be obtained. Furthermore, the coating method can be appropriately selected according to the shape of the substrate. For a circular substrate such as a wafer, spin coating, spray coating, inkjet coating, etc. are preferred, and for a rectangular substrate, slit coating, spray coating, inkjet coating, etc. are preferred. In the case of spin coating, for example, a rotation speed of 300 to 3,500 rpm can be used for 10 to 180 seconds, and a rotation speed of 500 to 2,000 rpm can be used for about 10 seconds to 1 minute. In addition, a method of transferring a coating film previously applied by the above-mentioned applying method and formed on a temporary support to a substrate can also be applied. Furthermore, in order to obtain uniform film thickness, multiple rotation speeds can be combined for coating. Regarding the transfer method, the production method described in paragraphs 0023, 0036 to 0051 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2006-023696 or paragraphs 0096 to 0108 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2006-047592 can also be preferably used in the present invention. Furthermore, a step of removing excess film can be performed at the end of the substrate. Examples of such a step include edge beading residue rinsing (EBR), air knife, back rinse, etc. Furthermore, a pre-wetting step may be adopted: before applying the resin composition to the substrate, various solvents are applied to the substrate to improve the wettability of the substrate, and then the resin composition is applied.
<乾燥步驟> 本發明的製造方法可以在形成上述膜(硬化性樹脂組成物層)之後包括為了在膜形成步驟(層形成步驟)之後去除溶劑而進行乾燥之步驟。較佳的乾燥溫度為50~150℃,70℃~130℃為更佳,90℃~110℃為進一步較佳。作為乾燥時間,可以例示出30秒鐘~20分鐘,1分鐘~10分鐘為較佳,3分鐘~7分鐘為更佳。在硬化性樹脂組成物溶液的溶劑量多的情況下,亦能夠組合真空乾燥和加熱乾燥。加熱乾燥使用加熱板、熱風式烘箱等,並無特別限制。<Drying step> The manufacturing method of the present invention may include a drying step for removing the solvent after the film forming step (layer forming step) after forming the above-mentioned film (hardening resin composition layer). The preferred drying temperature is 50 to 150°C, 70 to 130°C is more preferred, and 90 to 110°C is further preferred. As drying time, 30 seconds to 20 minutes can be exemplified, 1 minute to 10 minutes is preferred, and 3 minutes to 7 minutes is more preferred. When the amount of solvent in the hardening resin composition solution is large, vacuum drying and heat drying can also be combined. Heat drying uses a heating plate, a hot air oven, etc., and there is no particular limitation.
<曝光步驟> 本發明的製造方法可以包括對上述膜(硬化性樹脂組成物層)進行曝光之曝光步驟。關於曝光量,只要能夠將硬化性樹脂組成物硬化,則並無特別規定,例如以在波長365nm下的曝光能量換算照射100~10,000mJ/cm2 為較佳,照射200~8,000mJ/cm2 為更佳。<Exposure step> The manufacturing method of the present invention may include an exposure step of exposing the above-mentioned film (hardening resin composition layer). There is no particular regulation on the exposure amount as long as the hardening resin composition can be hardened. For example, it is preferably 100 to 10,000 mJ/ cm2 , and more preferably 200 to 8,000 mJ/ cm2 , in terms of exposure energy at a wavelength of 365 nm.
曝光波長能夠適當地規定在190~1,000nm的範圍內,240~550nm為較佳。The exposure wavelength can be appropriately set within the range of 190 to 1,000 nm, preferably 240 to 550 nm.
若以與光源的關係來說明曝光波長,則可以舉出(1)半導體雷射(波長830nm、532nm、488nm、405nm等)、(2)金屬鹵化物燈、(3)高壓水銀燈、g射線(波長436nm)、h射線(波長405nm)、i射線(波長365nm)、寬(g、h、i射線的3種波長)、(4)準分子雷射、KrF準分子雷射(波長248nm)、ArF準分子雷射(波長193nm)、F2 準分子雷射(波長157nm)、(5)極紫外線;EUV(波長13.6nm)、(6)電子束、(7)YAG雷射的第二諧波532nm且第三諧波355nm等。對於本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物,尤其為基於高壓水銀燈之曝光為較佳,其中基於i射線之曝光為較佳。藉此,尤其可以獲得高曝光靈敏度。又,在操作和生產性的觀點上,高壓水銀燈的寬(g、h、i射線的3種波長)光源或半導體雷射405nm亦為較佳。 又,曝光的方式並無特別限定,只要為曝光包括本發明的樹脂組成物之膜的至少一部分之方式即可,但是可以舉出使用了光罩之曝光、基於雷射直接成像法之曝光等。If we explain the exposure wavelength in relation to the light source, we can cite (1) semiconductor lasers (wavelengths of 830nm, 532nm, 488nm, 405nm, etc.), (2) metal halide lamps, (3) high-pressure mercury lamps, g-rays (wavelength 436nm), h-rays (wavelength 405nm), i-rays (wavelength 365nm), wide (three wavelengths of g, h, and i-rays), (4) excimer lasers, KrF excimer lasers (wavelength 248nm), ArF excimer lasers (wavelength 193nm), F2 excimer lasers (wavelength 157nm), (5) extreme ultraviolet light; EUV (wavelength 13.6nm), (6) electron beams, and (7) the second harmonic of the YAG laser is 532nm and the third harmonic is 355nm. For the curable resin composition of the present invention, exposure based on a high-pressure mercury lamp is particularly preferred, and exposure based on i-rays is particularly preferred. In this way, high exposure sensitivity can be particularly obtained. In addition, from the perspective of operation and productivity, a wide (three wavelengths of g, h, and i-rays) light source of a high-pressure mercury lamp or a semiconductor laser 405nm is also preferred. In addition, the exposure method is not particularly limited as long as it is a method of exposing at least a portion of the film including the resin composition of the present invention, but exposure using a mask, exposure based on a laser direct imaging method, etc. can be cited.
<顯影步驟> 本發明的製造方法可以包括對經曝光之膜(硬化性樹脂組成物層)進行顯影(對上述膜進行顯影)之顯影步驟。例如,在為負型硬化性樹脂組成物的情況下,藉由進行顯影來去除未被曝光之部分(非曝光部)。關於顯影方法,只要能夠形成所期望之圖案,則並無特別限制,例如可以舉出從噴嘴噴出顯影液、噴射噴霧、基材的顯影液浸漬等,可以較佳地利用從噴嘴噴出。在顯影步驟中能夠採用將顯影液連續地持續供給到基材之步驟、在基材上以大致靜止之狀態保持顯影液之步驟、用超音波等使顯影液振動之步驟及將該等組合之步驟等。<Developing step> The manufacturing method of the present invention may include a developing step of developing (developing the above-mentioned film) the exposed film (hardening resin composition layer). For example, in the case of a negative hardening resin composition, the unexposed portion (non-exposed portion) is removed by developing. There is no particular limitation on the developing method as long as the desired pattern can be formed. For example, spraying the developer from a nozzle, spraying, immersing the substrate in the developer, etc. can be cited. Spraying from a nozzle can be preferably used. The developing step may include a step of continuously supplying the developer to the substrate, a step of keeping the developer on the substrate in a substantially stationary state, a step of vibrating the developer using ultrasound or the like, and a step of combining these.
關於顯影,使用顯影液來進行。例如,在為負型硬化性樹脂組成物的情況下,顯影液只要能夠去除未被曝光之部分(非曝光部),則能夠無特別限制地使用。 作為顯影液,能夠使用包含有機溶劑之顯影液或鹼水溶液。Development is performed using a developer. For example, in the case of a negative curing resin composition, any developer can be used without particular limitation as long as it can remove the unexposed portion (non-exposed portion). As the developer, a developer containing an organic solvent or an alkaline aqueous solution can be used.
在本發明中,顯影液包含ClogP值為-1~5的有機溶劑為較佳,包含ClogP值為0~3的有機溶劑為更佳。關於ClogP值,能夠藉由在ChemBioDraw中輸入結構式來作為計算值而求出。In the present invention, the developer preferably contains an organic solvent having a ClogP value of -1 to 5, and more preferably contains an organic solvent having a ClogP value of 0 to 3. The ClogP value can be obtained by inputting a structural formula into ChemBioDraw as a calculated value.
在顯影液為包含有機溶劑之顯影液之情況下,關於有機溶劑,作為酯類,例如可以較佳地舉出乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、乙酸異丁酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、γ-丁內酯、ε-己內酯、δ-戊內酯、烷氧基乙酸烷基酯(例如:烷氧基乙酸甲酯、烷氧基乙酸乙酯、烷氧基乙酸丁酯(例如,甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如:3-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、3-烷氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如,3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如:2-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、2-烷氧基丙酸乙酯、2-烷氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如,2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如,2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧代丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯等,以及,作為醚類,例如可以較佳地舉出二乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、甲基賽路蘇乙酸酯、乙基賽路蘇乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯等,以及,作為酮類,例如可以較佳地舉出甲基乙基酮、環己酮、環戊酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮等,以及,作為烴類,例如可以較佳地舉出甲苯、二甲苯、苯甲醚、檸檬烯等,作為亞碸類,可以較佳地舉出二甲基亞碸,並且亦可以較佳地舉出該等有機溶劑的混合物。In the case where the developer contains an organic solvent, the organic solvent may be preferably esters such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, alkyl alkoxy acetates (e.g., methyl alkoxy acetate, ethyl alkoxy acetate, butyl alkoxy acetate (e.g., methyl methoxy acetate, ethyl methoxy acetate, butyl methoxy acetate, methyl ethoxy acetate), Ester, ethyl ethoxylate, etc.)), 3-alkoxy alkyl propionates (e.g., methyl 3-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkoxypropionate, etc. (e.g., methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.)), 2-alkoxy alkyl propionates (e.g., methyl 2-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkoxypropionate, propyl 2-alkoxypropionate, etc. (e.g., methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate, etc.) ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate), methyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate and ethyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate (e.g., methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetylacetate, ethyl acetylacetate, methyl 2-oxobutyrate, ethyl 2-oxobutyrate, and the like, and, as ethers, for example, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl thiocyanate, ethyl thiocyanate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl thiocyanate, ethyl thiocyanate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, etc., and, as ketones, for example, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, etc. can be preferably cited, and, as hydrocarbons, for example, toluene, xylene, anisole, limonene, etc. can be preferably cited, as sulfoxides, dimethyl sulfoxide can be preferably cited, and mixtures of these organic solvents can also be preferably cited.
在顯影液為包含有機溶劑之顯影液之情況下,在本發明中,尤其為環戊酮、γ-丁內酯為較佳,環戊酮為更佳。 又,在顯影液中可以包含界面活性劑。When the developer contains an organic solvent, in the present invention, cyclopentanone and γ-butyrolactone are particularly preferred, and cyclopentanone is more preferred. In addition, the developer may contain a surfactant.
在顯影液為包含有機溶劑之顯影液之情況下,在顯影液中50質量%以上為有機溶劑為較佳,70質量%以上為有機溶劑為更佳,90質量%以上為有機溶劑為進一步較佳。又,在顯影液中,亦可以100質量%為有機溶劑。When the developer contains an organic solvent, preferably 50% by mass or more of the developer is the organic solvent, more preferably 70% by mass or more of the developer is the organic solvent, and even more preferably 90% by mass or more of the developer is the organic solvent. In addition, the developer may contain 100% by mass of the organic solvent.
在顯影液為鹼水溶液之情況下,作為鹼水溶液能夠包含之鹼性化合物,可以舉出TMAH(氫氧化四甲基銨)、KOH(氫氧化鉀)、碳酸鈉等,較佳為TMAH。例如,在使用TMAH之情況下,顯影液中之鹼性化合物的含量在顯影液總質量中為0.01~10質量%為較佳,0.1~5質量%為更佳,0.3~3質量%為進一步較佳。When the developer is an alkaline aqueous solution, examples of the alkaline compound that the alkaline aqueous solution can contain include TMAH (tetramethylammonium hydroxide), KOH (potassium hydroxide), sodium carbonate, etc. TMAH is preferred. For example, when TMAH is used, the content of the alkaline compound in the developer is preferably 0.01 to 10 mass %, more preferably 0.1 to 5 mass %, and even more preferably 0.3 to 3 mass % in the total mass of the developer.
〔顯影液的供給方法〕 關於顯影液的供給方法,只要能夠形成所期望之圖案,則並無特別限制,有將形成有膜之基材浸漬於顯影液中之方法、使用噴嘴向形成於基材上之膜供給顯影液之旋覆浸沒顯影或連續供給顯影液之方法。噴嘴的種類並無特別限制,可以舉出直式噴嘴、噴淋噴嘴、噴霧噴嘴等。 從顯影液的滲透性、非圖像部的去除性、製造上的效率的觀點考慮,用直式噴嘴供給顯影液之方法或用噴霧噴嘴連續供給之方法為較佳,顯影液對圖像部的滲透性的觀點考慮,用噴霧噴嘴供給之方法為更佳。 又,可以採用用直式噴嘴連續供給顯影液之後,旋轉基材而從基材上去除顯影液,並進行旋轉乾燥之後,再次用直式噴嘴連續供給之後,旋轉基材而從基材上去除顯影液之步驟,並且可以反覆進行複數次該步驟。 又,作為顯影步驟中之顯影液的供給方法,能夠採用將顯影液連續地持續供給到基材之步驟、在基材上以大致靜止之狀態保持顯影液之步驟、用超音波等使顯影液在基材上振動之步驟及將該等組合之步驟等。[Developer supply method] There are no particular restrictions on the developer supply method as long as the desired pattern can be formed. There are methods of immersing the substrate with a film formed in the developer, using a nozzle to supply the developer to the film formed on the substrate by immersion development, or continuously supplying the developer. There are no particular restrictions on the type of nozzle, and examples include vertical nozzles, shower nozzles, and mist nozzles. From the perspective of developer permeability, non-image removal, and manufacturing efficiency, a method of supplying developer with a vertical nozzle or a method of continuously supplying developer with a spray nozzle is preferred. From the perspective of developer permeability to the image area, the method of supplying developer with a spray nozzle is more preferred. In addition, after continuously supplying developer with a vertical nozzle, rotating the substrate to remove the developer from the substrate, and performing rotation drying, the developer is continuously supplied with a vertical nozzle again, and the substrate is rotated to remove the developer from the substrate, and this step can be repeated multiple times. In addition, as a method for supplying the developer in the developing step, there can be adopted a step of continuously supplying the developer to the substrate, a step of maintaining the developer in a substantially static state on the substrate, a step of vibrating the developer on the substrate using ultrasound or the like, and a step of combining these steps.
作為顯影時間,10秒鐘~5分鐘為較佳。顯影時的顯影液的溫度並無特別規定,通常能夠在20~40℃下進行。The developing time is preferably 10 seconds to 5 minutes. The temperature of the developing solution during the developing process is not particularly specified, but the developing process can generally be performed at 20 to 40°C.
在進行使用顯影液之處理之後,可以進一步進行沖洗。沖洗在與顯影液不同之溶劑中進行為較佳。例如,可以舉出丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯。沖洗時間為5秒鐘~5分鐘為較佳。又,在顯影和沖洗之間,可以包括適用顯影液和沖洗液這兩者之步驟。上述步驟的時間為1秒鐘~5分鐘為較佳。又,例如能夠使用硬化性樹脂組成物中所包含之溶劑進行沖洗。After the treatment with the developer, rinsing may be further performed. The rinsing is preferably performed in a solvent different from the developer. For example, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate may be cited. The rinsing time is preferably 5 seconds to 5 minutes. Furthermore, between development and rinsing, a step of applying both the developer and the rinsing solution may be included. The time for the above step is preferably 1 second to 5 minutes. Furthermore, for example, rinsing can be performed using a solvent contained in the hardening resin composition.
沖洗液還可以包含其他成分。 作為其他成分,例如可以舉出公知的界面活性劑或公知的消泡劑等。The rinse solution may also contain other components. As other components, for example, a well-known surfactant or a well-known defoaming agent can be cited.
〔沖洗液的供給方法〕 關於沖洗液的供給方法,只要能夠形成所期望之圖案,則並無特別限制,有將基材浸漬於沖洗液中之方法、在基材上基於覆液之供給、用噴淋器向基材供給沖洗液之方法、利用直式噴嘴等機構向基材上連續供給沖洗液之方法。 從沖洗液的滲透性、非圖像部的去除性、製造上的效率的觀點考慮,有用噴淋噴嘴、直式噴嘴、噴霧噴嘴等供給沖洗液之方法,用噴霧噴嘴連續供給之方法為較佳,從沖洗液對圖像部之滲透性的觀點考慮,用噴霧噴嘴供給之方法為更佳。噴嘴的種類並無特別限制,可以舉出直式噴嘴、噴淋噴嘴、噴霧噴嘴等。 亦即,沖洗步驟為利用直式噴嘴對上述曝光後的膜供給或連續供給沖洗液之步驟為較佳,利用噴霧噴嘴供給沖洗液之步驟為更佳。 又,作為沖洗步驟中之顯影液的供給方法,能夠採用將沖洗液連續地持續供給到基材之步驟、在基材上以大致靜止之狀態保持沖洗液之步驟、用超音波等使沖洗液在基材上振動之步驟及將該等組合之步驟等。 在顯影液為包含有機溶劑之顯影液之情況下,作為沖洗液,可以舉出PGMEA(丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯)、IPA(異丙醇)等,較佳為PGMEA。又,作為對於基於包含鹼水溶液之顯影液之顯影之沖洗液,水為較佳。 沖洗時間為5秒鐘~1分鐘為較佳。[Method for supplying rinsing liquid] There are no particular restrictions on the method for supplying rinsing liquid as long as the desired pattern can be formed. There are methods of immersing the substrate in the rinsing liquid, supplying the rinsing liquid on the substrate by coating the substrate, supplying the rinsing liquid to the substrate using a sprayer, and continuously supplying the rinsing liquid to the substrate using a mechanism such as a vertical nozzle. From the perspective of the permeability of the rinse liquid, the removability of the non-image area, and the efficiency in manufacturing, there are methods of supplying the rinse liquid using a shower nozzle, a vertical nozzle, a spray nozzle, etc. The method of continuous supply using a spray nozzle is preferred. From the perspective of the permeability of the rinse liquid to the image area, the method of supplying using a spray nozzle is more preferred. There is no particular limitation on the type of nozzle, and vertical nozzles, shower nozzles, spray nozzles, etc. can be cited. That is, the rinsing step is preferably a step of supplying or continuously supplying the rinsing liquid to the film after exposure using a vertical nozzle, and it is more preferably a step of supplying the rinsing liquid using a spray nozzle. In addition, as a method of supplying the developer in the rinsing step, it is possible to adopt a step of continuously supplying the rinsing liquid to the substrate, a step of keeping the rinsing liquid on the substrate in a substantially stationary state, a step of vibrating the rinsing liquid on the substrate using ultrasound, etc., and a step of combining these steps. When the developer contains an organic solvent, PGMEA (propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate), IPA (isopropyl alcohol), etc. can be cited as the rinse liquid, and PGMEA is preferred. In addition, water is preferred as the rinse liquid for development based on a developer containing an alkaline aqueous solution. The rinse time is preferably 5 seconds to 1 minute.
<加熱步驟> 本發明的製造方法包括將經顯影之上述膜在50~450℃下進行加熱之步驟(加熱步驟)為較佳。 在膜形成步驟(層形成步驟)、乾燥步驟及顯影步驟之後包括加熱步驟為較佳。在加熱步驟中,例如藉由上述熱鹼產生劑分解而產生鹼來進行作為特定樹脂之前驅物的環化反應。又,本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物可以包含除了作為特定樹脂之前驅物以外的自由基聚合性化合物,但是亦能夠在該步驟中進行除了作為未反應的特定樹脂之前驅物以外的自由基聚合性化合物的硬化等。作為加熱步驟中之層的加熱溫度(最高加熱溫度),50℃以上為較佳,80℃以上為更佳,140℃以上為進一步較佳,150℃以上為進一步較佳,160℃以上為更進一步較佳,170℃以上為再進一步較佳。作為上限,500℃以下為較佳,450℃以下為更佳,350℃以下為進一步較佳,250℃以下為進一步較佳,220℃以下為更進一步較佳。<Heating step> The manufacturing method of the present invention preferably includes a step of heating the developed film at 50 to 450°C (heating step). It is preferred to include a heating step after the film forming step (layer forming step), the drying step, and the developing step. In the heating step, for example, a cyclization reaction of the specific resin precursor is carried out by generating an alkali by decomposing the above-mentioned hot alkali generator. In addition, the curable resin composition of the present invention may contain a free radical polymerizable compound other than the specific resin precursor, but it is also possible to perform curing of free radical polymerizable compounds other than the unreacted specific resin precursor in this step. The heating temperature (maximum heating temperature) of the layer in the heating step is preferably 50°C or higher, more preferably 80°C or higher, further preferably 140°C or higher, further preferably 150°C or higher, further preferably 160°C or higher, and further preferably 170°C or higher. As the upper limit, 500°C or lower is preferably, 450°C or lower is more preferably, 350°C or lower is further preferably, 250°C or lower is further preferably, and 220°C or lower is further preferably.
關於加熱,從加熱開始時的溫度至最高加熱溫度為止以1~12℃/分鐘的升溫速度進行為較佳,2~10℃/分鐘為更佳,3~10℃/分鐘為進一步較佳。藉由將升溫速度設為1℃/分鐘以上,能夠確保生產性,同時防止胺的過度揮發,藉由將升溫速度設為12℃/分鐘以下,能夠減輕硬化膜的殘餘應力。而且,在能夠快速加熱之烘箱的情況下,從加熱開始時的溫度至最高加熱溫度為止以1~8℃/秒鐘的升溫速度進行為較佳,2~7℃/秒鐘為更佳,3~6℃/秒鐘為進一步較佳。Regarding heating, it is preferred that the heating rate be 1 to 12°C/min from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature, more preferably 2 to 10°C/min, and even more preferably 3 to 10°C/min. By setting the heating rate to 1°C/min or more, productivity can be ensured while preventing excessive volatility of amines, and by setting the heating rate to 12°C/min or less, the residual stress of the cured film can be reduced. Furthermore, in the case of an oven capable of rapid heating, it is preferred that the heating rate be 1 to 8°C/sec from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature, more preferably 2 to 7°C/sec, and even more preferably 3 to 6°C/sec.
加熱開始時的溫度為20℃~150℃為較佳,20℃~130℃為更佳,25℃~120℃為進一步較佳。加熱開始時的溫度是指開始進行加熱至最高加熱溫度之步驟時的溫度。例如,在將硬化性樹脂組成物適用於基材上之後使其乾燥之情況下,為該乾燥後的膜(層)的溫度,例如從比硬化性樹脂組成物中所包含之溶劑的沸點低30~200℃的溫度開始逐漸升溫為較佳。The temperature at the start of heating is preferably 20°C to 150°C, more preferably 20°C to 130°C, and even more preferably 25°C to 120°C. The temperature at the start of heating refers to the temperature at the start of the step of heating to the maximum heating temperature. For example, when a curable resin composition is applied to a substrate and then dried, it is the temperature of the dried film (layer), and it is preferably to gradually increase the temperature from a temperature 30 to 200°C lower than the boiling point of the solvent contained in the curable resin composition.
加熱時間(在最高加熱溫度下的加熱時間)為10~360分鐘為較佳,20~300分鐘為更佳,30~240分鐘為進一步較佳。The heating time (heating time at the highest heating temperature) is preferably 10 to 360 minutes, more preferably 20 to 300 minutes, and further preferably 30 to 240 minutes.
尤其,在形成多層的積層體之情況下,從硬化膜的層間的密接性的觀點考慮,關於加熱溫度,在180℃~320℃下進行加熱為較佳,在180℃~260℃下進行加熱為更佳。其原因雖尚不明確,但是認為其原因在於藉由設為該溫度而層間的特定樹脂的乙炔基彼此進行交聯反應。In particular, when forming a multi-layer laminate, from the viewpoint of the adhesion between the layers of the cured film, the heating temperature is preferably 180°C to 320°C, and more preferably 180°C to 260°C. The reason for this is not clear, but it is believed that the reason is that the acetylene groups of the specific resin between the layers undergo cross-linking reactions at this temperature.
加熱可以階段性地進行。作為例子,可以進行如下預處理步驟:從25℃至180℃為止以3℃/分鐘升溫,在180℃下保持60分鐘,從180℃至200℃為止以2℃/分鐘升溫,在200℃下保持120分鐘。作為預處理步驟的加熱溫度為100~200℃為較佳,110~190℃為更佳,120~185℃為進一步較佳。在該預處理步驟中,如美國專利第9159547號說明書中所記載,一邊照射紫外線一邊進行處理亦為較佳。藉由這樣的預處理步驟,能夠進一步提高膜的特性。以10秒鐘~2小時左右的短時間進行預處理步驟即可,15秒鐘~30分鐘為更佳。預處理亦可以設為2個階段以上的步驟,例如可以在100~150℃的範圍內進行預處理步驟1,然後,在150~200℃的範圍內進行預處理步驟2。Heating can be performed in stages. For example, the following pretreatment steps can be performed: heating from 25°C to 180°C at 3°C/min, maintaining at 180°C for 60 minutes, heating from 180°C to 200°C at 2°C/min, and maintaining at 200°C for 120 minutes. The heating temperature for the pretreatment step is preferably 100-200°C, more preferably 110-190°C, and even more preferably 120-185°C. In the pretreatment step, as described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 9159547, it is also preferred to perform the treatment while irradiating with ultraviolet rays. By such a pretreatment step, the properties of the membrane can be further improved. The pretreatment step can be performed in a short time of about 10 seconds to 2 hours, preferably 15 seconds to 30 minutes. The pretreatment can also be performed in two or more stages, for example, pretreatment step 1 can be performed in the range of 100 to 150°C, and then pretreatment step 2 can be performed in the range of 150 to 200°C.
進而,可以在加熱後進行冷卻,作為此時的冷卻速度,1~5℃/分鐘為較佳。Furthermore, cooling may be performed after heating, and the cooling rate at this time is preferably 1 to 5°C/minute.
在防止特定樹脂的分解之觀點上,藉由流放氮、氦、氬等非活性氣體且在真空下進行等而在低氧濃度的氣氛下進行加熱步驟為較佳。氧濃度為50ppm(體積比)以下為較佳,20ppm(體積比)以下為更佳。 作為加熱機構,並無特別限定,例如可以舉出加熱板、紅外爐、電熱式烘箱、熱風式烘箱等。From the viewpoint of preventing the decomposition of a specific resin, it is preferable to perform the heating step in an atmosphere of low oxygen concentration by flowing an inert gas such as nitrogen, helium, or argon and performing the heating step under vacuum. The oxygen concentration is preferably 50 ppm (volume ratio) or less, and more preferably 20 ppm (volume ratio) or less. The heating mechanism is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a heating plate, an infrared furnace, an electric oven, a hot air oven, and the like.
<金屬層形成步驟> 本發明的製造方法包括在顯影後的膜(硬化性樹脂組成物層)的表面上形成金屬層之金屬層形成步驟為較佳。<Metal layer forming step> The manufacturing method of the present invention preferably includes a metal layer forming step of forming a metal layer on the surface of the developed film (hardening resin composition layer).
作為金屬層,並無特別限定,能夠使用現有的金屬種類,可以例示出銅、鋁、鎳、釩、鈦、鉻、鈷、金及鎢,銅、鋁及包含該等金屬之合金為更佳,銅為進一步較佳。The metal layer is not particularly limited, and existing metals can be used, and examples thereof include copper, aluminum, nickel, vanadium, titanium, chromium, cobalt, gold, and tungsten. Copper, aluminum, and alloys containing these metals are more preferred, and copper is further preferred.
金屬層的形成方法並無特別限定,能夠適用現有的方法。例如,能夠使用日本特開2007-157879號公報、日本特表2001-521288號公報、日本特開2004-214501號公報、日本特開2004-101850號公報中所記載之方法。例如,可以考慮光微影、剝離(lift off)、電解電鍍、無電解電鍍、蝕刻、印刷及將該等組合之方法等。更具體而言,可以舉出將濺射、光微影及蝕刻組合之圖案化方法、將光微影和電解電鍍組合之圖案化方法。The method for forming the metal layer is not particularly limited, and existing methods can be applied. For example, methods described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2007-157879, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2001-521288, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2004-214501, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 2004-101850 can be used. For example, photolithography, lift-off, electrolytic plating, electroless plating, etching, printing, and methods combining these methods can be considered. More specifically, a patterning method combining sputtering, photolithography, and etching, and a patterning method combining photolithography and electrolytic plating can be cited.
作為金屬層的厚度,最厚的壁厚部為0.1~50μm為較佳,1~10μm為更佳。The thickness of the metal layer is preferably 0.1 to 50 μm at the thickest wall portion, more preferably 1 to 10 μm.
<積層步驟> 本發明的製造方法還包括積層步驟為較佳。<Lamination step> The manufacturing method of the present invention preferably also includes a layering step.
積層步驟為包括在硬化膜(樹脂層)或金屬層的表面再次依序進行(a)膜形成步驟(層形成步驟)、(b)曝光步驟、(c)顯影步驟、(d)加熱步驟之一系列步驟。但是,亦可以為僅反覆進行(a)膜形成步驟之態樣。又,可以設為如下態樣:在積層的最後或中間總括進行(d)加熱步驟。亦即,可以設為如下態樣:將(a)~(c)的步驟反覆進行指定的次數,然後進行(d)加熱,從而將所積層之硬化性樹脂組成物層總括硬化。又,在(c)顯影步驟之後可以包括(e)金屬層形成步驟,此時,亦可以每次進行(d)的加熱,亦可以在積層指定次數之後總括進行(d)加熱。在積層步驟中,還可以適當地包括上述乾燥步驟或加熱步驟等,這是不言而喻的。The lamination step includes a series of steps including (a) film formation step (layer formation step), (b) exposure step, (c) development step, and (d) heating step, which are sequentially performed again on the surface of the hardened film (resin layer) or metal layer. However, it is also possible to perform only (a) film formation step repeatedly. In addition, it is also possible to perform (d) heating step at the end or in the middle of the lamination. That is, it is possible to perform (a) to (c) repeatedly for a specified number of times, and then perform (d) heating, so that the layer of hardening resin composition that is laminated is cured collectively. Furthermore, after the (c) developing step, the (e) metal layer forming step may be included. In this case, the heating in (d) may be performed each time, or the heating in (d) may be performed all at once after the layering is performed a specified number of times. It is self-evident that the above-mentioned drying step or heating step may be appropriately included in the layering step.
在積層步驟之後進一步進行積層步驟之情況下,可以在上述加熱步驟之後,上述曝光步驟之後或上述金屬層形成步驟之後進一步進行表面活性化處理步驟。作為表面活性化處理,可以例示出電漿處理。When a further layering step is performed after the layering step, a surface activation treatment step may be performed after the heating step, after the exposure step, or after the metal layer forming step. As the surface activation treatment, plasma treatment may be exemplified.
上述積層步驟進行2~20次為較佳,進行2~5次為更佳,進行3~5次為進一步較佳。 又,積層步驟中之各層可以為組成、形狀、膜厚等相同之層,亦可以為不同之層。The above-mentioned lamination step is preferably performed 2 to 20 times, more preferably 2 to 5 times, and even more preferably 3 to 5 times. In addition, each layer in the lamination step may be of the same composition, shape, film thickness, etc., or may be different layers.
例如,如樹脂層/金屬層/樹脂層/金屬層/樹脂層/金屬層那樣的、樹脂層為2層以上且20層以下的結構為較佳,樹脂層為3層以上且7層以下的結構為更佳,3層以上且5層以下為進一步較佳。For example, a structure of resin layer/metal layer/resin layer/metal layer/resin layer/metal layer, in which the number of resin layers is 2 or more and 20 or less is preferred, a structure of resin layer of 3 or more and 7 or less is more preferred, and a structure of 3 or more and 5 or less is further preferred.
在本發明中,尤其在設置金屬層之後,進一步以覆蓋上述金屬層之方式形成上述硬化性樹脂組成物的硬化膜(樹脂層)之態樣為較佳。具體而言,可以舉出以(a)膜形成步驟、(b)曝光步驟、(c)顯影步驟、(e)金屬層形成步驟、(d)加熱步驟的順序反覆進行之態樣或以(a)膜形成步驟、(b)曝光步驟、(c)顯影步驟、(e)金屬層形成步驟的順序反覆進行並在最後或中間總括設置(d)加熱步驟之態樣。藉由交替進行積層硬化性樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)之積層步驟和金屬層形成步驟,能夠交替積層硬化性樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)和金屬層。In the present invention, after the metal layer is provided, it is preferred to further form a hardened film (resin layer) of the hardening resin composition so as to cover the metal layer. Specifically, there can be cited an embodiment in which (a) film forming step, (b) exposure step, (c) development step, (e) metal layer forming step, and (d) heating step are repeated in this order, or an embodiment in which (a) film forming step, (b) exposure step, (c) development step, and (e) metal layer forming step are repeated in this order and (d) heating step is provided at the end or in the middle. By alternately performing the step of laminating the hardening resin composition layer (resin layer) and the step of forming the metal layer, the hardening resin composition layer (resin layer) and the metal layer can be alternately laminated.
(表面活性化處理步驟) 本發明的積層體的製造方法包括對上述金屬層及樹脂組成物層的至少一部分進行表面活性化處理之表面活性化處理步驟為較佳。 表面活性化處理步驟通常在金屬層形成步驟之後進行,但是亦可以在上述顯影步驟之後,對樹脂組成物層進行表面活性化處理步驟之後進行金屬層形成步驟。 表面活性化處理可以僅對金屬層的至少一部分進行,亦可以僅對曝光後的樹脂組成物層的至少一部分進行,亦可以對金屬層及曝光後的樹脂組成物層這兩者的至少一部分分別進行。對金屬層的至少一部分進行表面活性化處理為較佳,對金屬層中的在表面上形成有樹脂組成物層之區域的一部分或全部進行表面活性化處理為較佳。如此,藉由對金屬層的表面進行表面活性化處理,能夠提高與設置於該表面上之樹脂組成物層(膜)的密接性。 又,對曝光後的樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)的一部分或全部亦進行表面活性化處理為較佳。如此,藉由對樹脂組成物層的表面進行表面活性化處理,能夠提高與設置於經表面活性化處理之表面上之金屬層或樹脂層的密接性。尤其,在進行負型顯影時等樹脂組成物層被硬化之情況下,不易受到表面處理之損壞,從而容易提高密接性。 作為表面活性化處理,具體而言,選自各種原料氣體(氧、氫、氬、氮、氮/氫混合氣體、氬/氧混合氣體等)的電漿處理、電暈放電處理、基於CF4 /O2 、NF3 /O2 、SF6 、NF3 、NF3 /O2 之蝕刻處理、基於紫外線(UV)臭氧法之表面處理、浸漬於鹽酸水溶液中去除氧化皮膜之後浸漬於包含具有胺基和硫醇基中之至少一種之化合物之有機表面處理劑中之處理、使用刷子之機械粗糙化處理,電漿處理為較佳,尤其在原料氣體中使用了氧之氧電漿處理為較佳。在電暈放電處理的情況下,能量為500~200,000J/m2 為較佳,1000~100,000J/m2 為更佳,10,000~50,000J/m2 為最佳。(Surface activation treatment step) The method for manufacturing a laminate of the present invention preferably includes a surface activation treatment step of performing surface activation treatment on at least a portion of the above-mentioned metal layer and the resin composition layer. The surface activation treatment step is usually performed after the metal layer forming step, but the metal layer forming step may also be performed after the above-mentioned developing step and then performing the surface activation treatment step on the resin composition layer. The surface activation treatment may be performed only on at least a portion of the metal layer, may be performed only on at least a portion of the exposed resin composition layer, or may be performed on at least a portion of both the metal layer and the exposed resin composition layer. It is preferred to perform surface activation treatment on at least a portion of the metal layer, and it is preferred to perform surface activation treatment on a portion or all of the region of the metal layer where the resin composition layer is formed on the surface. In this way, by performing surface activation treatment on the surface of the metal layer, the adhesion with the resin composition layer (film) disposed on the surface can be improved. In addition, it is preferred to perform surface activation treatment on a portion or all of the resin composition layer (resin layer) after exposure. In this way, by performing surface activation treatment on the surface of the resin composition layer, the adhesion with the metal layer or resin layer disposed on the surface subjected to surface activation treatment can be improved. In particular, when the resin composition layer is hardened, such as during negative tone development, it is less likely to be damaged by surface treatment, and thus the adhesion is easily improved. Specifically, the surface activation treatment includes plasma treatment selected from various raw material gases (oxygen, hydrogen, argon, nitrogen, nitrogen/hydrogen mixed gas, argon/oxygen mixed gas, etc.), corona discharge treatment, etching treatment based on CF4 / O2 , NF3 / O2 , SF6 , NF3 , NF3 / O2 , surface treatment based on ultraviolet (UV) ozone method, treatment of removing oxide film by immersion in hydrochloric acid aqueous solution and then immersion in an organic surface treatment agent containing a compound having at least one of an amino group and a thiol group, and mechanical roughening treatment using a brush. Plasma treatment is preferred, and oxygen plasma treatment using oxygen as the raw material gas is particularly preferred. In the case of corona discharge treatment, the energy is preferably 500-200,000 J/ m2 , more preferably 1000-100,000 J/ m2 , and most preferably 10,000-50,000 J/ m2 .
本發明還揭示包括本發明的硬化膜或積層體之半導體元件。作為將本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物用於再配線層用層間絕緣膜的形成之半導體元件的具體例,能夠參閱日本特開2016-027357號公報的0213~0218段的記載及圖1的記載,該等內容被編入本說明書中。 [實施例]The present invention also discloses a semiconductor device including the cured film or laminate of the present invention. As a specific example of a semiconductor device in which the curable resin composition of the present invention is used to form an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer, reference can be made to paragraphs 0213 to 0218 and FIG. 1 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2016-027357, which are incorporated into this specification. [Example]
以下舉出實施例對本發明進行進一步具體的說明。以下實施例所示之材料、使用量、比例、處理內容、處理步驟等,只要不脫離本發明的趣旨,則能夠適當地進行變更。因此,本發明的範圍並不限定於以下所示之具體例。除非另有說明,則“份”、“%”為質量基準。The following examples are given to further illustrate the present invention. The materials, usage amounts, ratios, processing contents, processing steps, etc. shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed as long as they do not deviate from the purpose of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. Unless otherwise specified, "parts" and "%" are based on mass.
<實施例及比較例> 在各實施例中,分別混合下述表1~表7中所記載的成分,從而獲得了各硬化性樹脂組成物。又,在各比較例中,分別混合下述表2中所記載的成分,從而獲得了各比較用組成物。 具體而言,除了表1~表7中所記載的溶劑以外的成分的含量設為表1~表7的各欄中所記載的量(質量份)。又,在各組成物中,溶劑的總含量設為組成物的固體成分濃度(質量%)成為表1~表7中所記載的值,各溶劑的含有比設為成為基於表1~表7的各欄中所記載的數值之質量比。 將所獲得之硬化性樹脂組成物及比較用組成物通過細孔的寬度為0.8μm的聚四氟乙烯製過濾器進行了加壓過濾。 又,在表1~表7中,“-”的記載表示組成物不含有對應之成分。<Examples and Comparative Examples> In each example, the components listed in Tables 1 to 7 below were mixed to obtain each curable resin composition. In addition, in each comparative example, the components listed in Table 2 below were mixed to obtain each comparative composition. Specifically, the contents of the components other than the solvents listed in Tables 1 to 7 were set to the amounts (parts by mass) listed in the columns of Tables 1 to 7. In addition, in each composition, the total content of the solvent was set to the value (mass %) of the solid content concentration of the composition being the value listed in Tables 1 to 7, and the content ratio of each solvent was set to the mass ratio based on the values listed in the columns of Tables 1 to 7. The obtained curable resin composition and the comparative composition were filtered under pressure through a polytetrafluoroethylene filter having a pore width of 0.8 μm. In Tables 1 to 7, the entry "-" indicates that the composition does not contain the corresponding component.
[表1]
[表2]
[表3]
[表4]
[表5]
[表6]
[表7]
表1~表7中所記載之各成分的詳細內容如下所述。The details of each component listed in Tables 1 to 7 are as follows.
〔樹脂(特定樹脂)〕 ・A-1:下述式(A-1)所表示之結構的樹脂 ・A-101:藉由下述合成例1合成之樹脂 ・A-201:藉由下述合成例2合成之樹脂 [化學式74] [Resin (specific resin)] ・A-1: Resin having a structure represented by the following formula (A-1) ・A-101: Resin synthesized by the following Synthesis Example 1 ・A-201: Resin synthesized by the following Synthesis Example 2 [Chemical formula 74]
〔合成例1:聚醯亞胺前驅物A-101的合成〕 在具備安裝有攪拌機、冷凝器及內部溫度計之平底接頭之乾燥反應器中,一邊去除水分一邊使4,4’-聯苯四甲酸二酐9.49g(32.25毫莫耳)、氧二鄰苯二甲酸二酐10.0g(32.25毫莫耳)懸浮於二甘二甲醚140mL中。連續添加甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯16.8g(129毫莫耳)、氫醌0.05g、純水0.05g及吡啶10.7g(135毫莫耳),並在60℃的溫度下攪拌了18小時。接著,將混合物冷卻至-20℃之後,經90分鐘滴加了亞硫氯化物16.1g(135.5毫莫耳)。可以獲得吡啶鹽酸鹽的白色沉澱物。接著,將混合物加溫至室溫(23℃)並攪拌2小時之後,添加吡啶9.7g(123毫莫耳)及N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)25mL,從而獲得了透明溶液。接著,經1小時的滴加來向所獲得之透明溶液添加了使4,4’-二胺基二苯醚11.8g(58.7毫莫耳)溶解於NMP100mL中而獲得者。接著,加入甲醇5.6g(17.5毫莫耳)和3,5-二-第三丁基-4-羥甲苯0.05g,並將混合物攪拌了2小時。接著,使聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂在4升的水中沉澱,並將水-聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂混合物以500rpm的速度攪拌了15分鐘。藉由過濾而獲取聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂,並在4升的水中再次攪拌30分鐘並再次進行了過濾。接著,在減壓狀態下,將所獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂在45℃下乾燥3天,從而獲得了聚醯亞胺前驅物A-101。[Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of polyimide precursor A-101] In a dry reactor equipped with a flat-bottomed joint equipped with a stirrer, a condenser and an internal thermometer, 9.49 g (32.25 mmol) of 4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride and 10.0 g (32.25 mmol) of oxydiphthalic dianhydride were suspended in 140 mL of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether while removing water. 16.8 g (129 mmol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 0.05 g of hydroquinone, 0.05 g of pure water and 10.7 g (135 mmol) of pyridine were added successively and stirred at 60°C for 18 hours. Next, the mixture was cooled to -20°C, and 16.1 g (135.5 mmol) of thionyl chloride was added dropwise over 90 minutes. A white precipitate of pyridine hydrochloride was obtained. Next, the mixture was heated to room temperature (23°C) and stirred for 2 hours, and then 9.7 g (123 mmol) of pyridine and 25 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) were added to obtain a transparent solution. Next, 11.8 g (58.7 mmol) of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether dissolved in 100 mL of NMP was added dropwise over 1 hour to the obtained transparent solution. Then, 5.6 g (17.5 mmol) of methanol and 0.05 g of 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxytoluene were added, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. Then, the polyimide proto-resin was precipitated in 4 liters of water, and the water-polyimide proto-resin mixture was stirred at 500 rpm for 15 minutes. The polyimide proto-resin was obtained by filtration, and was stirred again in 4 liters of water for 30 minutes and filtered again. Then, the obtained polyimide proto-resin was dried at 45° C. for 3 days under reduced pressure to obtain polyimide proto-resin A-101.
〔合成例2:聚苯并㗁唑前驅物A-201的合成〕 向具備溫度計、攪拌器、氮導入管之三口燒瓶添加了73.25g(0.200mol)的六氟-2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷(Bis-AP-AF、Central Glass Co., Ltd.製造)、31.64g(0.400mol)的吡啶及293g的NMP。將其在室溫(23℃)下進行攪拌,接著用乾冰/甲醇浴冷卻至-15℃。一邊將反應溫度維持在-5℃~-15℃一邊向該溶液滴加了30.11g(0.144mol)的1,4-環己烷二羧酸二氯化物的30質量%NMP溶液和3.83g(0.016mol)的癸二醯氯(Sebacoyl Chloride)(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造)、96.25g的NMP的混合溶液。滴加結束之後,將所獲得之混合物在室溫下攪拌了16小時。 接著,將該反應液用冰/甲醇浴冷卻至-5℃以下,一邊將反應溫度維持在-0℃以下一邊滴加了丁醯氯(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造)9.59g(0.090mol)和34.5g的NMP的混合液。滴加結束之後,進而攪拌了16小時。 將該反應液用NMP550g進行稀釋並投入到經劇烈攪拌之4L的去離子水/甲醇(80/20體積比)混合物中,將所析出之白色粉體藉由過濾回收,然後藉由去離子水進行了洗淨。在真空下,使聚合物在50℃下乾燥兩天,從而獲得了樹脂A-1a。 向500mL的茄形燒瓶添加25.00g的樹脂A-1a、125g的NMP和125g的甲基乙基酮,並在60℃下減壓濃縮至內容物成為160g。向該內容物添加0.43g(1.85mmol)的樟腦磺酸(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造)和5.12g(0.065mol)的2,3-二氫呋喃(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造),並在室溫(23℃)下攪拌了1.5小時。向所獲得之溶液加入三乙胺0.37g和NMP150g來進行了稀釋。 將所獲得之溶液投入到經劇烈攪拌之2L的去離子水/甲醇(80/20體積比)混合物中,將所析出之白色粉體藉由過濾回收,然後藉由去離子水進行了洗淨。在真空下,使聚合物在50℃下乾燥兩天,從而獲得了聚苯并㗁唑(PBO)前驅物A-201。[Synthesis Example 2: Synthesis of polybenzoxazole precursor A-201] Into a three-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, and a nitrogen inlet tube, 73.25 g (0.200 mol) of hexafluoro-2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane (Bis-AP-AF, manufactured by Central Glass Co., Ltd.), 31.64 g (0.400 mol) of pyridine, and 293 g of NMP were added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature (23°C) and then cooled to -15°C using a dry ice/methanol bath. While maintaining the reaction temperature at -5°C to -15°C, 30.11 g (0.144 mol) of a 30% by mass NMP solution of 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid dichloride and a mixed solution of 3.83 g (0.016 mol) of sebacoyl chloride (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and 96.25 g of NMP were added dropwise to the solution. After the addition, the obtained mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. Then, the reaction solution was cooled to below -5°C in an ice/methanol bath, and a mixed solution of 9.59 g (0.090 mol) of butyryl chloride (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and 34.5 g of NMP was added dropwise while maintaining the reaction temperature at below -0°C. After the addition was completed, the mixture was stirred for 16 hours. The reaction solution was diluted with 550 g of NMP and added to a 4 L mixture of deionized water/methanol (80/20 by volume) that was stirred vigorously. The precipitated white powder was recovered by filtration and then washed with deionized water. The polymer was dried at 50°C for two days under vacuum to obtain Resin A-1a. 25.00 g of Resin A-1a, 125 g of NMP and 125 g of methyl ethyl ketone were added to a 500 mL eggplant-shaped flask and concentrated under reduced pressure at 60°C until the content became 160 g. 0.43 g (1.85 mmol) of camphorsulfonic acid (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and 5.12 g (0.065 mol) of 2,3-dihydrofuran (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) were added to the contents, and stirred at room temperature (23°C) for 1.5 hours. 0.37 g of triethylamine and 150 g of NMP were added to the obtained solution for dilution. The obtained solution was poured into a 2 L mixture of deionized water/methanol (80/20 by volume) that was vigorously stirred, and the precipitated white powder was recovered by filtration and then washed with deionized water. The polymer was dried at 50°C for two days under vacuum to obtain polybenzo[beta]zo[iota]zole (PBO) precursor A-201.
(交聯劑) ・B-1:下述結構的化合物 ・B-2:二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯 ・B-3:LIGHT ESTER BP-6EM(Kyoeisha chemical Co.,Ltd.製造) [化學式75] (Crosslinking agent) ・B-1: Compound with the following structure ・B-2: Dipentatriol hexaacrylate ・B-3: LIGHT ESTER BP-6EM (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) [Chemical formula 75]
〔聚合起始劑(光聚合起始劑)〕 ・C-1:下述結構的化合物 ・C-2:Irgacure OXE-01(BASF公司製造) ・C-3:ADEKA NCI-930(ADEKA CORPORATION製造) [化學式76] [Polymerization initiator (photopolymerization initiator)] ・C-1: Compound having the following structure ・C-2: Irgacure OXE-01 (manufactured by BASF) ・C-3: ADEKA NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) [Chemical formula 76]
〔密接劑(矽烷偶合劑)〕 ・D-1:下述結構的化合物 ・D-2:N-[3-(三乙氧基甲矽烷基)丙基]順丁烯醯胺酸 ・D-3:3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷 [化學式77] [Adhesive (Silane Coupling Agent)] ・D-1: Compound with the following structure ・D-2: N-[3-(Triethoxysilyl)propyl]butenylamine ・D-3: 3-Methacryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane [Chemical Formula 77]
〔聚合抑制劑〕 ・E-1:下述結構的化合物 ・E-2:4-甲氧基苯酚 ・E-3:2-亞硝基-1-萘酚 [化學式78] [Polymerization inhibitor] ・E-1: Compound with the following structure ・E-2: 4-methoxyphenol ・E-3: 2-nitroso-1-naphthol [chemical formula 78]
〔遷移抑制劑〕 ・F-1:下述結構的化合物 ・F-2:5-胺基-1H-四唑 ・F-3:3-胺基-1,2,4-三唑 ・F-4:3,5-二胺基-1,2,4-三唑 ・F-5:腺嘌呤 [化學式79] [Migration inhibitor] ・F-1: Compound with the following structure ・F-2: 5-amino-1H-tetrazole ・F-3: 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole ・F-4: 3,5-diamino-1,2,4-triazole ・F-5: Adenine [chemical formula 79]
〔熱鹼產生劑〕 ・G-1:下述結構的化合物 ・G-2:下述結構的化合物 ・G-3:下述結構的化合物 [化學式80] [Thermoalkali generator] ・G-1: Compound with the following structure ・G-2: Compound with the following structure ・G-3: Compound with the following structure [Chemical formula 80]
〔溶劑〕 ・NMP:N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮 ・DMSO:二甲基亞碸 ・EL:乳酸乙酯 ・GBL:γ-丁內酯 ・Cyptn:環戊酮 ・EA:3-丁氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺 ・PGMEA:丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯[Solvent] ・NMP: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone ・DMSO: dimethyl sulfoxide ・EL: ethyl lactate ・GBL: gamma-butyrolactone ・Cyptn: cyclopentanone ・EA: 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide ・PGMEA: propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
<評價> 〔基於剛製備後的組成物之膜厚均勻性的評價〕 在各實施例或比較例中,藉由旋塗法分別將剛製備後的各硬化性樹脂組成物或比較用組成物以層狀適用(塗佈)於直徑為8英寸的圓形狀的矽晶圓上。 將上述塗佈後的矽晶圓在加熱板上以100℃乾燥4分鐘,從而在矽晶圓上形成了膜厚19μm的樹脂膜。膜厚設為面內10處之膜厚的算術平均值。 在矽晶圓直徑上的上述樹脂膜中,在包含上述樹脂膜的兩端之等間隔的共計10個點上測定上述樹脂膜的膜厚,並將上述10個點的測定值的最大值與最小值之差設為面內最大膜厚差(μm)。 按照下述評價基準,對剛製備後的組成物的膜厚均勻性進行了評價。評價結果記載於表1~表7的“膜厚均勻性(剛製備後)”一欄中。可以說上述面內最大膜厚差(μm)越小,樹脂膜的膜厚均勻性越優異。<Evaluation> [Evaluation of film thickness uniformity of the composition just prepared] In each embodiment or comparative example, each hardening resin composition or comparative composition just prepared was applied (coated) in layers on a circular silicon wafer with a diameter of 8 inches by spin coating. The coated silicon wafer was dried on a heating plate at 100°C for 4 minutes, thereby forming a resin film with a thickness of 19μm on the silicon wafer. The film thickness was set as the arithmetic mean of the film thickness at 10 locations within the surface. In the resin film on the diameter of the silicon wafer, the film thickness of the resin film is measured at a total of 10 points at equal intervals including both ends of the resin film, and the difference between the maximum and minimum values of the measured values of the 10 points is set as the maximum film thickness difference (μm) in the plane. The film thickness uniformity of the composition just after preparation was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. The evaluation results are recorded in the "Film Thickness Uniformity (Just After Preparation)" column of Tables 1 to 7. It can be said that the smaller the above-mentioned maximum film thickness difference (μm) in the plane, the better the film thickness uniformity of the resin film.
-評價基準- 10:上述面內最大膜厚差(μm)為0.5μm以下。 9:上述面內最大膜厚差(μm)超過0.5μm且為0.6μm以下。 8:上述面內最大膜厚差(μm)超過0.6μm且為0.7μm以下。 7:上述面內最大膜厚差(μm)超過0.7μm且為0.8μm以下。 6:上述面內最大膜厚差(μm)超過0.8μm且為0.9μm以下。 5:上述面內最大膜厚差(μm)超過0.9μm且為1.0μm以下。 4:上述面內最大膜厚差(μm)超過1.0μm且為1.1μm以下。 3:上述面內最大膜厚差(μm)超過1.1μm且為1.2μm以下。 2:上述面內最大膜厚差(μm)超過1.2μm且為1.3μm以下。 1:上述面內最大膜厚差(μm)超過了1.3μm。-Evaluation criteria- 10: The maximum film thickness difference (μm) within the above plane is 0.5μm or less. 9: The maximum film thickness difference (μm) within the above plane exceeds 0.5μm and is 0.6μm or less. 8: The maximum film thickness difference (μm) within the above plane exceeds 0.6μm and is 0.7μm or less. 7: The maximum film thickness difference (μm) within the above plane exceeds 0.7μm and is 0.8μm or less. 6: The maximum film thickness difference (μm) within the above plane exceeds 0.8μm and is 0.9μm or less. 5: The maximum film thickness difference (μm) within the above plane exceeds 0.9μm and is 1.0μm or less. 4: The maximum film thickness difference (μm) within the above plane exceeds 1.0μm and is 1.1μm or less. 3: The maximum film thickness difference (μm) in the above plane exceeds 1.1μm and is less than 1.2μm. 2: The maximum film thickness difference (μm) in the above plane exceeds 1.2μm and is less than 1.3μm. 1: The maximum film thickness difference (μm) in the above plane exceeds 1.3μm.
〔基於製備6個月後的組成物之膜厚均勻性的評價〕 在各實施例或比較例中,分別將剛製備後的各硬化性樹脂組成物或比較用組成物放入收容容器中並密封,每隔24小時反覆進行在7℃、遮光的條件下的保管和在23℃、遮光的條件下的保管,並保管了6個月。硬化性樹脂組成物的填充率相對於收容容器的總收容容積設為90%。 上述保管後,在各實施例或比較例中,分別將各硬化性樹脂組成物或比較用組成物返回至室溫(23℃)之後,藉由旋塗法以層狀適用(塗佈)於直徑為8英寸的圓形狀的矽晶圓上,並在加熱板上以100℃乾燥4分鐘,從而形成了樹脂膜。旋塗法中之塗佈條件及所使用之組成物的量設為與剛製備後之膜厚均勻性中之旋塗法中之塗佈條件及組成物的量相同。 之後,與上述基於剛製備後的組成物之膜厚均勻性的評價相同地,計算出面內最大膜厚差(μm),並藉由與基於剛製備後的組成物之膜厚均勻性的評價中之評價基準相同的評價基準,對製備6個月後的組成物的膜厚均勻性進行了評價。評價結果記載於表1~表7的“膜厚均勻性(製備6個月後)”一欄中。可以說上述面內最大膜厚差(μm)越小,樹脂膜的膜厚均勻性越優異。[Evaluation of film thickness uniformity of compositions prepared 6 months after preparation] In each embodiment or comparative example, each hardening resin composition or comparative composition just prepared was placed in a storage container and sealed, and stored at 7°C, light-shielded conditions and 23°C, light-shielded conditions were repeated every 24 hours for 6 months. The filling rate of the hardening resin composition was set to 90% relative to the total storage volume of the storage container. After the above storage, in each embodiment or comparative example, each curable resin composition or comparative composition was returned to room temperature (23°C), and then applied (coated) in layers on a circular silicon wafer with a diameter of 8 inches by spin coating, and dried on a hot plate at 100°C for 4 minutes to form a resin film. The coating conditions and the amount of the composition used in the spin coating method were set to be the same as the coating conditions and the amount of the composition in the spin coating method in the film thickness uniformity just after preparation. After that, the maximum film thickness difference (μm) within the surface was calculated in the same manner as the evaluation of the film thickness uniformity of the composition just after preparation, and the film thickness uniformity of the composition 6 months after preparation was evaluated by the same evaluation criteria as the evaluation of the film thickness uniformity of the composition just after preparation. The evaluation results are recorded in the "Film Thickness Uniformity (6 Months After Preparation)" column of Tables 1 to 7. It can be said that the smaller the maximum film thickness difference (μm) within the surface, the better the film thickness uniformity of the resin film.
〔基於剛製備後的組成物之解像性評價〕 在各實施例或比較例中,分別藉由與上述基於剛製備後的組成物之膜厚均勻性的評價相同的方法,在直徑為8英寸的圓形狀的矽晶圓上形成了樹脂膜。 之後,經由包含5μm至25μm以1μm刻度的熔絲盒(fuse box)之遮罩對樹脂膜進行了曝光。 關於上述曝光,使用步進機(Nikon NSR2005 i9C)並藉由i射線進行,波長365nm下之曝光量為200~400mJ/cm2 ,並且在改變曝光量時,採用了後述最小線寬變得最小之曝光量。 上述曝光後,使用30℃的環戊酮作為顯影液對樹脂膜進行了顯影,並用PGMEA(丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯)進行了沖洗。 藉由光學顯微鏡觀察上述沖洗後的圖案,將在5μm至25μm以1μm刻度的線寬中矽晶圓在熔絲盒的底部露出之最小的線寬的算術平均值設為“最小線寬”,並按照下述評價基準進行了評價。評價結果記載於表1~表7的“解像性(剛製備後)”一欄中。可以說上述最小線寬越小,解像性(微影性)越優異。 -評價基準- 10:上述最小線寬為7μm以下。 9:上述最小線寬超過7μm且為8μm以下。 8:上述最小線寬超過8μm且為9μm以下。 7:上述最小線寬超過9μm且為11μm以下。 6:上述最小線寬超過11μm且為13μm以下。 5:上述最小線寬超過13μm且為16μm以下。 4:上述最小線寬超過16μm且為19μm以下。 3:上述最小線寬超過19μm且為22μm以下。 2:上述最小線寬超過22μm且為24μm以下。 1:上述最小線寬超過了24μm。[Resolution Evaluation of Compositions Just Prepared] In each embodiment or comparative example, a resin film was formed on a circular silicon wafer having a diameter of 8 inches by the same method as the above-mentioned evaluation of film thickness uniformity of compositions just prepared. Thereafter, the resin film was exposed through a mask including a fuse box with a scale of 5 μm to 25 μm and 1 μm. The above-mentioned exposure was performed using a stepper (Nikon NSR2005 i9C) and i-ray, and the exposure amount at a wavelength of 365 nm was 200 to 400 mJ/ cm2 , and when changing the exposure amount, the exposure amount that minimized the minimum line width described later was adopted. After the above exposure, the resin film was developed using cyclopentanone at 30°C as a developer and rinsed with PGMEA (propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate). The pattern after the above rinse was observed by an optical microscope, and the arithmetic mean of the minimum line width exposed at the bottom of the fuse box of the silicon wafer in the line width of 5μm to 25μm with a scale of 1μm was set as the "minimum line width", and evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. The evaluation results are recorded in the "Resolution (just after preparation)" column of Tables 1 to 7. It can be said that the smaller the above minimum line width, the better the resolution (lithography). -Evaluation Criteria- 10: The above minimum line width is 7μm or less. 9: The above minimum line width exceeds 7μm and is less than 8μm. 8: The above minimum line width exceeds 8μm and is less than 9μm. 7: The above minimum line width exceeds 9μm and is less than 11μm. 6: The above minimum line width exceeds 11μm and is less than 13μm. 5: The above minimum line width exceeds 13μm and is less than 16μm. 4: The above minimum line width exceeds 16μm and is less than 19μm. 3: The above minimum line width exceeds 19μm and is less than 22μm. 2: The above minimum line width exceeds 22μm and is less than 24μm. 1: The above minimum line width exceeds 24μm.
〔基於製備6個月後的組成物之解像性評價〕 在各實施例或比較例中,分別藉由與上述“基於製備6個月後的組成物之膜厚均勻性的評價”的記載相同的方法,將剛製備後的各硬化性樹脂組成物或比較用組成物保管了6個月。 上述保管後,在各實施例或比較例中,分別將各硬化性樹脂組成物或比較用組成物返回至室溫(23℃)之後,藉由與上述“基於剛製備後的組成物之解像性評價”相同的評價方法及評價基準進行了評價。評價結果記載於表1~表7的“解像性(製備6個月後)”一欄中。[Evaluation of resolution based on the composition 6 months after preparation] In each embodiment or comparative example, each hardening resin composition or comparative composition just after preparation was stored for 6 months by the same method as described in the above “Evaluation of film thickness uniformity based on the composition 6 months after preparation”. After the above storage, each hardening resin composition or comparative composition in each embodiment or comparative example was returned to room temperature (23°C) and evaluated by the same evaluation method and evaluation criteria as described in the above “Evaluation of resolution based on the composition just after preparation”. The evaluation results are recorded in the “Resolution (6 months after preparation)” column of Tables 1 to 7.
〔基於剛製備後的組成物之耐藥品性評價〕 在各實施例或比較例中,藉由與上述基於剛製備後的組成物之膜厚均勻性的評價相同的方法,在直徑為8英寸的圓形狀的矽晶圓上形成了樹脂膜。 使用步進機(Nikon NSR 2005 i9C),以200mJ/cm2 的曝光能量對矽晶圓上的樹脂膜進行了整面曝光。 在氮氣氣氛下,將上述整面曝光後的樹脂膜以10℃/分鐘的升溫速度升溫,並在200℃下加熱120分鐘,從而獲得了硬化膜。 按照下述評價條件,將所獲得之硬化膜浸漬於下述藥液中,並進行了評價。 藥液:設定溫度75℃ 使用了以下藥液的組成 二甲基亞碸(DMSO) 70質量% 氫氧化四甲基銨(TMAH) 2.5質量% 3-甲氧基-3-甲基-1-丁醇 10質量% 水 其餘部分 評價條件:將上述硬化膜在上述藥液中浸漬15分鐘,用水洗淨之後,比較浸漬前後的膜厚,並藉由下述式計算出殘膜率(%)。 殘膜率(%)=浸漬後的硬化膜的膜厚(μm)/浸漬前的硬化膜的膜厚(μm)×100 按照下述評價基準進行評價,評價結果記載於表1~表7的“耐藥品性(剛製備後)”一欄中。可以說上述殘膜率(%)越大,耐藥品性越優異。 -評價基準- 10:上述殘膜率(%)為90.0%以上。 9:上述殘膜率(%)為89.0%以上且小於90.0%。 8:上述殘膜率(%)為88.0%以上且小於89.0%。 7:上述殘膜率(%)為87.0%以上且小於88.0%。 6:上述殘膜率(%)為86.0%以上且小於87.0%。 5:上述殘膜率(%)為85.0%以上且小於86.0%。 4:上述殘膜率(%)為84.0%以上且小於85.0%。 3:上述殘膜率(%)為83.0%以上且小於84.0%。 2:上述殘膜率(%)為82.0%以上且小於83.0%。 1:上述殘膜率(%)小於82.0%。[Evaluation of chemical resistance of the composition just prepared] In each embodiment or comparative example, a resin film was formed on a circular silicon wafer with a diameter of 8 inches by the same method as the evaluation of film thickness uniformity of the composition just prepared. The resin film on the silicon wafer was fully exposed at an exposure energy of 200mJ/ cm2 using a stepper (Nikon NSR 2005 i9C). In a nitrogen atmosphere, the resin film after the above-mentioned full-surface exposure was heated at a heating rate of 10°C/min and heated at 200°C for 120 minutes to obtain a cured film. The obtained cured film was immersed in the following chemical solution under the following evaluation conditions and evaluated. Chemical solution: set the temperature to 75℃ The following chemical solution composition was used: Dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) 70 mass% Tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) 2.5 mass% 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butanol 10 mass% Water The rest Evaluation conditions: The above cured film was immersed in the above chemical solution for 15 minutes, and after washing with water, the film thickness before and after immersion was compared, and the residual film rate (%) was calculated by the following formula. Residual film rate (%) = Film thickness of cured film after immersion (μm) / Film thickness of cured film before immersion (μm) × 100 Evaluation was performed according to the following evaluation criteria, and the evaluation results are recorded in the "Chemical resistance (immediately after preparation)" column of Tables 1 to 7. It can be said that the larger the above-mentioned residual film rate (%), the better the chemical resistance. -Evaluation criteria- 10: The above-mentioned residual film rate (%) is 90.0% or more. 9: The above-mentioned residual film rate (%) is 89.0% or more and less than 90.0%. 8: The above-mentioned residual film rate (%) is 88.0% or more and less than 89.0%. 7: The above-mentioned residual film rate (%) is 87.0% or more and less than 88.0%. 6: The above-mentioned residual film rate (%) is 86.0% or more and less than 87.0%. 5: The above-mentioned residual film rate (%) is 85.0% or more and less than 86.0%. 4: The above-mentioned residual film rate (%) is 84.0% or more and less than 85.0%. 3: The above-mentioned residual film rate (%) is 83.0% or more and less than 84.0%. 2: The above residual film rate (%) is 82.0% or more and less than 83.0%. 1: The above residual film rate (%) is less than 82.0%.
〔基於製備6個月後的組成物之耐藥品性評價〕 在各實施例或比較例中,分別藉由與上述“基於製備6個月後的組成物之膜厚均勻性的評價”的記載相同的方法,將剛製備後的各硬化性樹脂組成物或比較用組成物保管了6個月。 上述保管後,在各實施例或比較例中,分別將各硬化性樹脂組成物或比較用組成物返回至室溫(23℃)之後,藉由與上述“基於剛製備後的組成物之耐藥品性評價”相同的方法及評價基準進行了評價。評價結果記載於表1~表7的“耐藥品性(製備6個月後)”一欄中。[Evaluation of chemical resistance based on the composition 6 months after preparation] In each embodiment or comparative example, each hardening resin composition or comparative composition just after preparation was stored for 6 months by the same method as described in the above “Evaluation of film thickness uniformity based on the composition 6 months after preparation”. After the above storage, each hardening resin composition or comparative composition in each embodiment or comparative example was returned to room temperature (23°C) and evaluated by the same method and evaluation criteria as described in the above “Evaluation of chemical resistance based on the composition just after preparation”. The evaluation results are recorded in the “Chemical resistance (6 months after preparation)” column of Tables 1 to 7.
〔綜合評價〕 在各實施例或比較例中,藉由下述式計算出評價點,並按照下述評價基準進行了綜合評價。評價點記載於表1~表7的“綜合評價(製備6個月後)”一欄中。可以說評價點越大,越為適於實際使用之溶劑。上述加權為考慮過去在相同系統中對於最終製成永久膜時對膜的物理特性造成影響之項目的見解之結果,所導出者。 評價點=(基於製備6個月後的組成物之膜厚均勻性的評價結果×3+基於製備6個月後的組成物之解像性的評價結果×2+基於製備6個月後的組成物之耐藥品性的評價結果)/6[Comprehensive evaluation] In each embodiment or comparative example, the evaluation point was calculated by the following formula, and the comprehensive evaluation was performed according to the following evaluation criteria. The evaluation points are recorded in the "Comprehensive evaluation (6 months after preparation)" column of Tables 1 to 7. It can be said that the larger the evaluation point, the more suitable the solvent is for practical use. The above weighting is derived by considering the results of past insights on the items that affect the physical properties of the film when the permanent film is finally made in the same system. Evaluation point = (evaluation result based on the film thickness uniformity of the composition 6 months after preparation × 3 + evaluation result based on the resolution of the composition 6 months after preparation × 2 + evaluation result based on the chemical resistance of the composition 6 months after preparation) / 6
依據以上結果,可知依據本發明的硬化性樹脂組成物,即使在6個月的保管後,所獲得之樹脂膜的膜厚均勻性亦優異。 比較例1之比較用組成物僅含有一種溶劑。可知該比較例1之比較用組成物在6個月的保管後,所獲得之樹脂膜的膜厚均勻性較差。According to the above results, it can be seen that the film thickness uniformity of the resin film obtained according to the curable resin composition of the present invention is excellent even after 6 months of storage. The comparative composition of Comparative Example 1 contains only one solvent. It can be seen that the film thickness uniformity of the resin film obtained by the comparative composition of Comparative Example 1 after 6 months of storage is poor.
<實施例101> 藉由旋塗法,將在實施例1中所使用之硬化性樹脂組成物以層狀適用於表面上形成有銅薄層之樹脂基材的銅薄層的表面上,並在100℃下乾燥4分鐘而形成膜厚20μm的硬化性樹脂組成物層之後,使用步進機(Nikon Co.,Ltd.製造,NSR1505 i6)進行了曝光。關於曝光,經由遮罩(圖案為1:1線與空間、線寬為10μm的二元遮罩)在波長365nm下進行。曝光後,在100℃下加熱了4分鐘。上述加熱後,用環己酮顯影2分鐘,並用PGMEA沖洗30秒鐘,從而獲得了層的圖案。 接著,在氮氣氣氛下,以10℃/分鐘的升溫速度升溫並達到200℃之後,在200℃下維持120分鐘,從而形成了再配線層用層間絕緣膜。該再配線層用層間絕緣膜的絕緣性優異。 又,使用該等再配線層用層間絕緣膜製造出半導體元件,其結果,確認到正常動作。<Example 101> The curable resin composition used in Example 1 was applied in layers to the surface of the copper thin layer of the resin substrate having the copper thin layer formed on the surface by spin coating, and dried at 100°C for 4 minutes to form a 20μm thick curable resin composition layer, and then exposed using a stepper (Nikon Co., Ltd., NSR1505 i6). The exposure was performed at a wavelength of 365nm through a mask (a binary mask with a pattern of 1:1 line and space and a line width of 10μm). After exposure, it was heated at 100°C for 4 minutes. After the above heating, the layer pattern was obtained by developing with cyclohexanone for 2 minutes and rinsing with PGMEA for 30 seconds. Then, the temperature was raised to 200°C at a rate of 10°C/min in a nitrogen atmosphere, and then maintained at 200°C for 120 minutes to form an interlayer insulating film for the redistribution layer. The interlayer insulating film for the redistribution layer has excellent insulation properties. In addition, semiconductor components were manufactured using the interlayer insulating film for the redistribution layer, and normal operation was confirmed.
無。without.
無。without.
Claims (19)
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2020-016381 | 2020-02-03 | ||
| JP2020016381 | 2020-02-03 | ||
| JP2020-113627 | 2020-06-30 | ||
| JP2020113627 | 2020-06-30 |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| TW202138469A TW202138469A (en) | 2021-10-16 |
| TWI878445B true TWI878445B (en) | 2025-04-01 |
Family
ID=77199290
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| TW110103838A TWI878445B (en) | 2020-02-03 | 2021-02-02 | Curable resin composition, resin film, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device |
Country Status (5)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| JP (1) | JP7453260B2 (en) |
| KR (1) | KR102871890B1 (en) |
| CN (2) | CN119937247A (en) |
| TW (1) | TWI878445B (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2021157571A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| TWI890907B (en) * | 2020-12-25 | 2025-07-21 | 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 | Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for manufacturing cured product, and semiconductor device |
| CN120981770A (en) | 2023-04-20 | 2025-11-18 | 旭化成株式会社 | Negative photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured relief pattern using same, and cured film |
| CN116520640A (en) * | 2023-06-13 | 2023-08-01 | 广东粤港澳大湾区黄埔材料研究院 | Photoresist, photoresist cured film and method for patterning photoresist |
| TW202511304A (en) * | 2023-07-18 | 2025-03-16 | 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 | Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor element, and semiconductor element |
| WO2025094400A1 (en) * | 2023-11-02 | 2025-05-08 | Hdマイクロシステムズ株式会社 | Resin composition, cured article, method for producing cured article, and electronic component |
Citations (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| TW201710390A (en) * | 2015-08-31 | 2017-03-16 | Fujifilm Corp | Composition, cured film, method for manufacturing cured film, method for manufacturing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device |
| TW201803936A (en) * | 2012-12-21 | 2018-02-01 | 日立化成杜邦微系統股份有限公司 | Photosensitive resin composition, production method of patterned hardened film using the same and semiconductor device |
| TW201840645A (en) * | 2017-02-20 | 2018-11-16 | 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 | Photosensitive resin composition, heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device |
Family Cites Families (12)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2009091573A (en) * | 2007-09-20 | 2009-04-30 | Ube Ind Ltd | Method for producing polyimide film and polyamic acid solution composition |
| JP2013015701A (en) * | 2011-07-05 | 2013-01-24 | Hitachi Chemical Dupont Microsystems Ltd | Photosensitive resin composition, method of manufacturing pattern-cured film using the same, and electronic component |
| JPWO2014115233A1 (en) | 2013-01-28 | 2017-01-19 | 日立化成デュポンマイクロシステムズ株式会社 | Resin composition, method for producing patterned cured film, and semiconductor element |
| JP6447242B2 (en) * | 2014-05-15 | 2019-01-09 | Jsr株式会社 | Radiation-sensitive resin composition, insulating film, method for producing the same, and organic EL device |
| JP6555266B2 (en) * | 2014-08-01 | 2019-08-07 | 日産化学株式会社 | Resin composition for forming cured film |
| JP6780501B2 (en) * | 2015-04-15 | 2020-11-04 | 東レ株式会社 | A heat-resistant resin composition, a method for producing a heat-resistant resin film, a method for producing an interlayer insulating film or a surface protective film, and a method for producing an electronic component or a semiconductor component. |
| JP6531178B2 (en) * | 2015-09-11 | 2019-06-12 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Method for producing heterocycle-containing polymer precursor material and application thereof |
| JP6271105B1 (en) * | 2016-03-31 | 2018-01-31 | 旭化成株式会社 | Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured relief pattern, and semiconductor device |
| KR101899902B1 (en) * | 2016-08-23 | 2018-09-18 | 주식회사 대림코퍼레이션 | Transparent polyimide precursor resin composition improving stability of resin and heat-resistance, method for manufacturing polyimide film using the same, and polyimide film thereof |
| WO2018043467A1 (en) * | 2016-08-31 | 2018-03-08 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Resin composition and application of same |
| US12060457B2 (en) * | 2018-01-18 | 2024-08-13 | Toray Industries, Inc. | Resin composition for display substrate, resin film for display substrate and laminate body containing this, image display device, organic EL display, and manufacturing method of these |
| TWI797291B (en) * | 2018-03-30 | 2023-04-01 | 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 | Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, method for producing laminate, and semiconductor device |
-
2021
- 2021-02-02 JP JP2021575807A patent/JP7453260B2/en active Active
- 2021-02-02 TW TW110103838A patent/TWI878445B/en active
- 2021-02-02 WO PCT/JP2021/003731 patent/WO2021157571A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2021-02-02 CN CN202510145170.7A patent/CN119937247A/en active Pending
- 2021-02-02 KR KR1020227026284A patent/KR102871890B1/en active Active
- 2021-02-02 CN CN202180012209.8A patent/CN115038755A/en active Pending
Patent Citations (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| TW201803936A (en) * | 2012-12-21 | 2018-02-01 | 日立化成杜邦微系統股份有限公司 | Photosensitive resin composition, production method of patterned hardened film using the same and semiconductor device |
| TW201710390A (en) * | 2015-08-31 | 2017-03-16 | Fujifilm Corp | Composition, cured film, method for manufacturing cured film, method for manufacturing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device |
| TW201840645A (en) * | 2017-02-20 | 2018-11-16 | 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 | Photosensitive resin composition, heterocyclic ring-containing polymer precursor, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| TW202138469A (en) | 2021-10-16 |
| WO2021157571A1 (en) | 2021-08-12 |
| TW202525923A (en) | 2025-07-01 |
| JPWO2021157571A1 (en) | 2021-08-12 |
| KR20220123540A (en) | 2022-09-07 |
| KR102871890B1 (en) | 2025-10-17 |
| CN119937247A (en) | 2025-05-06 |
| CN115038755A (en) | 2022-09-09 |
| JP7453260B2 (en) | 2024-03-19 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| TWI878445B (en) | Curable resin composition, resin film, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI890798B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI875930B (en) | Resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor element | |
| TWI870556B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI890801B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI841777B (en) | Method for producing cured film, method for producing laminate, and method for producing electronic component | |
| TWI890841B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, semiconductor device, polyimide precursor and method for producing the same | |
| TWI860437B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI898039B (en) | Method for producing a cured product, method for producing a laminate, and method for producing a semiconductor device | |
| TWI890907B (en) | Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for manufacturing cured product, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI857161B (en) | Pattern forming method, photosensitive resin composition, method for manufacturing laminate, and method for manufacturing semiconductor element | |
| TWI883191B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI888627B (en) | Method for producing hardened product, method for producing laminate, and method for producing semiconductor element | |
| TWI896742B (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for manufacturing cured product, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI869552B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI875941B (en) | Resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor element | |
| TWI882163B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for manufacturing cured product, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI893199B (en) | Composite pattern manufacturing method, resin composition, laminate manufacturing method, and semiconductor device manufacturing method | |
| TWI886225B (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI894341B (en) | Curable resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for manufacturing cured product, and semiconductor device | |
| TW202222911A (en) | Resin composition, cured object, layered product, method for producing cured object, and semiconductor device | |
| TWI904169B (en) | Photosensitive resin compositions, hardened films, laminates, methods for manufacturing hardened films, and semiconductor devices. | |
| TWI901645B (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, pattern manufacturing method, photosensitive film, cured product, laminate and device | |
| TW202244639A (en) | Method for producing permanent film, method for producing multilayer body, and method for producing semiconductor device | |
| TW202204476A (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device |